COMSTOCK BANCORP
S-4EF, 1997-03-25
Previous: NATIONAL COLLEGIATE TRUST 1997 S1, 8-K, 1997-03-25
Next: EXCELSIOR PRIVATE EQUITY FUND II INC, N-8A, 1997-03-25



             [LETTERHEAD OF BENESCH, FRIEDLANDER, COPLAN & ARONOFF]

J. Devitt Kramer                                     Writer's Direct Dial Number
                                                                  (216) 363-4457

VIA ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

March 25, 1997

Securities and Exchange Commission
Judiciary Plaza
450 Fifth Street, NW
Washington, DC  20549

Attention:  Filing Desk

Re:      Comstock Bancorp
         Registration Statement on Form S-4

Ladies and Gentlemen:

On behalf of Comstock Bancorp (the "Company"),  transmitted  herewith for filing
via EDGAR pursuant to the  Securities Act of 1933 is the Company's  Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration  Statement") and all exhibits stated as
being  filed  therewith.  The  Proxy   Statement--Prospectus   included  in  the
Registration  Statement  addresses  certain  matters  to be  voted  upon  by the
stockholders  of  Comstock  Bank,  including  a proposal  pursuant  to which the
Company will become a single bank holding company for Comstock Bank. The Company
is filing the Registration Statement in compliance with General Instruction G to
Form S-4 and meets all of the requirements of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 50.

The filing fee of $8,526.00  for the  Registration  Statement  was paid via wire
transfer.

Please direct any comments or questions  regarding the attached  material to the
undersigned at (216/363-4457).

Very truly yours,

BENESCH, FRIEDLANDER,
  COPLAN & ARONOFF LLP

/s/ J. Devitt Kramer

J. Devitt Kramer
Enclosures

cc: Peggy Fischer
<PAGE>

                                                    Registration No. 333-_______


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



                                    Form S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      Under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                   ------------------------------------------

                                Comstock Bancorp
             (Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

    Nevada                         6035                      86-0856406
(State or Other             (Primary Standard             (I.R.S. Employer
Jurisdiction of                 Industrial               Identification No.)
Incorporation or            Classification Code
 Organization)                    Number)               

                               c/o Comstock Bank
                                 6275 Neil Road
                               Reno, Nevada 89511
                                 (702) 824-7100
               (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
        Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

                   ------------------------------------------

                                ROBERT N. BARONE
                      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                                c/o Comstock Bank
                                 6275 Neil Road
                               Reno, Nevada 89511
                                 (702) 824-7100
            (Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
                   Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

                   ------------------------------------------

                                 with a copy to:
                                MICHAEL J. MEANEY
                   Benesch, Friedlander, Coplan & Aronoff LLP
                            2300 BP America Building
                                200 Public Square
                           Cleveland, Ohio 44114-2378

                   ------------------------------------------

            Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the
           securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the
                 effective date of this Registration Statement.

                   ------------------------------------------

     If the  securities  being  registered  on this  form are being  offered  in
connection  with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [X]

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
================================================================================
Title of each                                       Proposed Maxi-  
Class of Secur-                  Proposed Maximum   mum Aggregate   Amount of
ities to be     Amount to be     Offering Price     Offering        Registration
Registered      Registered (1)   Per Share (2)      Price (2)       Fee (3)
================================================================================
Common Stock,                                                              
$.01 par value    4,456,668          $6.3123         $28,132,717      $8,526
================================================================================
<PAGE>
(1)      Based upon 4,456,668  shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share,
         of Comstock  Bancorp to be issued in exchange for  2,228,334  shares of
         common stock,  par value $.50 per share,  of Comstock Bank as described
         in the Proxy  Statement--Prospectus.  The number of shares of  Comstock
         Bancorp common stock being  registered is based on the sum of 2,124,934
         shares of Comstock Bank common stock  outstanding on March 20, 1997 and
         103,400 warrants  outstanding  which are expected to be exercised prior
         to the  effective  date of the  share  exchange,  multiplied  by two to
         adjust for the two-for-one  exchange ratio set forth in Proposal (3) to
         the Proxy Statement--Prospectus.

(2)      The proposed maximum offering price per share reflects the market price
         of the common stock of Comstock  Bank to be converted  and exchanged in
         connection   with   the   reorganization   described   in   the   Proxy
         Statement--Prospectus, computed in accordance with Rule 457(f)(1) under
         the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended.  It is based on the average of
         the high and low prices of the  Bank's common  stock on March 19, 1997,
         as reported  on The Nasdaq  Small Cap Stock  Market,  divided by two to
         adjust  for  the  two-for-one  exchange  ratio.  The  proposed  maximum
         aggregate  offering  price  is  estimated  solely  for the  purpose  of
         calculating the registration fee.

(3)      Calculated  based  on  1/33  of one  percent  of the  proposed  maximum
         aggregate offering price.

         This  Registration  Statement shall become effective in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
<PAGE>
                                COMSTOCK BANCORP

         Cross Reference Sheet Required by Item 501(b) of Regulation S-B

Caption                                   Caption in Proxy Statement--Prospectus
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION      Facing Page; Cross-Reference Sheet;
   1. Forepart of Registration            Notice of Annual Meeting of 
      Statement and Outside Front         Stockholders; Outside Front Cover Page
      Cover Page of Prospectus            of Proxy Statement--Prospectus.
                                                                    
   2. Inside Front and Outside Back       Available Information; 
      Cover Pages of Prospectus           Table of Contents.
                                                                    
   3. Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings     Summary of Proxy Statement-Prospectus;
      to Fixed Charges and Other          General Information; Certain 
      Information                         Differences in Stockholder Rights.
                                                                   
   4. Terms of the Transaction            Summary of Proxy Statement-Prospectus;
                                          General Information; Proposal (3):  
                                          Formation of Holding Company; Descrip-
                                          tion of the Reorganization; Descrip-
                                          tion of Bancorp Capital Stock; Certain
                                          Differences in Stockholder Rights; Tax
                                          Consequences of the Reorganization; 
                                          Accounting Treatment of the 
                                          Reorganization; Market for the Common 
                                          Stock; Appendix A--Agreement and Plan
                                          of Reorganization.

   5. Pro Forma Financial Information     Pro Forma Consolidated Capitalization.

   6. Material Contracts With the         Proposal (1):  Election of Directors; 
      Company Being Acquired              Proposal (3):  Formation of Holding 
                                          Company; Management of Comstock; 
                                          Appendix A--Agreement and Plan of 
                                          Reorganization.

   7. Additional Information Required     Not Applicable.
      For Reoffering by Persons and 
      Parties Deemed to be Underwriters
                                                                    
   8. Interests of Named Experts          Legal Matters; Experts.
      and Counsel                     

   9. Disclosure of Commission            Certain Differences in Stockholder 
      Position on Indemnification         Rights.
      for Securities Act Liabilities                                          
<PAGE>
Caption                                   Caption in Proxy Statement--Prospectus
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. INFORMATION ABOUT THE REGISTRANT
   1. Information with Respect to         Not Applicable.
      S-3 Registrants               

   2. Incorporation of Certain            Not Applicable.
      Information by Reference
                                                                      
   3. Information with Respect to         Not Applicable.
      S-2 or S-3 Registrants
                                                                   
   4. Incorporation of Certain            Not Applicable.
      Information by Reference
                                                                    
   5. Information with Respect to         Proposal (3): Formation of Holding 
      Registrants Other Than S-3          Company;Parties to the Reorganization;
      or S-2 Registrants                  Description of Bancorp Capital Stock;
                                          Market for the Common Stock; Dividend
                                          Policy;Business of Bancorp; Regulation
                                          and Supervision;Management of Bancorp.

C. INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY
   BEING ACQUIRED
   1. Information with Respect to         Not Applicable.
      S-3 Companies                 

   2. Information with Respect to         Not Applicable.
      S-2 or S-3 Companies
                                                                    
   3. Information with Respect to         Proposal (3): Formation of
      Companies Other Than S-3 or         Holding Company; Parties to the
      S-2 Companies                       Reorganization; Market for the Common
                                          Stock; Dividend Policy; Business of
                                          the Bank; Regulation and Supervision;
                                          Management's Discussion and Analysis
                                          of Financial Condition and Results of
                                          Operations; Management of Comstock.
<PAGE>
Caption                                   Caption in Proxy Statement--Prospectus
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. VOTING AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION

   1. Information if Proxies, Consents    Notice of Annual Meeting of Stock-
      or Authorizations are to be         holders; Summary of Proxy Statement--
      Solicited                           Prospectus;  General Information;  
                                          Proposal (1): Election of Directors;
                                          Proposal (2): Ratification of Appoint-
                                          ment of Independent Auditors; Proposal
                                          (3): Formation of Holding Company;
                                          Description of the Reorganization;  
                                          Management of Bancorp; Management of 
                                          Comstock; Appendix B--Dissenters' 
                                          Appraisal Rights.

   2. Information if Proxies, Consents    Not Applicable.
      or Authorizations are Not to Be 
      Solicited, or in an Exchange Offer
<PAGE>
                                  COMSTOCK BANK
                                 6275 Neil Road
                               Reno, Nevada 89511

                    NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                             To be held May 28, 1997

TO OUR STOCKHOLDERS:

         NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that, pursuant to the call of its directors, the
Annual Meeting of stockholders of Comstock Bank (the "Bank") will be held at the
Administrative  Headquarters Building, Second Floor Conference Center, 6275 Neil
Road,  Reno,  Nevada 89511 on Wednesday,  May 28, 1997 at 4:00 p.m. Pacific Time
for purposes of considering and voting on the following matters:

         1.       Election of Directors:
                  The election of eight directors of the Bank in accordance with
                  the accompanying  Proxy  Statement--Prospectus  to serve until
                  the  1998  Annual  Meeting  of  stockholders  or  until  their
                  successors are elected and qualified;

         2.       Ratification   of   Appointment   of   Independent   Auditors:
                  Ratification of the appointment of Kafoury, Armstrong & Co. as
                  independent  auditors  of the Bank for the fiscal  year ending
                  December 31, 1997;

         3.       Formation of a Holding Company:
                  A  proposal  to form a  holding  company  for the  Bank by the
                  adoption   and   approval   of  an   Agreement   and  Plan  of
                  Reorganization  dated as of February 26, 1997 between the Bank
                  and  Comstock  Bancorp,  a  Nevada  corporation   ("Bancorp"),
                  pursuant to which each issued and outstanding  share of common
                  stock,  par value  $.50 per  share,  of the Bank  (other  than
                  shares held by stockholders  exercising dissenters' rights, if
                  any) will be  exchanged  for two shares of common  stock,  par
                  value $.01 per share,  of Bancorp  and the Bank will  become a
                  wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp (the "Reorganization"); and

         4.       Other Business:
                  To transact such other business which may properly come before
                  the Annual Meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

         Only  stockholders of the Bank of record as of the close of business on
April 7, 1997 are  entitled  to notice of, and to vote at, the  meeting  and any
adjournment or postponement  thereof (the "Record  Date").  A copy of the Bank's
Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 is enclosed herewith.
<PAGE>
         The Bank cordially  invites all  stockholders  to attend the meeting in
person. Whether or not you expect to attend the meeting,  please complete,  sign
and date the enclosed proxy and return it in the envelope provided.

         Nevada  law  provides  that  stockholders  of record of the Bank on the
Record  Date have the  right to  dissent  from the  Reorganization  and,  if the
Reorganization is consummated,  to receive  compensation equal to the fair value
of their shares. Stockholders of the Bank desiring to exercise their dissent and
appraisal  rights  must  follow the  procedures  set forth in  Sections  92A.300
through 92A.500 of the Nevada Revised  Statutes,  a copy of which is attached to
the accompanying Proxy  Statement--Prospectus as Appendix B. Stockholders of the
Bank desiring to exercise  their dissent and appraisal  rights are urged to read
Appendix B in its entirety since failure to comply with the procedures set forth
therein may result in the loss of dissent and appraisal rights.

         PLEASE DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY.  PROXIES ARE REVOCABLE
BY WRITTEN  NOTICE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE BANK AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THEIR BEING
VOTED,  BY GIVING A DULY EXECUTED PROXY HAVING A LATER DATE, OR BY APPEARANCE AT
THE  MEETING TO VOTE IN PERSON.  THE  IMMEDIATE  RETURN OF YOUR PROXY WILL BE OF
GREAT  ASSISTANCE  IN  PREPARING  FOR  THE  MEETING  AND IS  THEREFORE  STRONGLY
REQUESTED.

                                       By Order of the Board of Directors,


Reno, Nevada
April     , 1997                       ROBERT N. BARONE, Chairman and 
                                       Chief Executive Officer



                                       LARRY A.  PLATZ, Secretary
<PAGE>
                                 PROXY STATEMENT

                                  COMSTOCK BANK
                                 6275 Neil Road
                               Reno, Nevada 89511

                         Annual Meeting of Stockholders
                                  May 28, 1997
                   ------------------------------------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                                COMSTOCK BANCORP
                     Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

         This document  serves as a Proxy  Statement for the 1997 annual meeting
of stockholders of Comstock Bank  ("Comstock" or the "Bank"),  to be held on May
28, 1997 at 4:00 p.m. Pacific Time in the Bank's Conference Center on the second
floor of its  Administrative  Headquarters at 6275 Neil Road, Reno, Nevada 89511
and at any adjournment or postponement  thereof (the "Annual  Meeting"),  and is
being used by the Board of  Directors  of the Bank to solicit the proxies of the
Bank's stockholders in connection therewith.  This Proxy  Statement--Prospectus,
with the  accompanying  proxy card,  is first being sent or given to  Comstock's
stockholders on or about April , 1997.

         As more  fully  described  in  this  Proxy  Statement--Prospectus,  the
purpose of the Annual  Meeting is: (1) to elect eight  directors  to serve until
the 1998  meeting of  stockholders  of the Bank or until  their  successors  are
elected and qualified; (2) to ratify the appointment of Kafoury, Armstrong & Co.
as  independent  auditors  for the Bank for the fiscal year ending  December 31,
1997; (3) to consider and vote upon a proposal to form a holding company for the
Bank by the adoption and  approval of an  Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization
dated as of February  26, 1997 (the "Plan of  Reorganization")  between the Bank
and Comstock Bancorp, a Nevada corporation  ("Bancorp"),  pursuant to which each
issued and  outstanding  share of common stock,  par value $.50 per share ("Bank
Common  Stock"),  of the Bank will be exchanged  for two shares of common stock,
par value $.01 per share ("Bancorp Common Stock"),  of Bancorp and the Bank will
become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp (the  "Reorganization");  and (4) to
transact such other  business as may properly come before the Annual  Meeting or
any adjournment or postponement thereof.

         This  document  also  serves as a  Prospectus  in  connection  with the
issuance by Bancorp of up to 4,456,668  shares of Bancorp  Common Stock.  On the
effective  date of the  Plan  of  Reorganization  (the  "Effective  Date"),  all
outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock (other than shares held by stockholders
exercising dissenters' rights, if any) will be converted into and exchanged for,
on a two-for-one  basis,  shares of Bancorp  Common Stock.  Accordingly,  if the
stockholders  of the Bank approve the  Reorganization,  each  stockholder of the
Bank will hold twice as many Bancorp shares as they currently own Bank shares.
<PAGE>
         Under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),
and the rules and  regulations of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
"SEC"),  the  solicitation  of  stockholders of Comstock to approve the proposed
Plan of Reorganization  constitutes an offering of Bancorp Common Stock. Bancorp
has filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities
Act (the "Registration Statement") with respect to such offering, and this Proxy
Statement--Prospectus constitutes the prospectus of Bancorp filed as part of the
Registration Statement. This Proxy Statement--Prospectus does not contain all of
the  information  set  forth  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the  related
exhibits,  certain parts of which are omitted in  accordance  with the rules and
regulations of the SEC.

         This Proxy  Statement--Prospectus shall not constitute a prospectus for
a  public   reoffering  of  Bancorp   Common  Stock  pursuant  to  the  Plan  of
Reorganization.

         No person has been  authorized to give any  information  or to make any
representation  in connection  with this offering other than those  contained in
this Proxy  Statement--Prospectus,  and, if given or made,  such  information or
representation  must not be relied  upon as having been  authorized.  This Proxy
Statement--Prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of
an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction in which it would be unlawful
to make  such  offer  or  solicitation.  Neither  the  delivery  of  this  Proxy
Statement--Prospectus,  nor any offer or  solicitation  made  hereunder,  shall,
under any  circumstances,  imply that the  information set forth or incorporated
herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.

         THESE   SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION,  THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE  CORPORATION,
THE NEVADA FINANCIAL  INSTITUTIONS DIVISION OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE AGENCY
OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION,  NOR HAS SUCH  COMMISSION,  OFFICE OR OTHER
AGENCY OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROXY  STATEMENT--PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

         THESE  SECURITIES  ARE NOT  DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL
DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY. THE SECURITIES ARE
SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF THE PRINCIPAL INVESTED.

         The date of the Proxy Statement--Prospectus is April , 1997.
<PAGE>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         Comstock is subject to the  information  reporting  requirements of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and, in
accordance  therewith,  files periodic  reports and other  information  with the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the  "FDIC").  Such reports and other
information  can be  inspected  and  copied at the public  reference  facilities
maintained by the FDIC at 550 17th Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20429, and at
the FDIC's Western Regional Office located at 25 Ecker St. #2300, San Francisco,
California 94105.

         Bancorp  is  not  currently   subject  to  the  information   reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act, and, accordingly, has not filed reports, proxy
statements or other information with the SEC. All outstanding  shares of Bancorp
Common Stock are currently owned by Comstock, and there is, therefore, no public
trading market for Bancorp Common Stock. If the  Reorganization  is consummated,
Bancorp Common Stock will be registered under the Exchange Act, and Bancorp will
file  periodic  reports  and other  information  with the SEC. In  addition,  in
accordance  with the rules and  regulations  of the SEC with  respect  to annual
meetings  of the  stockholders  of  Bancorp,  proxy  statements  accompanied  or
preceded by annual reports to stockholders  will be furnished to stockholders of
Bancorp.  Such reports will contain financial information that has been examined
and reported upon, with an opinion expressed by an independent public accounting
firm.

         This  Proxy   Statement--Prospectus   does  not   contain  all  of  the
information  set forth in the  Registration  Statement and the related  exhibits
which  Bancorp has filed with the SEC,  and to which  reference  is hereby made.
Reports, proxy and information  statements and other information,  including the
Registration  Statement and exhibits thereto, can be inspected and copied at the
public  reference  facilities  maintained by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C.  20549, 7 World Trade Center,  New York,  New York 10048,  and
Northwestern  Atrium  Center,  500 West  Madison  Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,
Illinois 60661.  Copies can be obtained at prescribed  rates from the SEC Public
Reference Branch, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549. The SEC also
maintains  a Web Site,  http://www.sec.gov,  that  contains  reports,  proxy and
information statements and other information submitted by registrants, including
Bancorp.

         Bancorp and the Bank have filed an application for approval of the Plan
of  Reorganization,  pursuant to Section 666.125 of the Nevada Revised  Statutes
(the "NRS"),  with the Nevada  Division of Financial  Institutions  (the "Nevada
Division"). The non-confidential portions of the application can be inspected at
the office of the Nevada  Division  located at 406 E. 2nd Street,  Carson  City,
Nevada 89710.  In addition,  Bancorp has filed an application  with the Board of
Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  Bank (the  "FRB") to become a bank  holding
company  under the Bank Holding  Company Act of 1956,  as amended (the  "BHCA").
Finally,  Bancorp has filed an  application  with The Nasdaq Small Cap Market to
list its  shares on such  exchange  under the  symbol  "LODE,"  the same  symbol
currently used by the Bank.

         A copy of the Bank's Annual Report to stockholders  for the fiscal year
ended  December  31,  1996  (the  "Annual   Report")   accompanies   this  Proxy
Statement--Prospectus. The Annual Report contains financial statements, prepared
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, for the years ended
December  31, 1996 and 1995 and  certain  other  information  and should be read
along with this Proxy Statement--Prospectus.
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
AVAILABLE INFORMATION                                                         10

SUMMARY OF THE PROXY STATEMENT--PROSPECTUS                                    15

         Annual Meeting of Stockholders                                       15
         Formation of Holding Company                                         16

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA OF THE BANK                                 20

GENERAL  INFORMATION                                                          22
         General                                                              22
         Record Date and Voting                                               22
         Vote Required                                                        23
         Dissenters' Rights                                                   23
         Revocability of Proxies                                              23
         Solicitation of Proxies                                              23
         Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners                      24

PROPOSAL (1): ELECTION OF DIRECTORS                                           26
         Vote Required                                                        26
         Information with Respect to Nominees                                 27
         Committees of the Board of Directors                                 28
         Remuneration of Directors                                            30

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION                                                        30
         Employment Agreements                                                30

STOCK OPTION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS                                       31
         Description of Incentive Plan                                        32
         Federal Income Tax Consequences                                      33
         Previous Grants                                                      35
         Description of Directors' Plan                                       37
         401(k) Plan                                                          39
         Deferred Compensation                                                39
         Life Insurance Arrangements                                          39

CERTAIN BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS                                                40

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT                             40
<PAGE>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
PROPOSAL (2): RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS                                                          41
         Vote Required                                                        41

PROPOSAL (3): FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY                                    41
         Vote Required                                                        42

PARTIES TO THE REORGANIZATION                                                 42
         Comstock Bank                                                        42
         Comstock Bancorp                                                     43

DESCRIPTION OF THE REORGANIZATION                                             44
         Reasons for the Reorganization                                       44
         Effective Date                                                       44
         Actions at the Effective Date                                        44
         Conditions to the Reorganization                                     45
         Amendment and Termination                                            45
         Exchange of Stock Certificates                                       45
         Effect of the Reorganization on Employee Benefit Plans
          and Employment Agreements                                           46

DESCRIPTION OF BANCORP  CAPITAL  STOCK                                        46
         General                                                              46
         Bancorp Common Stock                                                 47
         Anti-Takeover Provisions                                             48

DESCRIPTION  OF  COMSTOCK  CAPITAL  STOCK                                     48
         General                                                              48
         Bank Common Stock                                                    48

CERTAIN  DIFFERENCES  IN  STOCKHOLDER  RIGHTS                                 48
         General                                                              48
         Anti-Takeover Provisions                                             49
         Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees                 50
         Special Meetings of Stockholders                                     50
         Payment of Dividends                                                 51
         Right to Repurchase Stock; Investments                               51
         Issuance of Shares of Common Stock                                   52
         Stock Options                                                        52
         Inspection of Records                                                52

CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES  OF
THE  REORGANIZATION                                                           53

ACCOUNTING  TREATMENT  OF  THE  REORGANIZATION                                54
<PAGE>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS                                                            54

MARKET  FOR  THE  COMMON  STOCK                                               56

DIVIDEND  POLICY                                                              58

PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION                                         59

BUSINESS OF BANCORP                                                           59
         General                                                              59
         Property                                                             60
         Competition                                                          60
         Employees                                                            60

BUSINESS  OF  THE  BANK                                                       61
         General                                                              61
         Competition and Market Area                                          61
         Lending Activities                                                   63
         Investment Activities                                                69
         Deposit  Activity  and  Other Sources  of Funds                      72
         Properties                                                           73
         Employees                                                            76
         Legal  Proceedings                                                   76

REGULATION  AND  SUPERVISION                                                  77
         General                                                              77
         Federal Banking Regulations                                          77
         Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders                            80
         Real Estate Lending Policies                                         82
         Standards for Safety and Soundness                                   82
         Federal Home Loan Bank System                                        82
         Federal Reserve System                                               83
         Nevada Banking Laws and Supervision                                  83
         Regulation of Holding Company                                        83
         Federal Securities Laws                                              85

MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF
FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS                            85
         Overview                                                             85
         Capitalization                                                       86
         Capital Expenditures                                                 88
         Operations and Liquidity                                             90
         Impact of Changing Interest Rates; Interest Rate Risk                92
         Interest Margin                                                      93
<PAGE>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
         Other Assets                                                         94
         Income and Expense                                                   95
         Interest Income                                                      96
         Interest Expense                                                     96
         Non-Interest Income                                                  96
         Non-Interest Expenses                                                97

MANAGEMENT OF BANCORP                                                         98
         Directors                                                            98
         Executive Officers                                                   98
         Compensation                                                         98
         Employee Benefit Plans                                               99

MANAGEMENT OF COMSTOCK                                                        99
         Directors                                                            99
         Executive Officers                                                   99
         Compensation and Employee Benefit Plans                             100

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR THE 1998 ANNUAL MEETING                            100

LEGAL MATTERS                                                                100

EXPERTS                                                                      100

OTHER BUSINESS                                                               100

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                                        F-1

APPENDICES

         Appendix A   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
         Appendix B   Dissenters' Appraisal Rights
         Appendix C   Bancorp Articles of Incorporation
         Appendix D   Bancorp Bylaws
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF THE PROXY STATEMENT--PROSPECTUS

         This Summary is  qualified in its entirety by the detailed  information
contained in this Proxy  Statement--Prospectus,  the Appendices  hereto, and the
documents referred to herein.

Annual Meeting of Stockholders

Time and Place of the               The Annual Meeting will be held on
  Annual Meeting...............     Wednesday, May 28, 1997 at 4:00 p.m. Pacific
                                    Time in the Conference Center on the second
                                    floor of the Bank's Administrative 
                                    Headquarters Building at 6275 Neil Road,
                                    Reno, Nevada 89511. See "General Information
                                    --General."

Purpose of the Annual               The purpose of the Annual Meeting is to:  
  Meeting......................     (1) elect eight directors, each to serve
                                    until the 1998 annual meeting of 
                                    stockholders of the Bank or until their 
                                    successors are elected and qualified; (2) 
                                    ratify the appointment of Kafoury, Armstrong
                                    & Co. as independent auditors for the Bank
                                    for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1997
                                    (3) consider and vote upon the Plan of 
                                    Reorganization pursuant to which each
                                    outstanding share of Bank Common Stock 
                                    (other than shares held by stockholders
                                    exercising dissenters' rights, if any) will
                                    be converted into and exchanged for two
                                    shares of Bancorp Common Stock and Comstock
                                    will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of
                                    Bancorp; and (4) transact such other 
                                    business as may properly come before the 
                                    Annual Meeting or any adjournment or 
                                    postponement thereof.  See "General 
                                    Information;" "Proposal (1):  Election of 
                                    Directors;" "Proposal (2):  Ratification of 
                                    Appointment of Independent Auditors;" and 
                                    "Proposal (3):Formation of Holding Company."

Record Date....................     The Board of Directors of Comstock has fixed
                                    the close of business on April 7, 1997 as
                                    the record date (the "Record Date") for the
                                    determination of stockholders entitled to
                                    notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting
                                    and at any adjournment or postponement
                                    thereof.  See "General Information--Record
                                    Date and Voting."

Beneficial Ownership                On March 31, 1997 the directors and 
  by Directors and                  executive officers of Comstock beneficially 
  Executive Officers...........     owned an aggregate of 364,523 shares of Bank
                                    Common Stock.  See "General Information--
                                    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial 
                                    Owners."
<PAGE>
Additional Information.........     For additional information, telephone Robert
                                    N. Barone, Chief Executive Officer of the
                                    Bank, at (702) 824-7100.

Formation of Holding Company

The Parties to the
  Reorganization...............     Comstock Bank and Comstock Bancorp.

Comstock Bank..................     Comstock is a state chartered bank organized
                                    under the rules and regulations of the State
                                    of Nevada.  Comstock conducts its business 
                                    through four full service offices and two 
                                    lending centers with its Main Office and 
                                    Administrative Headquarters Building
                                    located at 6275 Neil Road, Reno, Nevada 
                                    89511, and its telephone number is (702)
                                    824-7100.

                                    The  Bank's  stock has  traded on The Nasdaq
                                    Small Cap  Market  under the  symbol  "LODE"
                                    since March 4, 1993.

Comstock Bancorp...............     Bancorp is a business corporation 
                                    incorporated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of
                                    Comstock under the General Corporation Law 
                                    of the State of Nevada.  Bancorp was
                                    organized at the direction of Comstock to 
                                    become a bank holding company with Comstock
                                    as its wholly-owned subsidiary. Bancorp will
                                    acquire all of the issued and outstanding
                                    shares of the Bank Common Stock in 
                                    connection with the  Reorganization.
                                    Bancorp's telephone number and address is 
                                    the same as that given for Comstock above.

Reasons for the                     The Board of Directors believes that a 
  Reorganization...............     holding company structure will better 
                                    position the Bank to compete in the markets
                                    that it serves by providing Comstock with 
                                    greater flexibility to conduct its banking
                                    business.  The formation of a holding 
                                    company will permit management greater 
                                    flexibility with respect to the enhancement
                                    of stockholder value through, among other 
                                    things, the ability to acquire or organize 
                                    other operating subsidiaries should such an
                                    opportunity present itself, including other
                                    bank and non-bank financial institutions, 
                                    without merging such institutions with the 
                                    Bank itself.  In addition, Bancorp will be 
                                    better able to control its capital leverage,
                                    and thus stockholder value through, among 
                                    other things, the implementation of stock
                                    repurchase programs.  See "Proposal (3):
                                    Formation of Holding Company;" and
                                    "Description of the Reorganization--Reasons
                                    for the Reorganization."
<PAGE>
Description of the                  Under the Plan of Reorganization, each out-
  Reorganization . . . . . . . .    standing share of Bank Common Stock (other
                                    than shares held by stockholders exercising
                                    dissenters' rights, if any) will be
                                    automatically converted into and exchanged
                                    for two shares of Bancorp Common Stock and
                                    Comstock will become a wholly-owned 
                                    subsidiary of Bancorp. Comstock will 
                                    continue its current business and operations
                                    as a Nevada chartered commercial bank using
                                    its current name.  Certificates representing
                                    shares of Bank Common Stock will auto-
                                    matically represent shares of Bancorp Common
                                    Stock. Stockholders will not need to 
                                    exchange their Comstock stock certificates
                                    for Bancorp stock certificates. Additional-
                                    ly, Bancorp's transfer agent will issue one
                                    share of Bancorp Common Stock for each out-
                                    standing share of Bank Common Stock to 
                                    holders of Bank Common Stock at the
                                    Effective Date.  The Plan of Reorganization
                                    is incorporated by reference into this
                                    Proxy Statement--Prospectus and attached
                                    hereto as Appendix A.  See "Proposal (3):
                                    Formation of Holding Company;" and "Descrip-
                                    tion of the Reorganization--Conditions to
                                    the Reorganization."

Conditions and Required             The consummation of the Reorganization is 
  Regulatory Approvals.........     subject to the satisfaction of a number of
                                    conditions, including:  (1) the adoption and
                                    approval of the Plan of Reorganization by
                                    the holders of at least a majority of the 
                                    outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock; (2)
                                    the approval of the Plan of Reorganization 
                                    by the Nevada Division; (3) the approval of
                                    the Plan of Reorganization by the FRB; and 
                                    (4) the receipt by Comstock of a favorable
                                    opinion of counsel as to certain federal 
                                    income tax consequences of the
                                    Reorganization.  There is no assurance that
                                    these conditions will be satisfied.  See
                                    "Description of the Reorganization--
                                    Conditions to the Reorganization;" and "Tax
                                    Consequences of the Reorganization.'

Comparison of                       The Articles of Incorporation of Bancorp,
  Stockholder Rights...........     attached hereto as Appendix C, and the 
                                    Bylaws of Bancorp, attached hereto as 
                                    Appendix D, are similar in many respects to
                                    the current Articles of Incorporation and 
                                    Bylaws of Comstock.  However, certain
                                    differences will exist following the 
                                    Reorganization between the rights of the
                                    stockholders of Bancorp and those of 
                                    Comstock.  These differences include such 
                                    matters as stockholder nominations of 
                                    directors, stockholder requests for a 
                                    special meeting of stockholders, 
                                    indemnification of officers, directors and 
                                    employees, and stockholder rights to inspect
                                    Bancorp's stock ledger.  See "Proposal (3):
                                    Formation of Holding Company;" "Certain 
                                    Differences in Stockholder Rights;" Appendix
                                    C--Bancorp Articles of Incorporation; and 
                                    Appendix D--Bancorp Bylaws.
<PAGE>
Anti-takeover Effects..........     Certain differences in Federal and state law
                                    applicable to Bancorp and the Bank may make
                                    it more difficult to purchase a controlling
                                    interest of Bancorp Common Stock than it is
                                    to purchase a controlling interest of Bank
                                    Common Stock.  See "Certain Differences in
                                    Stockholder Rights--Anti-Takeover 
                                    Provisions."

Federal Income Tax                  The Plan of Reorganization is intended to 
  Consequences.................     qualify as a tax-free transaction for
                                    federal income tax purposes.  As a condition
                                    to the Reorganization, Comstock will receive
                                    an opinion of counsel as to certain federal
                                    income tax consequences of the
                                    Reorganization.  All stockholders should 
                                    read the section of this Proxy Statement--
                                    Prospectus entitled "Tax Consequences of the
                                    Reorganization."

Accounting Treatment of             It is expected that the Reorganization will 
  the Reorganization ..........     be characterized as, and treated similarly
                                    to, a "pooling of interests" for financial 
                                    reporting and related purposes. See "Accoun-
                                    ting Treatment of the Reorganization."

Regulation and                      After the Effective Date, Bancorp will be 
  Supervision..................     subject to regulation by (i) the SEC, and
                                    (ii) as a bank holding company by the FRB 
                                    under the BHCA and the Nevada Division.
                                    Comstock will continue to be subject to 
                                    regulation by the Nevada Division and by the
                                    FDIC.  See "Regulation and Supervision."

Market for Stock...............     The Bank Common Stock is currently traded on
                                    The Nasdaq Small Cap Market under the symbol
                                    "LODE."  Following the Reorganization, it is
                                    expected that Bancorp Common Stock will be
                                    traded on The Nasdaq Small Cap Market under
                                    the same symbol.  See "Market for the Common
                                    Stock;" and "Dividend Policy."

Effective Date.................     The Effective Date will be the date of the 
                                    consummation of the Plan of
                                    Reorganization.  See "Description of the 
                                    Reorganization-- Effective Date;" and
                                    "--Conditions to the Reorganization."
<PAGE>
Rights of Dissenting                Holders of shares of Bank Common Stock are 
  Stockholders.................     entitled to dissent from the Plan of
                                    Reorganization and to receive the fair value
                                    of their shares if they follow certain
                                    statutory procedures under Nevada law.  See
                                    "General Information--Dissenters' Rights;"
                                    "Dissenters' Rights;" and Appendix B -- 
                                    Dissenters' Appraisal Rights.

Stockholder Vote Required           Approval of the Plan of Reorganization will 
  for Approval ................     require the vote of holders of a majority
                                    of the outstanding shares of Bank Common 
                                    Stock entitled to vote thereon.

Recommendation of                   The Board of Directors of Comstock 
  Management...................     unanimously recommends that stockholders 
                                    vote for the adoption of the Plan of 
                                    Reorganization.
<PAGE>
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA OF THE BANK

         The  selected  consolidated  financial  and other  data of the Bank set
forth below is derived,  in part, from, and should be read in conjunction  with,
the  audited  financial  statements  of the Bank  and  notes  thereto  presented
elsewhere in this Proxy Statement--Prospectus.

                                        As of, and for, the years ended         
                                                   December 31,
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                   1996     1995     1994    1993       1992
                                            (In thousands of dollars, 
                                              except per share data)

Summary of Earnings:
  Total Interest Income         $14,868  $12,814   $9,134  $7,665     $5,668
  Total Interest Expense          4,434    3,811    2,296   1,621      1,533
                                -------  -------   ------  ------     ------
  Net Interest Income            10,434    9,003    6,938   6,044      4,135
  Provision for loan losses         250      270      105      43         55
                                -------  -------   ------  ------     ------

  Net Income after provision
  for loan losses                10,184    8,733    6,733   6,001      4,080

  Other Operating Income            414      278      407     453 (1)    190 (2)
  Non-Interest Expense           (7,603)  (6,637)  (5,724) (4,424)(3) (2,905)(4)
  BigHorn Joint-Venture (net)         0        0        0     233 (5)    583 (5)
  Provision for taxes              (903)    (769)    (422)   (631)      (656)
                                --------  -------  ------- --------  ----------
 Net Income                      $2,092   $1,605     $994  $1,632     $1,292
                                ========  =======  ======= ========  ===========

Shares:
  Outstanding (000's)(7)          2,118    2,116    1,819   1,680      1,612
  Earnings per Share(6)            $.94     $.85     $.57    $.98       $.88
  Cash Dividends Declared 
    Per Share                      $.00     $.00     $.26    $.18       $.00

Book Value per Share Outstanding  $6.14    $5.15    $4.14   $3.88      $3.14


(1)Excludes $2,265,000 of Joint-Venture Revenues.
(2)Excludes $5,262,000 of Joint-Venture Revenues.
(3)Excludes $2,064,000 of Joint-Venture Expenses.
(4)Excludes $4,522,000 of Joint-Venture Expenses.
(5)Nets Joint-Venture revenue and expense.
(6)Adjusted for 10% stock dividend declared in February, 1995.
<PAGE>
                                        As of, and for, the years ended 
                                                   December 31,
                                ------------------------------------------------
                               1996       1995       1994      1993        1992
                                            (In thousands of dollars, 
                                              except per share data)

Selected Assets and 
 Liabilities:(1)
  Average Total Assets     $144,980   $122,805   $103,073   $84,045     $58,599
  Average Total Deposits   $131,303   $111,169    $93,006   $76,955     $52,533
  Average Gross Loans       $96,524    $86,743    $69,999   $53,394     $35,031
  Average Stockholders' 
   Equity                   $13,009    $10,884     $7,531    $6,522      $5,064


Selected Financial 
 Ratios (%):

  Reserves for Loan Losses
   to End of Period Loans      .89%       .77%       .62%      .75%       1.01%

  Net Charge-Offs to End of
   Period Loans (Recoveries)   .06%       .04%       .11%     (.01%)       .02%

  Non-Accruing Loans to Total
   End of Period Loans         3.3%        .2%        .2%       .3%         .5%

  Net Income to Average
    Stockholders' Equity      17.7%      18.6%      14.7%     28.6%       31.7%

  Net Income to Average
    Total Assets              1.56%      1.41%      1.14%     2.45%       2.62%

  Dividend Payout Ratio        0.0%       0.0%      41.4%     18.2%        0.0%

(1)Average  stockholders'  equity is calculated  using end of month data because
the Bank only  computes its income on a monthly  basis.  However,  average total
assets,  average  total  deposits and average gross loans are  calculated  using
daily figures.
<PAGE>
GENERAL INFORMATION

General

    This Proxy  Statement--Prospectus  is being  furnished  to  stockholders  of
Comstock  in  connection  with  the  solicitation  of  proxies  by the  Board of
Directors  of  Comstock  to be used at the Annual  Meeting to be held on May 28,
1997, at 4:00 p.m. Pacific Time in the Conference  Center on the second floor of
the Bank's Administrative  Headquarters Building at 6275 Neil Road, Reno, Nevada
89511, and at any adjournment or postponement thereof.

    Holders of Bank Common Stock are requested to promptly sign, date and return
the accompanying proxy card to Comstock in the enclosed  postage-paid  envelope.
Failure  to  return a  properly  executed  proxy  card or to vote at the  Annual
Meeting will have the same effect as a vote against Proposal (3).

Record Date and Voting                                                         

    The Board of  Directors of Comstock has fixed the close of business on April
7, 1997 as the Record Date for the  determination  of the holders of Bank Common
Stock  entitled  to receive  notice of and to vote at the Annual  Meeting.  Only
holders of record of Bank  Common  Stock at the close of  business  on that date
will be  entitled  to vote  at the  Annual  Meeting  and at any  adjournment  or
postponement  thereof.  At the close of business on the Record Date,  there were
shares of Bank Common Stock outstanding.

    Each holder of shares of Bank Common  Stock  outstanding  on the Record Date
will be  entitled  to one vote for each  share held of record  upon each  matter
properly  submitted at the Annual Meeting and at any adjournment or postponement
thereof.  The  presence,  in person or by proxy,  of the  holders  of at least a
majority of the total number of outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock entitled
to vote at the Annual  Meeting is necessary to constitute a quorum at the Annual
Meeting.  If a quorum is not  obtained,  or if fewer shares of Bank Common Stock
are voted in favor of Proposal (3) than the number required for approval,  it is
expected that the Annual  Meeting will be postponed or adjourned for the purpose
of allowing  additional time for obtaining  additional  proxies or votes. At any
subsequent  reconvening of the Annual Meeting,  all proxies will be voted in the
same manner as such proxies  would have been voted at the original  convening of
the Annual Meeting except for any proxies which have heretofore effectively been
revoked or withdrawn.

    If the enclosed proxy card is properly  executed and received by Comstock in
time to be voted at the Annual Meeting,  the shares represented  thereby will be
voted in accordance  with the  instructions  marked on the proxy card.  Executed
proxy cards without voting  instructions will be voted FOR each of the proposals
and FOR each director as set forth in the accompanying  Notice of Annual Meeting
of stockholders.
<PAGE>
    Management  is not aware of any  matters  other  than those set forth in the
Notice of Annual Meeting of  stockholders  that may be brought before the Annual
Meeting.  If  any  other  matters  properly  come  before  the  Annual  Meeting,
including,  among  other  things,  a motion to  adjourn or  postpone  the Annual
Meeting  to  another  time or  place  or  both  for the  purpose  of  soliciting
additional  proxies or otherwise,  the persons named in the  accompanying  proxy
will vote the  shares  represented  by all  properly  executed  proxies  on such
matters in such  manner as shall be  determined  by a  majority  of the Board of
Directors of Comstock.

Vote Required

    The vote required for each  proposal is set forth in the  discussion of such
proposal under the caption "Vote Required."

Dissenters' Rights

    Nevada law provides  that  stockholders  of record of the Bank on the Record
Date  have  the  right  to  dissent   from  the   Reorganization   and,  if  the
Reorganization is consummated,  to receive  compensation equal to the fair value
of their shares. Stockholders of the Bank desiring to exercise their dissent and
appraisal  rights  must  follow the  procedures  set forth in  Sections  92A.300
through  92A.500  of the  NRS,  a copy  of  which  is  attached  to  this  Proxy
Statement--Prospectus  as  Appendix  B.  Stockholders  ofthe  Bank  desiring  to
exercise their dissent and appraisal  rights are urged to read Appendix B in its
entirety  since  failure to comply  with the  procedures  set forth  therein may
result in the loss of dissent and appraisal rights. See "Dissenters' Rights."

Revocability of Proxies

    The presence of a stockholder at the Annual  Meeting will not  automatically
revoke such  stockholder's  proxy.  However, a stockholder may revoke a proxy at
any time prior to its exercise by (i)  delivering to the Secretary of the Bank a
written notice of revocation prior to the Annual Meeting, (ii) delivering to the
Secretary of the Bank prior to the Annual  Meeting a duly executed proxy bearing
a later date, or (iii) attending the Annual Meeting,  filing a written notice of
revocation with the Secretary of the Bank, and voting in person.

Solicitation of Proxies

    In addition to  solicitation by mail,  directors,  officers and employees of
Comstock may solicit  proxies for the Annual Meeting from Comstock  stockholders
personally or by telephone without additional  remuneration  therefor.  Comstock
will also provide persons, firms, banks and corporations holding shares in their
names or in the names of nominees,  which in either case are beneficially  owned
by others,  proxy material for  transmittal to such  beneficial  owners and will
reimburse  such  record  owners  for their  expenses  in doing  so.  The cost of
solicitation  of  proxies  for the  Comstock  Annual  Meeting  will be  borne by
Comstock.  Stockholders  of the Bank may authorize  another person or persons to
act for them as proxy by  transmitting  or  authorizing  the  transmission  of a
telegram,  cablegram or other means of electronic  transmission to the Secretary
<PAGE>
of the  Bank,  provided  that any such  telegram,  cablegram  or other  means of
electronic  transmission  must either set forth or be submitted with information
from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic
transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

    The following table sets forth information as of March 1, 1997 pertaining to
beneficial ownership of Bank Common Stock by persons known to the Bank to own 5%
or more of such stock, current directors of the Bank, certain executive officers
and all directors and executive  officers of the Bank as a group. Other than the
beneficial  owners  listed  below,  the Bank is not aware of any person or group
that  beneficially  owns more than 5% of the  outstanding  shares of Bank Common
Stock as of March 1, 1997.

    The table  should be read with the  understanding  that more than one person
may  be the  beneficial  owner  or  possess  certain  attributes  of  beneficial
ownership with respect to the same securities.

                      Beneficial Ownership of 5% or More of
        Bank Common Stock; Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers
                                                                               
                                        Shares of
                                       Bank Common                    Percent of
Beneficial Owner                       Stock(1)(2)                       Class
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stockholders owning
5% or more:
- -------------------
   Umberto Fedeli                        210,000                           9.88%
   5005 Rockside Rd., 5th Floor
   Independence, OH 44131

   Resource Management, Inc.             200,000                           9.41%
   28601 Chagrin Blvd., Ste. 500
   Cleveland, OH 44122

   Richard Barone                        200,000(3)                        9.41%
   28601 Chagrin Blvd., Ste. 500
   Cleveland, OH  44122

   N. Lee Deitrich                       193,660                           9.11%
   7090 Morley Road
   Painesville, OH  44077

   Lawrence Loxterman                    185,230                           8.72%
   270 Barrington Ridge Road
   Painesville, OH  44077

   William Loxterman                     175,230                           8.25%
   1010 Hoose Road
   Mentor, OH  44060
<PAGE>
                                        Shares of
                                       Bank Common                    Percent of
Beneficial Owner                       Stock(1)(2)                       Class
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directors and Officers:
- ------------------------                                                    
   Robert Barone                        179,409(4)                         8.01%
   Larry Platz                          131,302(5)                         5.86%
   Michael Dyer                          27,987(6)                         1.31%
   John Coombs                            8,799(7)                          *
   Mervyn Matorian                        7,566(8)                          *
   Edward Allison                         5,765(9)                          *
   Samuel McMullen                        3,595(10)                         *
   Stephen Benna                            100(11)                         *
   Executive Officers and               364,523(12)                       15.26%
    Directors as a group
    (8 persons)
- ------------------------
*  Less than 1%

(1)      Unless  otherwise  noted,  the  persons  shown  have  sole  voting  and
         investment power over the shares listed.

(2)      Bank Common Stock includes all  outstanding  Bank Common Stock plus, as
         required  for the  purpose of  determining  beneficial  ownership  with
         respect to the named person, all Bank Common Stock subject to any right
         of  acquisition,  through the exercise or  conversion  of any security,
         within 60 days.

(3)      Richard  A.  Barone  is  the   controlling   stockholder   of  Resource
         Management,  Inc. ("RMI") and is Chairman of the Board of Directors and
         President  of RMI.  Mr.  Barone may be deemed to own  beneficially  the
         shares owned by RMI. Mr. Barone disclaims  beneficial  ownership of all
         shares owned by RMI.

(4)      Consists of (i) 64,184  shares held by The Barone  Family 1988 Trust of
         which Mr. Robert Barone is a trustee;  and (ii) 115,225  shares subject
         to currently  exercisable  options held by Mr. Barone. Does not include
         options to  purchase  20,625  shares of Bank  Common  Stock that do not
         become fully vested within the next 60 days.

(5)      Consists  of (i) 16,077  shares  held by Mr.  Platz;  and (ii)  115,225
         shares  subject to  currently  exercisable  options.  Does not  include
         options to  purchase  20,625  shares of Bank  Common  Stock that do not
         become fully vested within the next 60 days.

(6)      Consists of (i) 12,871 shares held by Mr. Dyer;  and (ii) 16,116 shares
         subject to currently exercisable options.

(7)      Consists of (i) 2,309  shares held by The Coombs  Living Trust of which
         Dr.  Coombs  is a  trustee;  (ii) 590  shares  held in a self  directed
         rollover IRA; and (iii) 5,900 shares  subject to currently  exercisable
         options held by Dr. Coombs.

(8)      Consists  of (i) 2,666  shares  held by Mr.  Matorian;  and (ii)  4,900
         shares subject to currently exercisable options.

(9)      Consists of (i) 2,065 shares held by Mr. Allison; and (ii) 3,700 shares
         subject to currently exercisable options.

(10)     Consists of (i) 295 shares held by Mr. McMullen;  and (ii) 3,300 shares
         subject to currently exercisable options.

(11)     Consists of 100 shares held by Mr. Benna.

(12)     Consists of (i) an  aggregate of 101,157  shares held by directors  and
         executive  officers as a group; and (ii) an aggregate of 263,366 shares
         subject to currently  exercisable options.  Does not include non-vested
         options  held by Mr.  Barone and Mr.  Platz to purchase an aggregate of
         41,250 shares.
<PAGE>
PROPOSAL (1): ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

         The Bank's Bylaws provide that the Bank shall have a Board of Directors
comprised of not less than five (5) and not more than nine (9)  directors in one
class.  The Bylaws  allow the Board of  Directors  to appoint  directors to fill
positions  that were vacated or for which there was no nominee during the period
between the annual  meetings of  stockholders.  Directors  who are elected  will
serve until the 1998 Annual Meeting or until their  successors have been elected
and qualified or have been appointed by the Board of Directors.

         The persons designated in the accompanying proxy intend to vote for the
election of the eight nominees for director set forth below. If, for any reason,
any nominee is unable to accept such  nomination  or to serve as a director,  an
event not currently anticipated,  the persons named as proxies reserve the right
to exercise  their  discretionary  authority to substitute  such other person or
persons, as the case may be, as a management nominee, or to reduce the number of
management nominees to such extent as they shall deem advisable. Set forth below
is certain  information  with respect to the  nominees.  All of the nominees are
currently directors of the Bank.

         The following  directors  have been nominated by the Board of Directors
to succeed  themselves:  Edward  Allison,  Robert Barone,  Stephen  Benna,  John
Coombs, Michael Dyer, Mervyn Matorian, Samuel McMullen, and Larry Platz.

Vote Required

         The  favorable  vote of a majority of the shares of Bank  Common  Stock
represented at the Annual Meeting is required for the election of directors.
<PAGE>
Information with Respect to Nominees

         The following table provides  information with respect to each director
and principal officer of the Bank.

    Name           Age    Director Since   Position(s)      Business Experience
                                            with Bank       During Past 5 Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Edward Allison      57    November, 1993   Director           Self-employed; 
                                                              government rela-
                                                              tions/investments.

Robert Barone       52    March, 1984      Chairman, Chief    Chairman, Chief 
                                           Executive Officer  Executive Officer
                                           and Treasurer      and Treasurer of 
                                                              the Bank.

Stephen Benna       44    June, 1996       Director           Manager of CB 
                                                              Concrete Co., a 
                                                              manufacturer of 
                                                              concrete.

John Coombs         51    April, 1982      Director           Orthodontist; 
                                                              private practice.

Michael Dyer        49    December, 1984   Director and       Partner in the law
                                           Counsel            firm of Dyer, Law-
                                                              rence & Cooney.

Mervyn Matorian     52    March, 1983      Director           State Farm 
                                                              insurance agent.

Samuel McMullen     47    September, 1993  Director           Self-employed; 
                                                              governmental law
                                                              and political 
                                                              strategy.

Larry Platz         58    March, 1984      President,         President, 
                                           Secretary and      Secretary and
                                           Director           Director of the 
                                                              Bank.

         There are no  family  relationships  between  any of the  directors  or
principal officers.  None of such persons was selected or serves pursuant to any
arrangement  or  understanding  with any other person.  Directors are elected at
each annual meeting of the  stockholders of the Bank. Each officer serves at the
discretion of the Board of Directors. Each of the directors listed above has had
the same employment for more than the past five years.
<PAGE>
Committees of the Board of Directors

         The Bank's Board of Directors has established the following committees,
the  members of which are  appointed  annually by the Board of  Directors.  As a
general rule, if a committee member cannot make a committee  meeting,  any other
director may serve as a substitute.

         Loan  Committee:  This  committee  met 15 times in 1996. It reviews and
approves all  residential  real estate loans over $500,000,  all subdivision and
acquisition and development  loans over  $1,000,000,  all commercial real estate
loans over  $1,500,000,  all commercial  loans secured by other than real estate
over $500,000, and all other loans over $150,000. The committee consisted of the
following  four members from  January 1, 1996  through  April 30, 1996:  Messrs.
Barone, Dyer, Matorian, and Platz. Beginning May 1, 1996, the Loan Committee was
expanded to five members and consisted of the four members listed above plus Mr.
Allison.

         Investment Committee:  This committee met twice in 1996. It reviews and
approves  the  investment  policy  and sets  forth the  general  guidelines  and
strategies to be followed by the  investment  portfolio  manager.  The committee
consisted of the following four members:  Messrs.  Barone,  Benna,  Coombs,  and
Platz. Mr. Benna replaced Mr. Allison in June, 1996.

         CRA Committee:  This committee met three times in 1996. Its function is
to oversee the Bank's efforts in meeting its community reinvestment  obligations
including  the  identification  of areas of need and design of  products to meet
such needs. The committee consisted of three members as follows: Messrs. Barone,
McMullen and Platz. Many of the Bank's managers also attend the meetings.

         Audit/Compliance  Committee:  This  committee  met  once in 1996 on its
audit  function  which is to review the  findings of the outside  auditor or any
internal  control  findings.  The committee  consisted of four members:  Messrs.
Allison,  Benna,  Dyer, and McMullen.  The Compliance  function is to review the
findings of any regulatory  examination involving  compliance.  Because the Bank
signed a Memorandum of Understanding regarding consumer compliance with the FDIC
in January, 1994, the Board as a whole reviewed compliance issues three times in
1996.

         Personnel/Compensation  Committee:  This  committee  met three times in
1996. Its function is to review the compensation of the Bank's senior executives
and all  vice-presidents.  It is composed of three  members as follows:  Messrs.
Matorian, Allison, and Platz.

         Options Committee: This committee met twice in 1996. Its function is to
review  executive  and  management  performance  for the purpose of awarding the
senior  executives  and other Bank  managers  stock,  options or other  benefits
available  under the 1992 Incentive  Plan of Comstock  Bank.  This committee was
composed of four members as follows:  Messrs.  Allison,  Coombs,  Matorian,  and
McMullen.  In June, 1996, Mr. Benna was placed on this committee  increasing its
membership to five.
<PAGE>
         Management Committee:  This committee is composed of Messrs. Barone and
Platz,  the Bank's  executive  officers who also hold Board seats. The committee
meets  informally  and  without  compensation  at least  twice  each  month  and
sometimes  as often as four  times.  One set of minutes per month are created to
inform  the  Board  of  important  executive  actions  taken  in the  day to day
operations  of the Bank.  The  minutes of this  committee  are  reviewed  at the
regular monthly Board of Directors' meeting.

         Asset/Liability Management Committee: This committee met twice in 1996.
Its  function  is to monitor  interest  rate risk and the cash flow needs of the
Bank, and to review the activities of the management  Asset/Liability Committee.
This committee was composed of four members as follows:  Messrs. Barone, Coombs,
McMullen, and Platz. In May, 1996, Mr. McMullen replaced Mr. Allison.

         The Board of Directors has no formal nominating committee; the Board as
a whole acts in nominations  for Board  positions.  Section 2.3 of the Bylaws of
the Bank requires the following paragraph regarding nominations for directors be
set forth in the  notice of a  stockholders'  meeting at which the  election  of
directors is to be considered:

         Nominations  for election of members of the Board of  Directors  may be
         made by the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding
         class of  voting  stock  of the  Corporation  entitled  to vote for the
         election of  directors.  Notice of intention  to make any  nominations,
         other than by the Board of Directors,  shall be made in writing, signed
         and received by the President of the  Corporation  no more than 60 days
         prior to any  meeting of the  stockholders  called for the  election of
         directors,  and no more than 10 days  after the date the notice of such
         meeting is sent to stockholders  pursuant to Section 2.2 of the bylaws;
         provided,  however, that if only 10 days notice of the meeting is given
         to stockholders, such notice of intention to nominate shall be received
         by the  President of the  Corporation  not later than the time fixed in
         the  notice  of the  meeting  for  the  opening  of the  meeting.  Such
         notification  shall  contain the  following  information  to the extent
         known to the notifying stockholder:  (a) the name, address and the term
         of office of each proposed  nominee;  (b) the  principal  occupation of
         each proposed nominee;  (c) the number of shares of voting stock of the
         Corporation owned by each proposed nominee;  (d) the name and residence
         address  of the  notifying  stockholder;  (e) the  number  of shares of
         voting stock of the Corporation owned by the notifying stockholder; and
         (f) with the  written  consent of the  proposed  nominee,  whether  the
         proposed  nominee has ever been convicted of or pleaded nolo contendere
         to any criminal offense involving  dishonesty or breach of trust, filed
         a petition of bankruptcy or has been adjudged bankrupt. Nominations not
         made in accordance  herewith  shall be disregarded by the then chairman
         of the meeting,  and the  inspectors of elections  shall then disregard
         all votes cast for each nominee.

         In 1996,  the Bank's  Board of  Directors  met 12 times (all  regularly
scheduled  monthly  meetings).  No  director  attended  fewer  than  75%  of the
<PAGE>
aggregate  number  of  meetings  of the  Board of  Directors  or  meetings  of a
Committee to which he was assigned except as follows: Mr. McMullen missed two of
the three CRA Committee meetings;  Mr. Dyer missed five of the 15 Loan Committee
meetings;  but in accordance with policy,  another director  substituted for him
two of those five  times;  Mr.  Allison  missed  three of the 11 Loan  Committee
meetings to which he was assigned.

Remuneration of Directors

         In 1996,  directors  received  the sum of $600 for each  regular  Board
meeting  attended  (raised to $650 for 1997). In addition,  each Board Committee
meeting  attended  entitled the  non-employee  director to  compensation of $50,
except  the  Loan  Committee,  which  set  compensation  of  $150  to  attending
non-employee  directors.   These  fees  have  been  raised  to  $100  and  $250,
respectively, for 1997.

               THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK RECOMMENDS THAT
                 STOCKHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" EACH NOMINATED DIRECTOR

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The  following  tables  show  information  with  respect  to the annual
compensation  for  services in all  capacities  to the Bank for the fiscal years
ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994 for the chief executive  officer and the
president of the Bank.  No other officer of the Bank  received  compensation  in
excess of $100,000 during 1996.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<S>               <C>   <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>

                                                          
                                                                Long-Term Compensation
                                                                ----------------------------------- 
                                                                Awards
                       Annual Compensation                      Securities                  Payouts
- --------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------  -------
Name and Prin-           ($)       ($)     ($)      ($)            ($)           ($)          ($)
cipal Position    Year  Salary    Bonus   Other   All Other     Restricted    Underlying     LTIP
                                          Annual  Compensation  Stock Awards  Options/SARS  Payouts
- --------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------  -------

Robert Barone     1996  174,000   96,308  10,249       0             0            0            0
 Chairman of the  1995  162,000   59,660   9,746  25,000             0            0            0
 Board of Direc-  1994  150,000   59,083   8,848       0             0            0            0
 tors and Chief 
 Executive
 Officer

Larry Platz       1996  174,000  116,308  10,249       0             0            0            0
 President        1995  162,000   99,660   9,746       0             0            0            0
                  1994  150,000   59,083   8,848  25,000             0            0            0
</TABLE>

  Employment Agreements


         The Bank has entered into substantially  similar employment  agreements
dated as of December  14,  1992 with each of Robert  Barone and Larry Platz (the
"Employment Agreements"). The initial term of the Employment Agreements is for a
period of five years, unless terminated for cause (as defined therein). The term
of each Employment  Agreement is automatically  extended for one additional year
on each  anniversary  date of the  Employment  Agreement,  unless  the  Board of
Directors gives 30 days prior written notice that the term will not be extended.
<PAGE>
         The Employment Agreements provide for an annual base salary of $132,000
to each of Mr.  Barone  and Mr.  Platz,  plus an annual  bonus of at least 5% of
after-tax profits unless economic  conditions or the financial  condition of the
Bank  dictate  that such  incentives  be  suspended.  The annual  base salary is
subject to renegotiation  every six months but changes,  if any, may only result
in an increase in the annual base salary. Historically, Mr. Barone and Mr. Platz
have each received a bonus equal to 5% of the Bank's after-tax profits. This was
increased to 6% on December 20, 1993 for years beginning after December 31, 1993
as part of the  consideration  for their agreement to eliminate the tax benefits
from options already  granted.  The Employment  Agreements also provide that Mr.
Barone and Mr.  Platz are  entitled  to  participate  in all  benefit  plans and
programs of the Bank available to executives and salaried employees.

         Each Employment  Agreement  provides that following a change of control
the Bank may terminate the  Employment  Agreement;  provided,  however,  in such
event the Bank must continue to pay to Mr. Barone or Mr. Platz,  as the case may
be, his then current annual base salary for a period of four years from the date
of termination.

         The  Employment   Agreements  also  provide  for  a  split-dollar  life
insurance arrangement.  See "--Life Insurance  Arrangements" below. In December,
1996, the Board of Directors  agreed to a supplemental  retirement plan ("SERP")
for both  Mr.  Barone  and Mr.  Platz to bring  their  retirement  income  to an
estimated 60% of their estimated  salaries at retirement.  At his 65th birthday,
Mr.  Platz  will  receive  $44,700  per year for a 15-year  period.  At his 65th
birthday, Mr. Barone will receive $66,900 per year for a 15-year period.

         If the stockholders of the Bank approve the Reorganization set forth in
Proposal  (3) to this  Proxy  Statement--Prospectus,  the Bank  will  assign  to
Bancorp and Bancorp will assume the  Employment  Agreements on the same terms as
described above, except that for purposes of the Employment Agreements a "change
of  control"  will be deemed to have  occurred  if (i)  Bancorp is involved in a
merger or other acquisition in which Bancorp is not the surviving  entity,  (ii)
shares  representing  greater than or equal to forty percent of the voting power
of Bancorp are  acquired  by a person,  entity or group (as such term is used in
Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) through a transaction or series of transactions,
or (iii) a majority of the members of Bancorp's Board of Directors elected at an
annual meeting of the stockholders of Bancorp are replaced,  are removed without
cause  or  resign  during  the  period  commencing  at  the  annual  meeting  of
stockholders  at which the  directors  were  elected  and ending  after the next
annual meeting of stockholders  at which  directors of Bancorp are elected.  See
"Management of Bancorp--Compensation."

STOCK OPTION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

         In the following discussions,  all shares and prices have been adjusted
to reflect the 10% stock  dividend  declared on February  22, 1995 to holders of
record of Bank Common Stock on March 29, 1995. 
<PAGE>
Description of Incentive Plan

         On  February  5, 1992,  the Bank  adopted  the 1992  Incentive  Plan of
Comstock   Bank  (the   "Incentive   Plan")  for  officers  and  key   employees
("Participants").  The  stockholders  approved the Plan on March 25,  1992.  The
Incentive Plan is intended to encourage  officers and other key employees of the
Bank to acquire or increase  their  ownership of Bank Common Stock on reasonable
terms, to foster in Participants a strong  incentive to put forth maximum effort
for the success and growth of the Bank, to aid in retaining  individuals who put
forth such efforts,  and to assist in attracting the best available  individuals
to the Bank in the future.  The  Incentive  Plan provides for the grant of stock
options,  restricted stock and stock bonus awards (collectively  "Awards").  The
aggregate number of shares of Bank Common Stock which may be delivered under the
Incentive  Plan may not exceed  400,000  shares.  No Awards may be granted after
February 5, 2002.

         The  Incentive  Plan  provides  for  granting   incentive  as  well  as
non-qualified  options.  Unless the Stock Option Committee (the  "Committee") or
the Board in its discretion,  determines otherwise,  non-qualified stock options
will be  granted  with an option  price  equal to the fair  market  value of the
shares of Bank Common Stock on the date of grant.  Incentive  stock options must
be granted at not less than the fair  market  value of the shares of Bank Common
Stock on the date of grant.  In the case of certain  ten  percent  stockholders,
incentive stock options must be granted at not less than 110% of the fair market
value of the shares on the date of grant.

         Restricted  stock  awards are rights  granted to an employee to receive
shares of Bank Common Stock without  payment but subject to forfeiture and other
restrictions as set forth in the Incentive Plan. Generally, the restricted stock
awarded,  and the right to vote such stock or to receive dividends thereon,  may
not be sold,  exchanged or otherwise  disposed of during the restricted  period.
The  Committee  in its  discretion,  will  determine  the  restrictions  and the
forfeiture  provisions applicable to restricted stock awards. Stock bonus awards
are outright  grants of Bank Common Stock to a Participant  with no restrictions
or risks of forfeitures.

         The Incentive Plan is  administered by the Committee (or the Board as a
whole) which  determines the  Participants  to whom Awards will be granted,  the
provisions applicable to each Award and the time periods during which the Awards
may  be  exercised.  Each  option  granted  under  the  Incentive  Plan  may  be
exercisable  for a term of not more than ten  years  after the date of grant (or
five years in the case of incentive stock options granted to certain ten percent
stockholders). Certain other restrictions apply in connection with the timing of
exercise.  In the  event  of an  unusual  corporate  event,  the  Board,  in its
discretion,  may determine,  on a case by case basis, to terminate  Awards under
the  Incentive  Plan.  Any  Awards  which the Board  decides to  terminate  will
generally  terminate 90 day s after such unusual  corporate event in which case,
if it is an option,  it will become  immediately  exercisable at least five days
prior to such date and, if it is a restricted stock award, any restrictions will
immediately lapse on that date.

         The Incentive  Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by
the Board of Directors, but no amendment without the approval of stockholders of
the Bank may be made if  stockholder  approval under Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  (or any successor  provision) or
<PAGE>
Section 335.411 of the Code (or any successor  provision) would be required.  In
the event that the  stockholders  of the Bank  approve the  Reorganization,  the
Incentive Plan will be assumed by Bancorp and all the options issued to purchase
shares of Bank Common  Stock  under the  Incentive  Plan will become  options to
purchase Bancorp Common Stock with the same terms, conditions and exercise price
as the original options granted,  as adjusted for the two-for-one share exchange
ratio set forth in the Plan of  Reorganization.  See "Proposal (3): Formation of
Holding Company."

Federal Income Tax Consequences

         Incentive Stock Options. For regular tax purposes,  neither receipt nor
exercise of an Incentive Stock Option is a taxable event to the Participant, and
if the recipient Participant does not dispose of the shares of Bank Common Stock
acquired  under  an  Incentive  Stock  Option  prior  to the  expiration  of the
requisite  holding periods  described below, any gain resulting from the sale of
such shares is long-term capital gain. In such case, the Bank is not entitled to
any tax  deduction  with  respect to the grant or exercise of the  options.  The
difference  between the fair market  value of the shares of Bank Common Stock on
the date of exercise  and the option  price is a tax  preference  item which may
cause  the  Participant  to  incur  an  alternative  minimum  tax in the year of
exercise.  The minimum statutory holding periods are two years from the date the
option is granted and one year from the date the Participant receives his shares
of Bank Common Stock pursuant to the exercise.  The statutory holding period for
Incentive Stock Options is waived in the event of the Participant's death.

         For  regular  tax  purposes,  if the  shares of Bank  Common  Stock are
disposed  of before  the end of  either of such  statutory  holding  periods  (a
"disqualifying  disposition"),  the  lesser of (i) the  difference  between  the
option price and the fair market value of such shares onthe date of exercise, or
(ii) the total  amount of gain  realized  on the sale  must be  reported  by the
Participant as ordinary income and the Bank would be entitled to a tax deduction
in that amount. The remaining gain, if any, would be taxed to the Participant as
capital gain.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant is subject to Section
16(b)  of the  Exchange  Act  ("Section  16")  at the  time  of a  disqualifying
disposition,  the acquisition  date of the shares and the time of recognition of
income will be postponed as long as the sale of shares  underlying the exercised
option could  subject the  Participant  to suit under the "short  swing  profit"
provisions of Section 16, unless the Participant elects to be taxed immediately.
In addition,  if the  Participant  does not elect to be taxed  immediately,  the
amount of income recognized will be the lesser of (i) the difference between the
option  price  and  the  fair  market  value  of the  shares  at the  end of the
postponement  period  (rather than at the date of  exercise),  or (ii) the total
amount of gain realized on the sale.

         Non-Qualified  Stock  Options.  The issuance of a  Non-Qualified  Stock
Option  under the  Incentive  Plan will not result in any taxable  income to the
recipient  Participant or a tax deduction to the Bank at the time it is granted.
Generally,  a Participant to whom a Non-Qualified  Stock Option has been granted
will recognize ordinary income at the time the Participant  exercises the option
<PAGE>
and receives shares of Bank Common Stock in an amount equal to the excess of the
fair market value of such shares on the date of exercise over the option price.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  upon the exercise of a  Non-Qualified
Stock  Option by a  Participant  of the Bank who is subject  to Section  16, the
acquisition  date of the shares for federal  income tax purposes and the time of
recognition  of income  will be  postponed  as long as sale of the shares  could
subject the  Participant  to suit under the "short swing  profit"  provisions of
Section 16, unless the  Participant  elects to be taxed on the date of exercise.
Furthermore,  the amount of income  recognized by the  Participant  in such case
will be the  excess of the fair  market  value of such  shares at the end of the
postponement period (rather than at the date of exercise) over the option price.

         The Bank is entitled to a tax deduction  corresponding to the amount of
income  recognized  by the  Participant  for the year in which  the  Participant
recognizes such income for Federal income tax purposes.

         Restricted Stock Awards.  Generally, a Participant to whom a restricted
stock  award is made will  recognize  ordinary  income  for  Federal  income tax
purposes  in an  amount  equal to the  excess of the fair  market  value of such
shares  of Bank  Common  Stock  received  at the time the  shares  first  become
transferable  or are no longer subject to forfeiture over the purchase price, if
any, paid by the  Participant  for such Bank Common Stock,  and such amount will
then be  deductible  for  Federal  income  tax  purposes  by the  Bank.  For tax
purposes, in addition to other restrictions, the Bank Common Stock is considered
to be subject to a  substantial  risk of  forfeiture  as long as the sale of the
shares could  subject the  Participant  to suit under the "short  swing  profit"
provisions of Section 16. Alternatively,  if the recipient of a restricted stock
award so elects,  he will recognize  ordinary  income on the date of grant in an
amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares of Bank Common
Stock (without taking into account any lapse  restrictions) on the date of grant
over the purchase  price,  if any, paid by the  Participant for such Bank Common
Stock,  and such amount will then be deductible by the Bank. In the event of the
forfeiture of the Bank Common Stock  included in a restricted  stock award,  the
Participant  will not be  entitled  to any  deduction  except to the  extent the
Participant paid for such Bank Common Stock.  Upon sale of the Bank Common Stock
included in the restricted stock award,  the Participant will recognize  capital
gain or loss,  as the case may be,  equal to the  difference  between the amount
realized from such sale and the  Participant's tax basis for such shares of Bank
Common Stock.
<PAGE>
         Stock Bonus  Awards.  Generally,  a  Participant  to whom a stock bonus
award is granted will recognize  ordinary  income for federal tax purposes in an
amount  equal to the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the Bank Common
Stock received over the price,  if any, paid by the  Participant for the shares.
Such  amount is then  deductible  by the Bank for Federal  income tax  purposes.
Taxation will be delayed, as discussed  previously,  for any period of time that
sale of such Bank Common Stock would subject a Participant to suit under Section
16 for short swing profit liability,  unless the Participant  elects to be taxed
earlier.

Previous Grants

         On February 22, 1988,  options to purchase 27,500 shares of Bank Common
Stock were granted to each of Robert  Barone and Larry Platz which had an option
exercise  price of $1.14 per share and which  expired on March 1, 1995. On March
25, 1992, these options were replaced with substantially similar options granted
under the  Incentive  Plan for the same number of shares with the same  exercise
price and expiration date. In addition,  on the same date, additional options of
1,100 shares each were granted  under the  Incentive  Plan to Mr. Barone and Mr.
Platz with an exercise price of $2.73 per share and an expiration  date of March
25, 1997. The Board  determined  under the provisions of the Incentive Plan that
$2.73 per share was the fair market  value of the Bank Common Stock on March 25,
1992.

         On December 14, 1992, the Committee  granted options to purchase 82,500
shares of Bank Common  Stock to each of Mr.  Barone and Mr. Platz at an exercise
price of $3.41 per share.  The options  expire ten years from the date of grant,
subject to earlier  termination.  The options  initially vested as follows:  25%
after  the  fifth  anniversary  of the  date  of  grant;  50%  after  the  sixth
anniversary of the date of grant; 75% after the seventh  anniversary of the date
of grant; and 100% after the eighth anniversary of the date of grant. On October
25, 1993, the Committee  approved the following  revised  vesting  schedule with
respect to these options:  25% beginning in December 1994; 50% in December 1995;
75% in December 1996; and 100% in December 1997. This revised  vesting  schedule
was approved by a special  stockholders meeting of February 24, 1994. On May 19,
1993,  the  Committee  granted  options to purchase  5,500 shares of Bank Common
Stock to each of Mr.  Barone  and Mr.  Platz at an  exercise  price of $6.70 per
share.  On October 25, 1993,  the Committee also granted  additional  options to
purchase  47,850 shares of Bank Common Stock to each of Mr. Barone and Mr. Platz
at an  exercise  price of $6.87 per share.  In the event of  termination  of his
employment  without  cause,  the  option  holder has the right to  exercise  his
options in full without regard to any vesting  limitations.  In the event of the
option holder's voluntary  termination of employment,  retirement or termination
of employment by reason of disability,  he has the right to exercise any options
which have vested as of the date his  employment  terminates  for the  remaining
term of the option and all non-vested options as of such date will terminate. In
the event of death, the option holder's  successor has the right to exercise any
options  which  have  vested  as of the date of death  within  the  later of the
original term of the option or one year after death and all  non-vested  options
as of such date will  terminate.  In the event the  option  holder's  employment
terminates for cause, he has the right to exercise any options which have vested
as of the date his  employment  terminates  at any time within 30 days after the
later of the date of such  termination  or the date an arbitrator  determines he
was properly  terminated for cause. Any remaining  non-vested options as of such
<PAGE>
date will terminate. In the event of an unusual corporate event, the option will
become  exercisable in full no later than the earlier of (i) seven business days
prior to the record date for a stockholder to receive  consideration of any kind
with  respect to such  unusual  corporate  event,  or (ii) 30 days prior to such
unusual  corporate  event.  The Board may elect to terminate  the option 90 days
following such unusual corporate event as provided for in the Incentive Plan. If
the Board does not terminate the option and the Bank ceases to exist as a result
of such unusual  corporate  event,  the Board is required to cause the surviving
entity to assume the option by  granting  an option for shares of the  surviving
entity on substantially similar terms and conditions.

         The following table shows transactions through March 1, 1997, as to the
executive  officers named in the Summary  Compensation  Table, as to all current
executive  officers of the Bank as a group, as to all other current officers who
are not executive officers as a group, and as to all other employees as a group,
information  with respect to options  granted or exercised  under the  Incentive
Plan since its  adoption in 1992  (non-employee  directors  are not  eligible to
participate  in the  Incentive  Plan).  No options  were  granted  to  executive
officers of the Bank under the Incentive Plan during 1996. In the event that the
stockholders of the Bank approve the Reorganization,  the Incentive Plan will be
assumed by Bancorp and all the options issued to purchase  shares of Bank Common
Stock under the Incentive  Plan will become  options to purchase  Bancorp Common
Stock with the same terms, conditions and exercise price as the original options
granted,  as adjusted for the two-for-one  share exchange ratio set forth in the
Plan of Reorganization. See "Proposal (3): Formation of Holding Company."

================================================================================
                                       Average 
Name of Individual                     Per Share 
or Number of               Options     Exercise     Options        Net Value 
Persons in Group           Granted     Price        Exercised      Realized (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert Barone              164,450      $4.14       28,600         $177,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Larry Platz                164,450      $4.14       28,600         $177,375
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All executive officers 
as a group (2 persons)     328,900      $4.14       57,200         $354,375
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All other officers 
as a group (8 people)       39,250      $8.21        7,300          $37,475
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All other employees 
as a group (2 people)        4,000      $8.75            0               NA
================================================================================

(1)      Net value realized (if greater than zero) is the difference between the
         market price on the date of exercise and the exercise price, multiplied
         by the number of shares  acquired  through the exercise of the options.
         On the date of exercise,  the average between the closing bid and asked
         prices  was  used as the  market  price  to  calculate  the  net  value
         realized, unless the actual transaction price was known.
<PAGE>
Description of Directors' Plan

         The 1992  Non-Employee  Directors'  Stock Option Plan (the  "Directors'
Plan") was also adopted on February 5, 1992 and approved by  stockholders of the
Bank  on  March  25,  1992.  The  Directors'   Plan  is  intended  to  encourage
non-employee  directors  of the Bank to acquire or increase  their  ownership of
Bank Common Stock on reasonable terms, to foster a strong incentive to put forth
maximum  effort for the  continued  success  and  growth of the Bank,  to aid in
retaining individuals who put forth such efforts and to assist in attracting the
best  individuals to the Bank in the future.  The aggregate  number of shares of
Bank  Common  Stock which may be  delivered  under the  Directors'  Plan may not
exceed 165,000 shares.

         Under the Directors' Plan,  options are  automatically  granted to each
non-employee  director of the Bank on the following  terms, at the Board meeting
immediately  following the annual meeting of the  stockholders  of the Bank each
year, provided the director was a director for at least three full months during
the preceding fiscal year and provided he has not been an employee or officer of
the Bank or any of its  affiliates  nor been eligible to receive any award under
any  other  benefit  plan of the Bank or its  affiliates  during  the 12  months
preceding such date:

         (1)  each  director  shall be permitted  to  purchase,  from the shares
              available  under the  Directors'  Plan,  up to 2,750 shares at the
              fair market value on that date;

         (2)  each  director  shall be  granted on such  date,  without  further
              action by the Board or the Committee,  an option to purchase 1,100
              shares at fair market value on the date of grant; and

         (3)  for each share a director  purchases under paragraph (1) above, he
              will be  granted,  on the  same  date,  an  additional  option  to
              purchase an equal number of shares at the same price.

         Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  during the term of the Directors' Plan
no director shall be granted  rights to purchase  shares and options to purchase
shares which in the aggregate equal more than 55,000 shares under the Directors'
Plan. If the number of shares  available to grant under the Directors' Plan on a
scheduled date of grant is insufficient to make all automatic grants required to
be made  pursuant  to the  Directors'  Plan on such  date,  then  each  eligible
Director shall receive the right to purchase shares, the corresponding option to
purchase  shares and the  annual,  automatic  options to purchase  1,100  shares
pursuant to the Directors' Plan equal, in the aggregate, to a pro rata number of
the remaining shares available under the Directors' Plan.

         The exercise price of such options will be the fair market value on the
date of grant. The options granted under the Directors' Plan are exercisable for
a term of ten years from the date of grant.
<PAGE>
         In the event that a director  ceases to be a member of the Board (other
than by  reason  of death or  disability),  an option  may be  exercised  by the
director at any time within  three  months after he ceases to be a member of the
Board,  but not beyond  the term of the  option.  If a director  dies or becomes
disabled  while he is a member of the Board,  an option may be  exercised by the
director's  successor,  in the  event  of  death,  or by him or by his  personal
representative,  in the event of  disability,  at any time within one year after
his death or disability, but not beyond the term of the option.

         The  administration  and the term of the Directors' Plan are consistent
with the above described  Incentive  Plan. In the event of an unusual  corporate
event, each option  outstanding under the Directors' Plan will terminate 90 days
after the occurrence of such unusual corporate event.

         The Directors' Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by
the Board of  Directors  of the Bank but no  amendment  without the  approval of
stockholders  of the Bank may be made if stockholder  approval under Section 422
of the Code (or any successor  provision) or Section 335.411 of the Code (or any
successor  provision)  would be required.  In the event the  stockholders of the
Bank approve the Plan of Reorganization,  the Directors' Plan will be assumed by
Bancorp and all the options issued to purchase shares of Bank Common Stock under
the Directors'  Plan will become  options to purchase  Bancorp Common Stock with
the same terms,  conditions and exercise price as the original  options granted,
as adjusted for the  two-for-one  share  exchange ratio set forth in the Plan of
Reorganization.

         The following  table shows, as to each current  non-employee  director,
and as to all  current  non-employee  directors,  information  with  respect  to
options granted or exercised since adoption of the Directors' Plan in 1992.

================================================================================
                                       Average 
Name of Individual                     Per Share 
or Number of               Options     Exercise     Options        Net Value 
Persons in Group           Granted     Price        Exercised      Realized (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Edward Allison               3,700      7.90              0              NA
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John Coombs                  5,900     $6.66              0              NA
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael Dyer                15,116     $6.15              0              NA
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mervyn Matorian              6,000     $6.59          1,100          $5,125
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Samuel McMullen              3,300     $7.65              0              NA
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All non-employee directors 
as a group (5 people)       26,416     $5.90          1,100          $5,125
================================================================================

(1)      Net value realized is the difference (if greater than zero) between the
         market price on the date of exercise and the exercise price, multiplied
         by the number of shares  acquired  through the exercise of the options.
         On the date of exercise,  the average between the closing bid and asked
         prices  was  used as the  market  price  to  calculate  the  net  value
         realized, unless the actual transaction price was known.
<PAGE>
401(k) Plan

         On September 25, 1991, the Board of Directors adopted the Comstock Bank
401(k) Plan (the "401(k)  Plan") which became  effective on January 1, 1992. The
401(k) Plan allows eligible employees to contribute,  as deferred  compensation,
up to 15% of their  salary  (up to a  maximum  of  $9,500 in 1996 and 1997) to a
trust  established  pursuant to such plan. The Bank matches one-half of employee
contributions,  up  to a  maximum  of  3% of  each  participant's  compensation.
Contributions  by the  Bank  vest in  accordance  with  the  number  of years of
continuous employment at the Bank, with 100% vesting occurring when the employee
has 5 years of such continuous  service.  In the event that the  stockholders of
the Bank  approve the Plan of  Reorganization,  the  employees  of Bancorp  will
become eligible for the 401(k) Plan.

Deferred Compensation

         In December,  1996,  the Bank's  Board of Directors  adopted a Deferred
Compensation  Plan  (the  "Deferred  Plan")  for  the  Directors  and  key  Bank
employees.  The  Deferred  Plan allows the  participants  to defer up to 100% of
their  income from the Bank.  Under the Deferred  Plan,  the Bank will match the
first  $12,000 of employee  contributions  as  follows:  25% for  directors  and
Executive Officers; 20% for Senior Vice-Presidents; 15% for Vice-Presidents; 10%
for other key employees.  The deferred funds become a liability of the Bank, and
the participants  become general  creditors of the Bank. The funds earn interest
at a rate set  annually  by the  Board of  Directors.  The Bank  must  count the
deferred  compensation  as an expense,  but may not deduct the expense  from its
income  taxes.  When the  Deferred  Compensation  is paid out, the Bank may then
deduct the compensation from its income tax return.

Life Insurance Arrangements

         The Employment Agreements call for the Bank to pay the premiums for two
$2,300,000  split-dollar  life  insurance  policies  insuring the life of Robert
Barone (individually,  a "Policy" and, together,  the "Policies"),  one owned by
Larry Platz and the other owned by Robert Barone. The Bank expects to pay annual
premiums of  approximately  $163,000  for each Policy for a period of five years
beginning in October,  1992,  after which a nominal  annual payment will be paid
for a period of two years.  The total  amount of premiums to be paid by the Bank
for each Policy is expected to be approximately $829,614.

         The Bank will be  entitled  to receive  the  aggregate  of the  premium
payments made by the Bank with respect to each Policy (less any  borrowings  and
less accrued interest  thereon) no later than (i) the death of Robert Barone, or
(ii) the seventeenth  anniversary date of the Policies;  provided,  however, the
Bank will be entitled to and will accept  early  repayment  with  respect to the
Policy owned by Mr. Barone or Mr. Platz, as the case may be  (individually,  the
"Officer"),  if the  split-dollar  insurance  agreement is terminated by written
notice  from the  Officer or by mutual  consent of the parties or if the Officer
terminates employment under certain specified  circumstances,  but the amount of
any such  early  repayment  will not  exceed  the  cash  surrender  value of the
relevant  Policy at such time.  The Policies  have been  assigned to the Bank as
collateral  security  for  repayment  of the  premiums  paid with respect to the
Policies.
<PAGE>
CERTAIN BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS

         During fiscal 1996,  the Bank paid to the law firm of Dyer,  Lawrence &
Cooney, a firm in which Mr. Dyer, a director of the Bank, is a partner,  the sum
of $72,992 for legal services rendered.  During fiscal 1996, the Bank paid State
Farm Insurance the sum of $590 for insurance.  Mr. Matorian, a director,  is the
State Farm agent through whom the insurance was placed.

         Some of the  directors  and officers of the Bank,  as well as firms and
companies  with which they are  associated,  are and have been  customers of the
Bank  and as such  have had  banking  transactions  with the Bank in 1996.  Loan
transactions  with these persons were made in the ordinary course of business on
substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, prevailing
at the time for comparable  transactions  with others,  and did not present more
than a normal risk of collectibility or other unfavorable features.

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

         Section  16(a) of the Exchange Act  requires the Bank's  directors  and
executive  officers,  and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of
the Bank's equity securities, to file with the FDIC initial reports of ownership
and  reports of changes  in  ownership  of Bank  Common  Stock and other  equity
securities  of the Bank.  Officers,  directors  and greater than 10%  beneficial
owners are required by FDIC  regulations  to furnish the Bank with copies of all
Section 16(a) forms which they file with the FDIC.

         To the Bank's  knowledge,  based solely on review of the copies of such
reports  furnished to the Bank and written  representations  to the Bank, during
the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1996 all Section  16(a) filing  requirements
applicable to its officers,  directors  and greater than 10%  beneficial  owners
were complied with.
<PAGE>
PROPOSAL (2):  RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

         The  Board of  Directors  has  appointed  Kafoury,  Armstrong  & Co. as
independent public accountants for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1997.

Vote Required

         The  favorable  vote of a majority of the shares of Bank  Common  Stock
represented  at the meeting is required  to ratify the  appointment  of Kafoury,
Armstrong & Co. It is expected that a representative of Kafoury, Armstrong & Co.
will be present at the meeting to respond to appropriate questions.

                  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK RECOMMENDS
                    THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" PROPOSAL (2)

PROPOSAL (3): FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY

         Bancorp and  Comstock  entered  into the Plan of  Reorganization  as of
February 26, 1997,  pursuant to which Bancorp will become a bank holding company
with  Comstock  as  its  wholly-owned   subsidiary.   A  copy  of  the  Plan  of
Reorganization  is set forth as  Appendix A to this Proxy  Statement--Prospectus
and is incorporated  herein by reference.  The discussion  below is qualified in
its  entirely  by such  reference.  Bancorp is a newly  formed  Nevada  business
corporation  that was  organized by Comstock  for the purpose of  effecting  the
Reorganization and,  therefore,  has no operating history. If the Reorganization
is approved by the stockholders of Comstock,  subject to the satisfaction of all
other conditions set forth in the Plan of  Reorganization,  including receipt of
all required regulatory approvals, on the Effective Date, all of the outstanding
shares of Bank Common Stock (other than shares held by  stockholders  exercising
dissenters'  rights,  if any) will be  converted  into and  exchanged  for, on a
two-for-one basis, shares of Bancorp Common Stock.

         After the Effective Date,  Comstock will continue its existing business
and operations as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp. The consolidated assets,
liabilities,  stockholder's  equity and income of Bancorp immediately  following
the Effective  Date will be the same as those of Comstock  immediately  prior to
the Effective Date. The Board of Directors of Bancorp is, and upon the Effective
Date will  continue  to be,  comprised  of the  current  members of the Board of
Directors  of  Comstock.  The  executive  officers of Bancorp  are, and upon the
Effective Date will continue to be, the current executive  officers of Comstock.
See  "Management  of Bancorp."  Comstock will continue to operate under the name
"Comstock Bank" and its deposit accounts will continue to be insured by the Bank
Insurance  Fund ("BIF") of the FDIC.  The  corporate  existence of Comstock will
continue unaffected and unimpaired by the Reorganization, except that all of the
outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock (other than shares held by stockholders
exercising  dissenters'  rights,  if any) will be owned by  Bancorp.  Comstock's
stockholders  prior  to  the  Effective  Date  will,  in  turn,  own  all of the
outstanding  shares of  Bancorp  Common  Stock,  having  received  that stock in
exchange for their shares of Bank Common Stock as part of the Reorganization.
<PAGE>
Vote Required

         Approval  of the Plan of  Reorganization  requires  the  approval  of a
majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock. The required
vote of stockholders on the Plan of  Reorganization  is based upon the number of
outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock, and not the number of those shares that
are actually voted.  Accordingly,  the failure to submit a proxy card or to vote
in person at the Annual Meeting or an abstention  from voting will have the same
effect as a "NO" vote with respect to this proposal.  Broker  non-votes will not
be counted as having been voted in person or by proxy at the Annual  Meeting and
will have the same effect as a "NO" vote with respect to this proposal.

         THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS   HAS   UNANIMOUSLY   APPROVED  THE  PROPOSED
REORGANIZATION  AND UNANIMOUSLY  RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" ADOPTION OF THE PLAN OF
REORGANIZATION

         AN ABSTENTION WILL HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS A VOTE AGAINST THE PROPOSAL.

         PARTIES TO THE REORGANIZATION

Comstock Bank

         The Bank was  incorporated  as a Nevada banking  corporation  under the
laws of the State of Nevada  in May,  1979.  During  its  first  three  years of
operation,  the Bank  experienced  significant  operating  problems  due to poor
management,  substantial  overhead  and a poor  economic  climate,  resulting in
severe financial problems. In early 1984, under a regulatory order, the Board of
Directors retained new management and procured  additional capital. In 1988, the
Bank turned profitable and has remained so ever since.

         The Bank conducts a general banking business,  including the acceptance
of demand, savings and time deposits and the making of real estate,  commercial,
consumer and other term loans. Deposit accounts are insured to the maximum legal
limit by the FDIC. The Bank offers a full range of deposit account  products and
most traditional  types of loans including  residential real estate,  commercial
real estate,  commercial  and  residential  construction  loans,  commercial and
accounts receivable lending, and consumer loans (including credit cards).

         The Bank's main office, along with its administrative headquarters,  is
located at Neil Road and So.  Virginia  St. in the  southeast  quadrant of Reno,
Nevada.  There is a full service office at the Caughlin Ranch Shopping Center in
the southwest  quadrant of Reno, and at the Galena  Junction  Shopping Center on
the Mount Rose  Highway in Reno.  A full  service  office  also exists in Carson
City,  Nevada.  In addition,  the Bank operates loan  production  offices in Las
Vegas, Nevada and in the Minden/Gardnerville  area of Nevada. An additional full
service branch is under  construction in the Spanish Springs  Shopping Center on
the corner of Disc Drive and Sparks Blvd. in Sparks, Nevada which is expected to
open in the late summer of 1997.
<PAGE>
         The Bank  provides its range of services  primarily to  businesses  and
individuals in the northern  Nevada area and began lending in southern Nevada in
1993.  While  deposits are  gathered  primarily  from Reno and Carson City,  the
Bank's lending area extends throughout all of northern Nevada,  including all of
Reno,  Sparks,  Carson City,  Minden/Gardnerville,  Dayton,  Incline Village and
other  communities at Lake Tahoe,  and in the greater Las Vegas area. The Bank's
primary lending  business has  traditionally  been real estate  construction and
development loans, and first mortgages on existing single family homes. In 1996,
the Bank  began to  finance  the  acquisition  and  development  of  multifamily
dwellings.  The Bank  has  also  begun a  secondary  focus  on more  traditional
commercial lending to the area's small businesses.

         Executive  management  of the Bank, in the persons of Mr.  Barone,  the
Bank's  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and  Mr.  Platz,  the  Bank's
President,  have been with the Bank since 1984 when the Bank's  assets were less
than $10  million.  At the end of 1996,  the  Bank's  assets  had  grown to $145
million.

         The Bank is publicly  traded on The Nasdaq  Small Cap Market  under the
symbol  "LODE." On April 7, 1997  shares of Bank  Common  Stock were  issued and
outstanding. On March 10, 1997, warrants ("Warrants") to purchase 103,400 shares
of Bank Common Stock at $7.73 per share (the "Exercise  Price") were outstanding
which expire  September 30, 1999.  On March 10, 1997 the Bank issued  notices of
redemption to the holders of the Warrants pursuant to which the Bank will redeem
all Warrants  outstanding on May 13, 1997 (the  "Redemption  Date") for $.10 per
share.  The holders of the  Warrants  have until May 12,  1997 to  exercise  the
Warrants  and  purchase  shares of Bank  Common  Stock  or, in the  alternative,
execute an Assignment of and First  Amendment to Warrant  Agreement  pursuant to
which a warrantholder  will,  adjusted for the two-for-one  share exchange ratio
set forth in the Plan of  Reorganization,  have the right to purchase  shares of
Bancorp Common Stock on substantially the same terms and conditions set forth in
the Warrants  except that the shares of Bancorp Common Stock would be restricted
stock and subject to restrictions  on disposition  imposed by Rule 144 under the
Securities  Act.  Because  shares of Bank  Common  Stock are  trading  above the
Exercise  Price,  the Bank  expects the holders of the  Warrants to exercise the
Warrants prior to the Redemption Date and receive shares of Bancorp Common Stock
at  the   Effective   Date  if  the   stockholders   of  the  Bank  approve  the
Reorganization.

Comstock Bancorp

         Bancorp was  organized  on February  21, 1997 at the  direction  of the
Board of Directors of the Bank to become a bank holding company with Comstock as
its wholly-owned subsidiary.  Bancorp, upon receiving the approval of the Nevada
Division  to  acquire  the  Bank  and  the  approval  of the  FRB  of  Bancorp's
application to become a bank holding  company,  will be subject to regulation by
the Nevada Division and the FRB. See "Regulation and  Supervision--Regulation of
the Holding Company." Upon consummation of the Reorganization, Bancorp will have
no significant assets other than the shares of Bank Common Stock acquired in the
Reorganization,  and will have no  significant  liabilities.  The  management of
Bancorp is set forth under  "Management  of  Bancorp."  Initially,  Bancorp will
neither  own nor  lease  any  property,  but will,  instead,  use the  premises,
equipment  and  furniture  of the Bank.  At the present  time,  Bancorp does not
intend to employ any persons  other than certain  executive  officers,  but will
<PAGE>
utilize the support  staff of the Bank from time to time.  Additional  employees
will be hired as appropriate,  to the extent Bancorp expands its business in the
future.

         Bancorp's  executive office is located at 6275 Neil Road, Reno,  Nevada
89511 and its telephone number is (702) 824-7100.

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  REORGANIZATION

Reasons for the Reorganization

         The Board of Directors  believes that a holding company  structure will
better  position  the Bank to compete in the markets that it serves by providing
Comstock with greater flexibility to conduct its banking business. The formation
of a holding company will permit management greater  flexibility with respect to
the enhancement of stockholder value through, among other things, the ability to
acquire or organize  other  operating  subsidiaries  should such an  opportunity
present  itself,  including  other  bank and  non-bank  financial  institutions,
without merging such  institutions  with the Bank itself.  In addition,  Bancorp
will be better able to control its capital leverage,  and thus stockholder value
through,  among other things, the implementation of a stock repurchase  program.
Under Section 661.125 of the NRS, the Bank cannot repurchase its own shares.

Effective Date

         The  Effective  Date  will be the date on which the  Articles  of Share
Exchange are filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada,  expected
to be shortly after approval by the  stockholders of the Bank is obtained at the
Annual Meeting,  provided all conditions precedent to the Plan of Reorganization
are satisfied.

Actions at the Effective Date

         The Reorganization will be accomplished through the following steps:

         1.   Bancorp has been incorporated as a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the
              Bank.  The  primary  purpose of  Bancorp is to become the  holding
              company for the Bank.

         2.   At the  Effective  Date,  Bancorp  automatically  will acquire all
              shares of the Bank Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately
              prior to the Effective Date.

         3.   At the  Effective  Date,  the holders of the shares of Bank Common
              Stock issued and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective
              Date  automatically  will  become  owners of two shares of Bancorp
              Common  Stock for each  share of Bank  Common  Stock  held by them
              immediately prior to the Effective Date.
<PAGE>
         4.   All shares of Bank Common  Stock  acquired by the Bank as a result
              of the  exercise  of  dissenters'  rights  will be  canceled  upon
              receipt.

         After  consummation of the  Reorganization,  the Bank expects to make a
distribution to Bancorp to allow Bancorp to conduct such business  activities as
described in "Reasons for the  Reorganization." See "Dividend Policy." There can
be no  assurances  that  the  Bank  will  obtain  regulatory  approval  for  the
Reorganization  or that,  if the  Reorganization  is  consummated,  Bancorp will
conduct such activities.

Conditions to the Reorganization

         The Plan of  Reorganization  provides that the  obligations of Comstock
and Bancorp to consummate the  Reorganization are subject to the satisfaction of
the following conditions:  (i) the approval of the Plan of Reorganization by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares of Bank
Common Stock; (ii) the approval by the Nevada Division of the application of the
Bank and Bancorp for approval of the Plan of Reorganization;  (iii) the approval
by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of Bancorp's application
to become a holding  company  under the BHCA;  (iv) the  receipt of a  favorable
opinion  of  counsel  as to  certain  federal  income  tax  consequences  of the
Reorganization;  (v) the registration with the SEC of Bancorp Common Stock under
the Securities  Act; (vi)  compliance  with all applicable  state  securities or
"blue sky" laws  relating to the issuance  and  distribution  of Bancorp  Common
Stock;  and (vii)  the  receipt  of all other  consents  and  approvals  and the
satisfaction  of all other  requirements  necessary to the  consummation  of the
Reorganization.  There  can be no  assurances  that  these  conditions  will  be
satisfied and that the Reorganization will be consummated.

Amendment and Termination

         The  Plan of  Reorganization  provides  that it may be  amended  by the
parties thereto in whole or in part at any time.

         The Plan of  Reorganization  further provides that it may be terminated
at any time prior to the Effective Date (whether before or after approval by the
stockholders  of  Comstock) if the  Reorganization  becomes  inadvisable  in the
opinion of the Board of  Directors  of Comstock or Bancorp due to (i) an action,
suit,  proceeding or claim that has been made or threatened relating to the Plan
of  Reorganization   that  would  make  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated by the Plan of Reorganization inadvisable, (ii) the payment of fair
value  forshares  of  Bank  Common  Stock  by  Bancorp  due to the  exercise  of
dissenters'  rights by holders of Bank Common Stock  causing,  in the reasonable
judgment of the Bank and Bancorp,  a material  diminution in the surplus capital
of the Bank, or (iii) any other reason.

Exchange of Stock Certificates

         In connection with the exchange of Bank Common Stock for Bancorp Common
Stock,  it will not be necessary for  stockholders of Comstock to exchange their
certificates  for certificates  representing  shares of Bancorp Common Stock. On
<PAGE>
the Effective Date,  non-dissenting  stockholders of Comstock automatically will
become  stockholders of Bancorp and each  outstanding  certificate  representing
shares of Bank Common Stock will automatically represent, and will be deemed for
all  purposes  to  evidence  ownership  of, the same number of shares of Bancorp
Common  Stock.  At the same time,  Nevada  Agency and Trust,  the  registrar and
transfer  agent for Bank Common Stock and Bancorp  Common  Stock (the  "Transfer
Agent"),  will issue an additional  certificate  of Bancorp Common Stock to each
holder of Bank Common Stock of record on the Effective Date evidencing ownership
of an equal number of shares as those held of record.

         After the Effective Date, as currently outstanding certificates of Bank
Common Stock are presented  for transfer,  or, upon the request of any holder of
Bank Common Stock,  the Transfer  Agent will,  for its usual and customary  fee,
issue new stock  certificates  representing the same number of shares of Bancorp
Common Stock as the number of shares of Bank Common Stock surrendered  therefor.
Upon  surrender,  each  certificate  representing  Bank  Common  Stock  will  be
canceled.  After the Effective  Date,  there will be no further  registration or
transfers of shares of Bank Common Stock on the records of Comstock.

Effect of the Reorganization on Employee Benefit Plans and Employment Agreements

         On the Effective Date, Bancorp will adopt and assume sponsorship of the
Incentive Plan and the Directors' Plan (together,  the "Plans"). All outstanding
options to purchase  shares of Bank Common Stock  granted  pursuant to the Plans
prior to the  Reorganization  will become options to purchase  shares of Bancorp
Common Stock with the same terms,  conditions,  and exercise  price, as adjusted
for a two-for-one share exchange ratio set forth in the Plan of  Reorganization.
In addition,  Bancorp will adopt and assume  sponsorship of the Comstock Payroll
Deduction Stock Purchase Plan.

         The  Reorganization  will not trigger any change in control  provisions
contained in any of the  employment  agreements  with the Bank's  officers.  All
other   employee   benefit   plans  of  Comstock   will  be   unchanged  by  the
Reorganization.  See "Management of Comstock--Compensation  and Employee Benefit
Plans."

DESCRIPTION  OF  BANCORP  CAPITAL  STOCK

General

         The  Articles of  Incorporation  of Bancorp  authorize  the issuance of
capital stock  consisting of 15,000,000  shares of common stock,  par value $.01
per share.  There are 100 shares of Bancorp  Common Stock  currently  issued and
outstanding,  all of which are owned by Comstock.  Assuming all the  outstanding
Warrants are exercised prior to the Redemption  Date, on the Effective Date, the
existing 100 shares of Bancorp  Common Stock will be  cancelled,  and there will
be,  subject  to the  exercise  of  dissenters'  rights,  _________  issued  and
outstanding  shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock as a result of the exchange of two
shares  of  Bancorp   Common  Stock  for  each  share  of  Bank  Common   Stock.
Additionally, 949,468 shares
<PAGE>
of Bancorp  Common Stock will be reserved for issuance  pursuant to the exercise
of stock  options  under the Plans.  Because  all of the issued and  outstanding
shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock are owned by  Comstock,  there is  currently no
established public trading market for Bancorp Common Stock.

         In the future,  the authorized  but unissued and  unreserved  shares of
Bancorp  Common  Stock will be  available  for  issuance  for general  corporate
purposes, including, but not limited to, possible issuance as stock dividends or
stock splits,  future mergers or acquisitions,  or future private  placements or
public  offerings.  Except as  otherwise  may be required to approve a merger or
other  transaction in which the additional  authorized  shares of Bancorp Common
Stock would be issued, no stockholder approval will be required for the issuance
of  those  shares.  See  "Certain  Differences  in  Stockholder  Rights"  for  a
discussion  of the rights of the holders of Bancorp  Common Stock as compared to
the holders of Bank Common Stock. In addition,  Bancorp may be restricted in its
ability to register  additional  shares of capital stock after completion of the
Reorganization  due to certain  requirements  of the SEC  related  to  financial
statement disclosures and related disclosures.  See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Bancorp Common Stock

         General.  Each  share of  Bancorp  Common  Stock has the same  relative
rights as, and is  identical  in all  respects  to,  each other share of Bancorp
Common Stock. Until such time as other types of voting stock are approved by the
stockholders and issued,  if ever, the holders of shares of Bancorp Common Stock
will possess all rights,  including  exclusive voting rights,  pertaining to the
capital stock of Bancorp.  The relative rights of shares of Bancorp Common Stock
do not  differ  materially  from the  relative  rights of shares of Bank  Common
Stock.

         Dividend  Rights.  The holders of Bancorp Common Stock will be entitled
to the payment of  dividends  when,  as, and if declared by  Bancorp's  Board of
Directors out of funds legally available  therefor.  The payment of dividends by
Bancorp will depend on Bancorp's  net income,  financial  condition,  regulatory
requirements and other factors,  including the results of Comstock's operations.
See "Dividend  Policy" for  restrictions  on the payment of dividends on Bancorp
Common Stock.

         Voting  Rights.  Each share of Bancorp  Common  Stock will  entitle the
holder thereof to one vote on all matters upon which stockholders have the right
to vote. At the present  time,  each member of the Board of Directors of Bancorp
is elected to a one year term.  Stockholders  of Bancorp will not be entitled to
cumulate their votes for the election of directors.

         Liquidation  Rights.  In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution or
winding up of  Bancorp,  the holders of shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock will be
entitled to receive,  after payment of all debts and liabilities of Bancorp, all
remaining  assets of Bancorp  available for  distribution in cash or in kind. In
<PAGE>
the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Comstock, Bancorp, as
the  holder  of  all  shares  of  Bank  Common  Stock,  upon  completion  of the
Reorganization, would be entitled to receive payment of all debt and liabilities
of Comstock  (including  all  deposits  and accrued  interest  thereon)  and all
remaining assets of Comstock available for distribution in cash or in kind.

         Preemptive  Rights;  Redemption.  Holders of shares of  Bancorp  Common
Stock will not be entitled to preemptive  rights with respect to any shares that
may be issued. Without preemptive rights, a stockholder's  ownership position in
Bancorp is subject to dilution if additional  shares of capital stock are issued
by  Bancorp.  Shares  of  Bancorp  Common  Stock  are  not  subject  to  call or
redemption.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

         See   "Certain   Differences   in   Stockholder   Rights--Anti-Takeover
Provisions" for a description of certain  provisions that may have the effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Bancorp.

DESCRIPTION  OF  COMSTOCK  CAPITAL  STOCK

General

         The  Bank's  Articles  of  Incorporation,  as  amended,  authorize  the
issuance of up to 6,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.50 per share, of
Bank Common Stock.

Bank Common Stock

         The holders of Bank Common  Stock are entitled to one vote per share on
all matters  requiring  stockholder  action and to participate  equally with the
other holders of Bank Common Stock in any dividends, when, as and if declared by
the Board of Directors of the Bank from funds legally  available  therefor.  See
"Dividend  Policy."  Each share of Bank Common Stock is entitled to equal rights
in the event of  liquidation.  Stockholders of Comstock do not have the right to
cumulate their votes for the election of directors.

         The holders of Bank Common Stock have no  preemptive or other rights to
subscribe  for  additional  shares  of any class of  capital  stock of the Bank.
Without  preemptive  rights, a stockholder's  ownership  position in the Bank is
subject to  dilution  if  additional  shares of capital  stock are issued by the
Bank. Shares of Bank Common Stock are not subject to call or redemption.

CERTAIN  DIFFERENCES  IN  STOCKHOLDER  RIGHTS

General

         The rights of holders of Bank Common Stock are governed by the Articles
of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of the Bank,  sections  of the NRS  applicable  to
Nevada-chartered   banks  and  the   regulations  of  the  FDIC   applicable  to
state-chartered banks. The rights of holders of Bancorp Common Stock are or will
be governed by the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of Bancorp,  sections of
the NRS applicable to bank holding companies,  Nevada Division, the BHCA and the
FRB. The following  discussion  summarizes  certain material  differences in the
rights of holders  of Bank  Common  Stock and  Bancorp  Common  Stock and is not
intended to be a complete  statement of all differences  affecting the rights of
<PAGE>
stockholders.  This  discussion  is  qualified  in its  entirety by reference to
Bancorp's  Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws,  copies of which are attached
hereto as Appendix C and Appendix D, respectively.  If the Reorganization is not
consummated,  any action  affecting  the  rights of  stockholders  of  Comstock,
including  any change in control,  will  continue to be subject to the  relevant
provisions of Comstock's  Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws,  sections of the
NRS applicable to Bank and the Nevada Division.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

         The following  discussion is a summary of certain  provisions of Nevada
and Federal banking law and regulations and Nevada corporate law, as well as the
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Bank and Bancorp,  relating to stock
ownership and transfers,  the Board of Directors and business combinations,  all
of which may be deemed to have "anti-takeover" effects. The description of these
provisions is necessarily general and reference should be made to the actual law
and regulations and to the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of Bancorp.

         Nevada and Federal  Banking Law. The Federal Change in Bank Control Act
of 1978  prohibits  a person  or group  of  persons  "acting  in  concert"  from
acquiring  "control" of a bank holding  company unless the FRB has been given 60
days' prior  written  notice of such proposed  acquisition  and within that time
period the FRB has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed  acquisition or
extending  for up to another 30 days the period  during which such a disapproval
may be  issued.  An  acquisition  may be made  prior  to the  expiration  of the
disapproval  period  if the FRB  issues  written  notice  of its  intent  not to
disapprove the action.  Under a rebuttable  presumption  established by the FRB,
the  acquisition  of more than ten percent of a class of voting  stock of a bank
with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act (such
as  Bancorp  Common  Stock),  would,  under the  circumstances  set forth in the
presumption,  constitute the acquisition of control. In addition,  any "company"
would be  required  to obtain  the  approval  of the FRB under the BHCA,  before
acquiring  twenty-five percent (five percent in the case of an acquiror that is,
or is deemed to be, a bank holding  company) or more of the outstanding  Bancorp
Common Stock of, or such lesser  number of shares as  constitute  control  over,
Bancorp.

         Under the NRS, the  Commissioner  of the Nevada  Division  (the "Nevada
Bank  Commissioner") must approve in advance any transfer of (i) an amount equal
to or in  excess of twenty  percent  of the  voting  control  of a bank  holding
company  if  acquired  by a natural  person,  and (ii) an  amount  equal to five
percent  of the voting  control  of a bank  holding  company  if  acquired  by a
business entity. Additionally,  no person may acquire, directly or indirectly, a
Nevada deposit  taking  institution  or bank holding  company  without the prior
written consent of the Nevada Bank Commissioner.  The Bank is required to report
any change in  ownership of five percent or more of the Bank Common Stock to the
Nevada Bank Commissioner  within  twenty-four hours of discovering the change in
ownership.  The Nevada Bank Commissioner must also approve of any acquisition of
twenty-five percent or more of the voting control of the Bank. Both the Bank and
Bancorp are subject to the Nevada  restrictions on combinations  with interested
stockholders and control share acquisition provisions.
<PAGE>
         Bank  Anti-Takeover  Provisions.  Stockholders  of the Bank  wishing to
submit a  nomination  or  nominations  for  director  of the Bank must  submit a
written  nomination  to the President of the Bank not more than sixty days prior
to any meeting of  stockholders  of the Bank calledfor the election of directors
and no more than ten days after notice of such  meeting is sent to  stockholders
of the Bank. It may be easier for stockholders of Bancorp to nominate a director
to Bancorp's  Board of Directors  than that of the Bank,  and  therefore  assert
influence  over the  operations  of  Bancorp,  because  Bancorp's  Bylaws do not
contain a similar provision restricting director nominations.

Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees

         Bancorp's  Articles of  Incorporation  require Bancorp to indemnify its
officers, directors, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the
NRS.  Additionally,  the Bylaws of Bancorp  provide  that  Bancorp  will pay the
expenses of its officers and directors incurred in defending a criminal or civil
action,  suit or  proceeding  as they are  incurred  and in advance of the final
disposition of the action,  suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by
the officer or director to repay the amount if it is ultimately  determined that
the officer or director is not entitled to be indemnified  by Bancorp.  The Bank
is also permitted to indemnify its officers, directors and employees pursuant to
the NRS but is not required to do such.  The Bylaws of the Bank provide that the
Bank may indemnify its agents against expenses,  judgments,  fines,  settlements
and other  amounts  actually and  reasonably  incurred and may advance  expenses
reasonably  expected to be incurred by the agent upon receipt of an  appropriate
undertaking to repay advanced amounts as required by the NRS.

         Under the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act, as amended  ("FDIA"),  both
Comstock and Bancorp are prohibited from indemnifying their directors, officers,
or employees from  liability or legal expense  incurred as a result of an action
or proceeding by a federal banking agency  resulting in a civil money penalty or
certain other remedies against such person. Additionally,  the SEC has taken the
position that  indemnification of officers,  directors and control persons of an
issuer  of  publicly  held  securities  such  as the  Bank  (or  Bancorp  if the
Reorganization  is  approved  by the  stockholders  of the Bank) is against  the
public policy expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

         Bancorp's  Bylaws  permit  holders of not less than ten  percent of the
voting  power of Bancorp to call a special  meeting  of  stockholders  while the
Bank's Bylaws require not less than one-third of the voting power of the Bank to
call a special meeting of stockholders.  The smaller  percentage of stockholders
of Bancorp  required to call a special meeting of stockholders has the effect of
making it easier for stockholders of Bancorp to demand votes on issues requiring
stockholders   approval,   such  as  mergers   involving  Bancorp  ora  sale  of
substantially all of the assets of Bancorp, more easily than stockholders of the
Bank who would be required to wait until the next annual meeting of stockholders
to vote on the same issues if the directors or President of the Bank do not call
a special meeting of stockholders.
<PAGE>

Payment of Dividends

         The Bank is required to maintain a cash surplus fund of twenty  percent
of its  capital  (the  "Surplus  Fund")  and is not  permitted  to  declare  any
dividends if the Surplus Fund falls below such twenty percent minimum. Until the
Surplus  Fund  equals or exceeds  the  Bank's  common  capital,  the Bank is not
permitted  to declare or pay any  dividends  unless at least ten  percent of the
profit  from  the  prior  fiscal  year  has  been  paid  to  the  Surplus  Fund.
Additionally,  the Bank is prohibited from declaring a dividend in excess of its
undivided  profits unless the Nevada Bank  Commissioner  and holders of at least
two-thirds of the issued and outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock approve the
dividend prior to its declaration.  Bancorp is not subject to the Nevada banking
statutes which regulate the payment of dividends to its  stockholders.  However,
because  substantially  all  of the  funds  available  for  Bancorp  to  declare
dividends will come from the Bank,  future dividends will depend on the earnings
of the  Bank,  its  financial  condition,  its need  for  funds  (including  the
maintenance  of  the  SurplusFund)  and  applicable   government   policies  and
regulations.  Although Bancorp's ability to pay dividends will not be subject to
these  restrictions,  such  restrictions  will indirectly affect Bancorp because
dividends  from  Comstock  will be a primary  source of funds for  Bancorp.  See
"Dividend Policy."

Right to Repurchase Stock; Investments

         The Bank is prohibited  under the NRS from  purchasing or making a loan
secured by Bank Common  Stock  unless the  purchase or security is  necessary to
prevent a loss to the Bank from a debt which was previously entered into in good
faith. Any shares of Bank Common Stock so acquired or used as collateral must be
disposed  of by the  Bank  within  twelve  months  of the  date of  acquisition.
Bancorp,  on the other hand,  will be permitted to purchase its own stock in the
open market  subject to  applicable  law and the  availability  of funds.  Under
certain  circumstances,  stock  repurchases  by Bancorp  will  require the prior
approval of the FRB of San Francisco. Bancorp currently has no plans to purchase
any shares of Bancorp Common Stock after the Reorganization. Additionally, there
can be no assurance  that Bancorp will  repurchase  any shares of Bancorp Common
Stock in the future.  See  "Regulation  and  Supervision--Regulation  of Holding
Company."

         The Bank is  prohibited  under the NRS from  investing in securities on
its own behalf  other than (i)  "public  securities,"  which  generally  include
obligations of the United States,  its agencies,  obligations  guaranteed by the
Federal   government  of  the  United   States,   stock  in  national   mortgage
associations,  government and municipal bonds and bonds, debentures,  securities
and other instruments issued pursuant to certain Federal acts, and (ii) "private
securities,"  which  generally  include  bonds,  notes or  debentures  issued by
private companies which the Bank determines the issuer will be able to repay and
that the Bank will be able to sell at a fair value with  reasonable  promptness.
There are no similar  restrictions  on the purchase of investment  securities by
Bancorp under the NRS.
<PAGE>
Issuance of Shares of Common Stock

         The  Articles of  Incorporation  of Bancorp  authorize  the issuance of
15,000,000 shares of Bancorp Common Stock,  while the Bank is only authorized to
issue  6,000,000  shares of Bank  Common  Stock.  Assuming  all the  outstanding
Warrants are exercised  prior to the Redemption  Date,  shares of Bancorp Common
Stock will be  approved  but not issued or  reserved  for  issuance  pursuant to
options  issued by the Bank under the Plans.  The shares of Bancorp Common Stock
were  authorized  in an  amount  greater  than  required  to be  issued  in  the
Reorganization  to provide Bancorp's Board of Directors with as much flexibility
as possible to effect, among other transactions, financings, acquisitions, stock
dividends,  stock  splits and the  exercise of stock  options.  The  issuance of
additional  shares of Bancorp Common Stock would have the effect of diluting the
percentage ownership of current holders of Bank Common Stock. Bancorp's Board of
Directors  has no present  plans to issue  additional  shares of Bancorp  Common
Stock,  other than the issuance of shares in connection with the  Reorganization
and upon the exercise of stock options assumed by Bancorp in connection with the
Reorganization  or issued by Bancorp  pursuant to the Plans after the  Effective
Date.

         Section  661.035 of the NRS requires the Bank to obtain the approval of
the  Nevada  Bank  Commissioner  and  at  least  two-thirds  of the  issued  and
outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock to amend its Articles of  Incorporation
to increase  the  authorized  number of shares of capital  stock.  The vote of a
majority  of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares of  Bancorp  Common  Stock is
required to  similarly  amend its  Articles  of  Incorporation  to increase  the
authorized number of shares of capital stock.

Stock Options

         The Bank is prohibited  under the NRS from granting options to purchase
shares of Bank Common Stock to its officers and  employees for less than (i) the
fair market value of shares of Bank Common  Stock on the date of grant,  or (ii)
eighty-five  percent of the fair market  value of shares of Bank Common Stock on
the date of grant if the option is granted  pursuant  to a stock  purchase  plan
adopted by the Bank's Board of Directors and approved by at least  two-thirds of
the issued and outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock.  The Incentive Plan and
the Directors'  Plan were approved by greater than two-thirds of the outstanding
shares of Bank  Common  Stock.  There are no similar  restrictions  for  options
granted to purchase shares of Bancorp Common Stock.

Inspection of Records

         The  Bylaws  of  Bancorp  contain  no  restrictions  on the  rights  of
stockholders  to review  Bancorp's  stock ledger in addition to those imposed by
the NRS,  which permit  inspection  upon five days' prior written  notice by any
person who has been a  stockholder  of record for six months or who has received
written  authorization  to inspect  the stock  ledger by the holders of at least
five percent of a corporation's  outstanding shares of capital stock. The Bank's
stock  ledger may only be  reviewed  by (i)  stockholders  representing  fifteen
percent of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock,  and (ii) a
stockholder  or  stockholders  holding  at least one  percent  of the issued and
outstanding  shares of Bank  Common  Stock who has or have filed a Form F-6 with
the FDIC.
<PAGE>
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE REORGANIZATION

         The Bank has received an opinion of counsel substantially to the effect
that the material federal income tax consequences of the  Reorganization  to the
Bank and its stockholders will be as follows:

         (a)  no gain or loss will be  recognized by Bancorp upon its receipt of
              shares of Bank  Common  Stock in  exchange  for  shares of Bancorp
              Common Stock;

         (b)  no gain or loss will be recognized  by a  stockholder  of the Bank
              upon the  exchange  (by  automatic  conversion)  of shares of Bank
              Common Stock for Bancorp Common Stock;

         (c)  the  aggregate  adjusted  tax basis of the  Bancorp  Common  Stock
              received  (or  deemed  received)  by a  stockholder  of  the  Bank
              pursuant to the  Reorganization  will be the same as the aggregate
              adjusted  tax basis of the shares of Bank Common  Stock  exchanged
              therefor; and

         (d)  the holding period of the Bancorp Common Stock received (or deemed
              received)  by a  stockholder  of  the  Bank  as a  result  of  the
              Reorganization  will  include the holding  period of the shares of
              Bank Common  Stock  exchanged  therefor,  provided  that such Bank
              Common Stock is held as a capital asset by the Bank stockholder at
              the consummation of the Reorganization.

         The above  described tax opinion is based upon certain  representations
and  assumptions   referred  to  in  such  tax  opinion  and  assumes  that  the
Reorganization  will  be  completed  in  the  manner  described  in  this  Proxy
Statement--Prospectus.  Any change in the facts,  representations or assumptions
could  affect  the   anticipated   federal  income  tax   consequences   of  the
Reorganization. Moreover, it should be pointed out that an opinion of counsel is
not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or the courts.  Neither the Bank nor
Bancorp  intend to obtain a ruling from the Internal  Revenue  Service as to the
tax consequences of the Reorganization.

         Any cash payment to a Bank  stockholder  who exercises his  dissenters'
rights will be a taxable event to such stockholder.

         THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION OF THE ANTICIPATED MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF THE  REORGANIZATION TO THE COMPANY AND ITS STOCKHOLDERS IS BASED
ON THE LAW IN EFFECT AS OF THE DATE  HEREOF,  INCLUDING  THE CODE,  THE TREASURY
REGULATIONS   PROMULGATED   THEREUNDER,    AND   ADMINISTRATIVE   AND   JUDICIAL
INTERPRETATIONS  THEREOF,  ALL OF WHICH ARE  SUBJECT  TO CHANGE  (POSSIBLY  ON A
RETROACTIVE  BASIS).  NEITHER THIS DISCUSSION NOR THE TAX OPINION  ADDRESSES ANY
ASPECT OF STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAXATION.  NEITHER THIS DISCUSSION NOR THE TAX
OPINION ADDRESSES ALL ISSUES THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER OF BANK
<PAGE>
COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF SUCH HOLDER'S PERSONAL CIRCUMSTANCES, NOR DO THEY APPLY
TO HOLDERS SUBJECT TO SPECIAL  TREATMENT UNDER THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS OR TO
HOLDERS OF WARRANTS.  FURTHER,  NEITHER THIS  DISCUSSION NOR THE TAX OPINION MAY
APPLY TO A HOLDER  OF BANK  COMMON  STOCK WHO  ACQUIRED  HIS BANK  COMMON  STOCK
PURSUANT  TO  THE  EXERCISE  OF  AN  EMPLOYEE   STOCK  OPTION  OR  OTHERWISE  AS
COMPENSATION.  ACCORDINGLY, EACH HOLDER OF BANK COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT SUCH
HOLDER'S OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX  CONSEQUENCES  TO SUCH HOLDER OF
THE REORGANIZATION,  INCLUDING THE EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX
LAWS.

ACCOUNTING  TREATMENT  OF  THE  REORGANIZATION

         The  Reorganization  is  expected to be  characterized  as, and treated
similarly to, a "pooling of interests"  (rather than a "purchase") for financial
reporting  and related  purposes,  with the result that the accounts of Comstock
and Bancorp will be combined.

DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

         Stockholders  of the Bank who comply with the provisions of Chapter 92A
of the NRS have the right to receive payment for their Bank Common Stock instead
of receiving  Bancorp Common Stock.  The following  summary of the provisions of
Chapter 92A is not intended to be a complete statement of such provisions and is
qualified  in its  entirety by reference to the full text of Chapter 92A, a copy
of which is  attached to this Proxy  Statement--Prospectus  as Appendix B. Under
the  terms  of the  Plan of  Reorganization,  either  the  Bank or  Bancorp  may
terminate the Plan of  Reorganization if the payment for fair value of shares of
Bank  Common  Stock by Bancorp  due to the  exercise  of  dissenters'  rights by
holders of Bank Common Stock would cause, in the reasonable judgment of the Bank
or  Bancorp,  a material  diminution  in the  capital  surplus of the Bank.  See
"Description of the Reorganization--Amendment and Termination."

         Stockholders  of a  Nevada  corporation  have  the  right,  in  certain
circumstances,   to  dissent  from  certain  corporate  actions,  including  the
consummation of a plan of share exchange such as the Plan of Reorganization,  by
a  Nevada   corporation  which  requires  the  approval  of  such  corporation's
stockholders.  Stockholders  who are  entitled to dissent  are also  entitled to
obtain payment in the amount of the fair value of their shares.

         Pursuant  to  Section  92A.410  of the NRS,  the  notice of the  Annual
Meeting must state that the  stockholders  of the Bank are or may be entitled to
dissenters' rights under Section 92A.300 to 92A.500 of NRS and be accompanied by
a copy  of  those  sections.  Stockholders  of  the  Bank  who  wish  to  assert
dissenters' rights must (i) deliver to the Bank, before the vote is taken at the
Annual Meeting,  written notice of their intent to demand payment for their Bank
Common Stock if the Plan of  Reorganization  is  effectuated,  and (ii) not vote
their  shares in favor of the Plan of  Reorganization.  Stockholders  failing to
satisfy  these  requirements  will not be entitled to  dissenters'  rights under
Chapter 92A of the NRS. Bancorp (the "Subject  Corporation") must send a written
<PAGE>
dissenter's notice (the "Dissenter's Notice") within ten days of effectuation of
the Plan of  Reorganization  to all stockholders of the Bank who satisfied these
requirements.  The Dissenter's Notice must include: (i) a statement of where the
demand for payment is to be sent and where and when certificates for Bank Common
Stock are to be deposited; (ii) a statement informing the holders of Bank Common
Stock not represented by certificates to what extent the transfer of such shares
will be  restricted  after the demand for payment is received;  (iii) a form for
demanding payment that requires  stockholders  asserting  dissenters'  rights to
certify whether or not they acquired  beneficial  ownership of the shares before
the date when the terms of the  Reorganization  were announced to the news media
or the stockholders (the "Announcement  Date"); (iv) a date by which the Subject
Corporation  must receive the demand for payment,  which may not be less than 30
or more than 60 days after the date the  Dissenter's  Notice was delivered;  and
(v) a copy of Sections 92A.300 to 92A.500 of the NRS.

         Stockholders of the Bank who wish to obtain payment for their shares of
Bank Common Stock must demand payment,  certify whether they acquired beneficial
ownership  of Bank Common Stock before the  Announcement  Date,  and deposit the
certificates,  if any, in accordance with the terms of the  Dissenter's  Notice.
Stockholders  for whom  dissenters'  rights are  asserted  will retain all other
rights of a  stockholder  until those  rights are  cancelled  or modified by the
Reorganization.  The Subject Corporation may restrict the transfer of any shares
not  represented  by a  certificate  from the date the  demand  for  payment  is
received.  Pursuant to Section 92A.440 of the NRS,  stockholders of the Bank who
fail to demand payment or deposit their certificates where required by the dates
set forth in the  Dissenters'  Notice  will not be  entitled  to payment for the
shares as provided under Chapter 92A of the NRS.

         Pursuant to Section  92A.460 of the NRS, within 30 days of receipt of a
demand for payment,  the Subject  Corporation will pay each dissenter who became
beneficial  owner  of Bank  Common  Stock  prior  to the  Announcement  Date and
complied with Section 92A.440 of the NRS the amount that the Subject Corporation
estimates to be the fair value of the shares, plus accrued interest. The payment
must be  accompanied by (i) copies of the Subject  Corporation's  balance sheet,
statement of income,  and statement of changes in stockholder's  equity,  (ii) a
statement of the Subject Corporation's estimate of the fair value of the shares,
(iii) an explanation of how the interest was calculated, (iv) a statement of the
dissenter's rights to demand payment under Section 92A.480 of the NRS, and (v) a
copy of Sections 92A.300 to 92A.500 of the NRS.

         Pursuant to Section  92A.470 of the NRS,  the Subject  Corporation  may
elect to withhold  payment from  dissenters who became the beneficial  owners of
shares  of  Bank  Common  Stock  on  or  after  the  Announcement   Date.  After
consummation of the Reorganization, however, the Subject Corporation is required
to estimate the fair value of such shares,  plus accrued interest,  and offer to
pay this amount to each dissenter in full  satisfaction  of demand.  The Subject
Corporation  will send this offer with a statement  of its  estimate of the fair
value of the shares,  an  explanation  of how the interest was  calculated and a
statement of the  dissenter's  rights to demand payment under Section 92A.480 of
the NRS.
<PAGE>
         Pursuant to Section 92A.480 of the NRS, dissenters who believe that the
amount  paid  pursuant  to Section  92A.460 of the NRS or  offered  pursuant  to
Section  92A.470 of the NRS is less than the full value of their  shares of Bank
Common Stock or that the interest due is incorrectly calculated,  may, within 30
days after the  Subject  Corporation  made or offered  payment  for the  shares,
either (i) notify the Subject  Corporation  in writing of their own  estimate of
the fair value of their shares and the amount of interest due and demand payment
of this estimate  less any payments  made under  Section  92A.460 of the NRS, or
(ii) reject the offer for payment made by the Subject  Corporation under Section
92A.470  of the NRS and demand  payment  of the fair  value of their  shares and
interest due.

         If a demand for payment remains unsettled, the Subject Corporation must
commence a court proceeding within 60 days after receiving a demand and petition
the court to  determine  the fair value of the shares of Bank  Common  Stock and
accrued interest.  All dissenters whose demands remain unsettled would be made a
party to such  proceeding.  Dissenters  are  entitled to a judgment for the fair
value of their shares,  plus accrued interest,  less any amount paid pursuant to
Section  92A.460 of the NRS. The court would assess the costs of the proceedings
against the Subject  Corporation  unless the court finds that all or some of the
dissenters  acted  arbitrarily,  vexatiously  or not in good faith in  demanding
payment,  in which  case the court may  assess the costs in the amount the court
finds equitable against some or all of the dissenters. The court may also assess
the fees and expenses of the counsel and experts for the respective  parties, in
the amount the court finds  equitable,  against the Subject  Corporation  or the
dissenters. If the Subject Corporation does not commence a proceeding within the
60-day  period,  it must pay each dissenter  whose demand remains  unsettled the
amount demanded.

MARKET  FOR  THE  COMMON  STOCK

         Shares of Bank Common  Stock are quoted on The Nasdaq  Small Cap Market
under the symbol "LODE." There  currently is no  established  market for Bancorp
Common Stock. Bancorp has applied for the listing of Bancorp Common Stock on The
Nasdaq Small Cap Market in connection  with the  Reorganization.  It is expected
that Bancorp  Common Stock will be at least as liquid as Bank Common Stock after
the  Reorganization  since the number of  outstanding  shares of Bancorp  Common
Stock, following the Reorganization, will be double the number of shares of Bank
Common Stock prior to the  Reorganization  due to the two-for-one share exchange
ratio  set  forth  in the  Plan  of  Reorganization.  However,  there  can be no
assurance that an active and liquid trading market for Bancorp Common Stock will
be maintained.

         At March 20,  1997,  there were  2,124,934  shares of Bank Common Stock
outstanding  which were held of record by approximately  468  stockholders,  not
including  persons or entities  who hold the stock in nominee or  "street"  name
through various  brokerage firms. The following table shows the high and low per
share  sales  prices of Bank Common  Stock as  reported on The Nasdaq  Small Cap
Market since the inception of trading on that market.
<PAGE>
                                High                         Low
                          ------------------           ------------------
     1993                  Bid         Asked            Bid         Asked
- --------------            -----        -----           -----        -----
First Quarter             $7.00        $7.25           $5.00        $5.75
Second Quarter            $7.00        $7.75           $7.00        $7.25
Third Quarter             $7.25        $7.50           $6.75        $7.25
Fourth Quarter            $8.25        $8.75           $7.25        $7.50

                                 High                        Low
                          -------------------          ------------------
     1994                  Bid         Asked            Bid         Asked
- --------------            -----        -----           -----        -----  
First Quarter             $8.50        $9.00           $7.75        $8.50
Second Quarter            $7.75        $8.50           $6.50        $7.25
Third Quarter             $6.75        $7.50           $6.50        $7.25
Fourth Quarter            $7.00        $7.75           $6.25        $7.00

                                 High                        Low
                          -------------------          ------------------
     1995                  Bid         Asked            Bid         Asked
- --------------            -----        -----           -----        -----  
First Quarter             $6.00        $6.625          $6.00        $6.625
Second Quarter            $6.50        $7.25           $6.50        $7.25
Third Quarter             $6.50        $7.25           $5.75        $6.25
Fourth Quarter            $7.00        $7.50           $6.50        $7.50

                                 High                        Low
                          -------------------          ------------------
     1996                  Bid         Asked            Bid         Asked
- --------------            -----        -----           -----        -----  
First Quarter             $9.375      $10.25           $7.00        $7.50
Second Quarter            $9.375      $10.25           $8.375       $9.50
Third Quarter             $9.00        $9.75           $8.00        $8.50
Fourth Quarter           $10.50       $11.375          $8.25        $9.125

                                 High                        Low
                          -------------------          ------------------
     1997                  Bid         Asked            Bid         Asked
- --------------            -----        -----           -----        -----     
First Quarter

On April  __,  1997,  the last  reported  sale  price of Bank  Common  Stock was
$__________  per share.  The current  market  makers for Bank Common  Stock are:
Herzog, Heine, Geduld, Inc.; McDonald & Co.; Torrey Pines Securities; and Hoefer
& Arnett.

         The Plan of Reorganization provides that each outstanding share of Bank
Common  Stock  (other than shares held by  stockholders  exercising  dissenters'
rights,  if any) will be  exchanged  for two  shares of  Bancorp  Common  Stock.
Although  the impact on the market  price for  shares of  Bancorp  Common  Stock
cannot be predicted  with  certainty,  it is likely that the  two-for-one  share
<PAGE>
exchange  ratio  will  initially  result in the  market  price of each  share of
Bancorp Common Stock being  approximately  one-half of the currently  prevailing
price per share of Bank Common Stock,  and that the  aggregate  market price for
all shares of Bancorp Common Stock held by an individual stockholder will remain
approximately the same.

         Management of the Bank believes that this  two-for-one  exchange  ratio
will result in a decrease in the market price of Bancorp Common Stock to a level
at which it will be more readily  tradeable and  accessible to a broader base of
investors.  A lower per share price will  enable  investors  to purchase  "round
lots" of Bancorp Common Stock for a lower total price than currently  exists for
Bank Common Stock. Additionally, the two-for-one share exchange ratio may result
in a relative  decrease in the gap between the bid and asked price for shares of
Bancorp  Common Stock which would result in lower broker's  commissions  paid by
stockholders  of Bancorp when buying or selling  shares of Bancorp Common Stock.
Stockholders  should be aware,  however,  that any applicable  transfer taxes on
sales and  transfers of shares would be higher after the  Reorganization  on the
same  relative  interest in the Bank  because the  interest in the Bank would be
represented by a greater number of shares.

         Proportionate  voting rights and other rights of stockholders would not
be altered by the two-for-one  share exchange ratio. In addition,  the number of
shares of Bancorp Common Stock subject to outstanding  options granted  pursuant
to the Plans,  and the number of shares of Bancorp  Common  Stock  reserved  for
issuance  under  the  Plans,  would  be  doubled,  and  the  exercise  price  of
outstanding options would be decreased by one-half.

DIVIDEND POLICY

         The Board of Directors  of Bancorp  will have the  authority to declare
dividends  on  Bancorp  Common  Stock,   subject  to  statutory  and  regulatory
requirements.  The  Board of  Directors  plans to  continue  Comstock's  current
dividend policy for the Bancorp Common Stock. Currently,  the Board of Directors
of Comstock has adopted a policy that,  due to the rapid growth  experienced  by
the Bank, the need for capital to support the growth,  the relatively high level
of returns generated on the capital, and the dilution of such returns by federal
and state taxes on any  dividends  declared,  cash  dividends are unlikely to be
declared. In general, future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors
will  depend  upon a  number  of  factors,  including  investment  opportunities
available to Bancorp or Comstock, capital requirements,  regulatory limitations,
Bancorp's and Comstock's results of operations, financial and tax considerations
and general  economic  conditions.  After  consummation  of the  Reorganization,
management of Comstock  expects to make  distributions to Bancorp of cash and/or
fixed assets and investments.

         Unlike  Comstock,  Bancorp is not subject to the banking statutes which
regulate  the  payment  of  dividends  to  its  stockholders.  However,  because
substantially  all of the funds available for Bancorp to declare  dividends will
come from the Bank,  future  dividends  will depend on the earnings of the Bank,
its financial  condition,  its need for funds  (including the maintenance of the
Surplus Fund) and applicable  governmental policies and regulations.  Bancorp is
subject to the  requirements  of Nevada  Corporation  Law which  generally limit
dividends  to an amount  equal to the excess of the net  assets of Bancorp  (the
<PAGE>
amount by which  total  assets  exceed  total  liabilities)  over its  statutory
capital,  or, if there is no such  excess,  to its net  profits  for the current
and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.

PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION

         The  following  table  presents  the  capitalization  of Comstock as of
December 31, 1996 and the pro forma  consolidated  capitalization of Bancorp and
its subsidiary, Comstock, as of December 31, 1996, as adjusted to give effect to
the Reorganization as described in this Proxy Statement--Prospectus.

                                           STOCKHOLDERS' PRO FORMA EQUITY
                                        Comstock           Bancorp and Comstock
                                        --------           --------------------
                                  Shares        Amount     Shares        Amount
                                  ------        ------     ------        ------
                                     (in thousands of dollars except shares)
Common stock, par value $.01 
per share for Bancorp; par 
value $.50 per share for
Comstock

     Authorized                   6,000,000                15,000,000

     Issued and Outstanding       4,235,268     $1,059      4,249,868       $42

Paid in Surplus                                  7,167                    8,184

Unrealized loss on 
securities available                               (23)                     (23)
for sale, net of tax

Retained Earnings                                4,805                    4,783
                                                 -----                    -----
Total Stockholders' Equity                     $13,009                  $12,986
                                               =======                  =======

BUSINESS OF BANCORP

General

         Bancorp is a business corporation organized under the laws of the State
of Nevada on February 21, 1997.  The only office of Bancorp,  and its  principal
place of business, is located at the administrative  offices of Comstock at 6275
Neil Road, Reno, Nevada 89511. Bancorp's telephone number is (702) 824-7100.

         Bancorp was organized  for the purpose of becoming the holding  company
of  Comstock.  On the  Effective  Date,  Comstock  will  become  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of Bancorp,  which thereby will become a bank holding  company,  and
each stockholder of Comstock,  subject to the exercise of dissenters' rights, if
any,  will  become  a  stockholder  of  Bancorp   without  any  change  in  each
<PAGE>
stockholder's  relative ownership  percentage,  provided,  however,  that on the
Effective  Date each  holder of Bank  Common  Stock will  receive  two shares of
Bancorp Common Stock for each share of Bank Common Stock now owned.

         Bancorp has not yet  undertaken any operating  business  activities and
does  not  currently  propose  to do so other  than  those  contemplated  by the
Reorganization.  In the future,  Bancorp may become an operating  company and/or
acquire  other  financial  institutions,  mortgage  companies,  or  engage in or
acquire such other  activities  or  businesses as may be permitted by applicable
law, although there are no active plans to do so.

         After  consummation  of  the  Reorganization,  management  of  Comstock
expects  to make  distributions  to  Bancorp  of cash  and/or  fixed  assets and
investments. See "Proposal (3): Formation of Holding Company; Description of the
Reorganization--Reasons for the Reorganization." There can be no assurances that
Comstock will obtain regulatory  approval for the Reorganization or that, if the
Reorganization is consummated, Bancorp will conduct such activities.

Property

         Initially,  Bancorp  will  neither  own nor lease any real or  personal
property but will  utilize the  premises  and  property of Comstock  without the
payment of any rental fees to Comstock.

Competition

         It is expected  that,  for the near  future,  the  primary  business of
Bancorp will be the ongoing  business of Comstock.  Therefore,  the  competitive
conditions  to be faced by Bancorp  will be the same as those faced by Comstock.
In addition,  many banks and financial  institutions  have formed, or are in the
process of forming, holding companies. It is likely that these holding companies
will attempt to acquire  banks,  thrift  institutions  or  companies  engaged in
bank-related activities.  Thus, Bancorp will face competition in undertaking any
such acquisitions and in operating subsequent to any such acquisitions.  Bancorp
has no present  active plans or intentions  to undertake any such  acquisitions.
See "Business of the Bank--Competition and Market Area."

Employees

         At the  present  time,  Bancorp  does not intend to have any  employees
other than its management.  See "Management of Bancorp." If the  stockholders of
the Bank  approve the  Reorganization,  the Bank will  assign,  and Bancorp will
assume,  the employment  agreement  between (i) the Bank and Robert Barone,  and
(ii)  the  Bank  and  Larry  Platz.   See   "Executive   Compensation-Employment
Agreements."  Additionally,  Bancorp will utilize the support  staff of Comstock
from time to time  without the payment of any fees.  If Bancorp  acquires  other
financial institutions or pursues other lines of business, it may, at such time,
hire additional employees.
<PAGE>
BUSINESS OF THE BANK

General

         The Bank conducts a general banking business,  including the acceptance
of demand, savings, and time deposits and the making of commercial, real estate,
installment and other term loans.  The Bank's deposit accounts are insured up to
the maximum  legal  limits by the FDIC.  The Bank is not a member of the Federal
Reserve System,  having determined that the advantages of membership,  which are
largely  available  without   membership,   are  outweighed  by  the  costs  and
restrictions.  The Bank offers  checking and savings  accounts,  certificates of
deposit,  money market and NOW accounts and commercial real estate,  residential
real estate, residential construction,  commercial loans, and installment loans.
The Bank operates ATM machines at each deposit taking branch,  night  depository
services, and bank-by-mail.  In September, 1991, the Bank began to issue its own
Visa cards through a program sponsored by the Independent  Bankers'  Association
of America ("IBAA"). The Bank opened a fourth full service branch (including ATM
and night  depository)  in February,  1997. A fifth full service branch is under
construction and is anticipated to open in the late summer of 1997.

         The Bank  provides its range of services  primarily to  businesses  and
individuals in the northern  Nevada area and began lending in southern Nevada in
August,  1993.  Deposits  are gathered  primarily  from the Reno and Carson City
areas. However, the Bank's lending area extends throughout all parts of northern
Nevada including Reno, Sparks, Carson City, Minden/Gardnerville, Dayton, Incline
Village and other  communities at Lake Tahoe.  In 1996,  the Bank,  whose assets
averaged $134 million for the year,  originated  $308 million of loans, of which
$139 million (45%) were sold in the secondary market.

         As a result of unusually dry weather  conditions  during the late 1980s
and early 1990s and continued  population growth,  northern Nevada experienced a
severe drought.  Since the winter of 1994-95,  however, the area has experienced
above normal  precipitation  culminating in what experts believe to have been at
least a 100 year flood in the first few days of 1997. Should drought  conditions
return,  governmental  authorities  may take actions  intended to alleviate  the
drought including, without limitation,  restrictions on the issuance of building
permits.  Because  the  majority  of the Bank's  lending  is to the real  estate
industry,  such governmental  actions,  if taken,  could have a material adverse
effect on the financial  condition  and earnings of the Bank.  Because of recent
precipitation  levels  and  the  "Flood  of  97,"  management  does  not  expect
governmental  authorities to take actions which would impact the Bank's business
in 1997,  but it does expect that, as a result of the "Flood of 97," real estate
lending will be slower in 1997's first quarter which may have an adverse  impact
on earnings.

Competition and Market Area

         The Bank's deposit  service area,  Carson City, Reno and Sparks (Washoe
County)  contains  approximately  87 deposit  taking  offices of other banks and
savings institutions.  In addition, there are approximately 116 mortgage lenders
in the Bank's primary  lending area Washoe County,  36 in Carson City, and 54 in
<PAGE>
Douglas County which contains the Bank's  Minden/Gardnerville  mortgage  lending
office. The financial  institution  business in the Bank's primary service areas
is highly  competitive  with  respect  to both loans and  deposits.  In the last
quarter of 1995, Norwest Bank purchased two local institutions, American Federal
Savings Bank and Primerit Savings Bank. Norwest had already been a competitor in
the local area with real estate  lending  offices.  In early  1996,  Wells Fargo
became the successful  bidder for First  Interstate Bank (now the state's second
largest bank).  The future lending  activities of these new  institutions is not
certain.  Recent  activity  indicates an increased  focus in commercial  and SBA
lending.

         Management  believes that competition has increased  significantly as a
result of bank merger activity in Nevada since 1991. The resulting  larger banks
have services which the Bank does not offer, including international banking and
trust services and cash and vault  services.  In addition,  the large banks have
significantly  higher dollar  capitalizations  and, thus,  significantly  higher
lending limits than the Bank. Generally,  larger financial institutions are able
to operate with lower  non-interest  expenses as a percentage of earning  assets
than the  Bank,  enabling  them to  operate  profitably  at lower  net  interest
margins.  Finally, the larger institutions are often able to portfolio loans and
may offer "below  market" rates to attract  volume as well as offering low or no
fee loan  options.  As 1996  progressed,  management  noted that its lending net
interest margins were shrinking.

         In operating  its business,  the Bank relies upon personal  contacts by
its lending  officers,  directors,  and its  employees to establish and maintain
relationships with Bank customers.  The Bank also uses various advertising media
to promote its lending  business  since,  for the most part,  the Bank's lending
customers are different from its deposit customers.

         The Bank's  lending  customers  are  generally  individual  homeowners,
building  contractors  and  developers,  while the Bank's deposit  customers are
generally local businesses and individual consumers.

         In the past,  the  principal  competition  for  deposits and loans were
banks,  savings and loan  associations  and credit  unions.  To a lesser extent,
thrift and loan companies,  mortgage brokerage companies and insurance companies
also have provided competition. In the 1980s, both federal and state legislation
increased   competition   by  expanding   the  authority  of  savings  and  loan
associations to make consumer and commercial  loans. Of more concern is the fact
that other  institutions have been permitted to offer products and services that
traditionally  had been offered by banks.  Institutions  such as credit  unions,
brokerage  houses,  mutual  funds,  and insurance  companies now offer  checking
accounts,  money market funds and various consumer loans.  Other entities,  both
public and private,  seeking to raise  capital  through the issuance and sale of
debt or equity  securities are also competitors with banks in the acquisition of
deposits.  For the past  several  years,  but  especially  in 1995 and 1996 with
significant  increases in stock prices in the U.S.,  consumers have increasingly
put their  savings into mutual funds  rather than in more  traditional  interest
bearing bank deposits.

         It is  management's  opinion that future  competition for deposits will
come primarily from credit unions, brokerage houses, mutual funds, and insurance
companies and to a lesser extent from its traditional  competitors,  large banks
<PAGE>
and savings and loan  associations.  In  addition,  the  Riegle-Neal  Interstate
Banking and Branching  Efficiency Act of 1994, which permits  interstate  branch
banking,  may disrupt the deposit market and/or  significantly  increase deposit
costs.

         Significant  technological   developments  continue  in  the  realm  of
electronic  banking  (bank from home or office).  The  increasing  trend  toward
electronic  customer  services has required banks to change the way both deposit
and consumer lending products are offered and serviced.  An increased investment
in data  processing  assets and  personnel  will  result in changes in  delivery
costs.  The Bank has a very large  capital  budget for 1997 which may reduce the
Bank's  realized  returns  on assets and equity  during the  implementation  and
start-up phases in 1997 and 1998. See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Capital Expenditures."

Lending Activities

         General.   The  Bank's   primary   lending   business  is  real  estate
construction  and  development  loans,  and first  mortgages on existing  single
family homes. The majority  (approximately  67%) of the Bank's lending is to the
real estate industry (both individual  homeowners and developers),  primarily in
northern Nevada. In August,  1993, a new lending office was opened in Las Vegas,
in southern  Nevada.  Because the majority of the Bank's  lending is to the real
estate  industry,  a decline  in the real  estate  market  could have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition and earnings of the Bank.

         In  addition  to loans on  existing  dwellings,  the  Bank  also  makes
construction loans. These loans remain on the Bank's books until either paid off
at maturity,  or until  occupancy  occurs and a permanent  loan is placed on the
dwelling.  At that  point,  such loans are sold in the  secondary  market.  Most
construction  loans are made for pre-sold or custom homes.  While there are some
speculative  loans  to  builders/developers,   the  Bank  closely  monitors  its
portfolio  volumes and economic  conditions in the lending  areas.  Construction
lending  involves  additional  risk due to reliance upon  projected  rather than
historical data during the loan  underwriting  process,  as well as the inherent
risk  that  repayment  of  the  loan  is  often  dependent  upon  the  full  and
satisfactory  completion of the project.  Corresponding  to the greater  lending
risk is a generally higher interest rate, with a shorter  maturity,  compared to
residential mortgage lending.

         Commercial  Loans.  Commercial  loans are made for shorter  terms,  and
often at higher interest rates but with less fee income,  than are  conventional
real estate loans, but at lower rates than many consumer loans. However, because
of the  larger  average  size of  commercial  loans,  the  non-interest  cost of
originating  and servicing  such loans per dollar of loan balance is often lower
than for consumer  loans.  Management  believes  that the shorter  maturities of
commercial  loans provide  greater  liquidity and protection to the Bank against
increases in market interest rates.  However, in many cases, the Bank and/or the
borrower  anticipate that the loan will be renewed at maturity if the borrower's
condition  has not  deteriorated  and a suitable  principal  reduction  is made.
Often,  such loans have  variable  rates which are tied to an  appropriate  rate
index.
<PAGE>
         The Bank's  commercial  loans are  generally  secured,  usually by real
property.  Infrequently,  the Bank will  collateralize  the loan with equipment,
inventory or  marketable  securities.  Most of the Bank's  commercial  loans are
amortizing with monthly payments.  The notes on the loans usually are for a term
of one to five years. Often, the amortization schedule is for a term longer than
the note, thus giving rise to a balloon payment when the note matures.

         Real Estate  Loans.  The Bank's  portfolio  real estate  loans  consist
primarily  of  loans  for  construction  and  land  development.  The  Bank  has
established  relationships  with a number of  Nevada  developers  and  builders,
primarily  developers of residential  properties.  Real estate development loans
are made for a much shorter term, and often at higher interest rates, than other
longer-term  (i.e.,  "permanent")  real estate loans.  The cost of administering
such loans is often  higher than for other real estate  loans,  as  principal is
drawn on periodically as development  progresses.  The Bank's builders'  control
unit provides inspection,  voucher,  check writing, and accounting services both
to the Bank and to the  contractor/builder/developer.  In the table below, these
loans are identified as "Construction  and Development"  loans. The reduction in
the loan balance in 1996 over 1995 is a result of several factors  including (i)
increased market competition in both northern and southern Nevada,  (ii) changes
in  programs  as a result of  compliance  issues,  and (iii)  more  conservative
underwriting standards.

         The Bank also makes real estate  loans  secured by first deeds of trust
on single family residential  properties.  Most of the loans the Bank originates
on such properties (approximately 82% in 1996) are sold in the secondary market,
all on a non-recourse basis. The Bank may or may not retain the servicing rights
on the loans it sells.  As a general  rule,  the Bank has a "take out source," a
secondary market purchaser, for all of the residential loans that it originates.
In the table below,  the  category  entitled  "Loans Held for Sale"  consists of
loans that the Bank has funded which are in various stages of document  shipping
and approval awaiting monies from the final secondary market purchasers.

         In the table, the "Other  Mortgages" line consists of conventional real
estate (1-4 family) and multi-family home loans held for one year or longer. The
increase in 1996 is largely due to an increase in multi-family lending generated
by both the addition of a lending  officer  specializing in this area and by the
increased demand for multi-family housing in the northern Nevada area.

         Consumer  Loans.  The Bank has never had a large  portfolio of consumer
loans. In 1994 the Bank increased lending in this category. In 1991, through its
trade group,  the IBAA, the Bank began issuing its own Visa cards.  In 1993, the
Bank  canceled  its agency  relationship  with Marine  Midland Bank which issued
MasterCard  with the Bank's name on the card but kept the lion's share of income
and  took the  credit  risk.  At  December  31,  1996,  the  Bank  had  $212,000
outstanding in its own credit card program. Consumer loans (with terms generally
ranging from 12 to 60 months)  make up the  remaining  portion of  "Installment"
loans.

         The following  table shows the composition of the Bank's loan portfolio
as of December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994:

                                               LOAN PORTFOLIO MIX
                                                As of December 31,
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                   1996                1995               1994
                                  ------              ------             ------
                                            (In thousands of dollars)

Commercial and Industrial        $69,334             $54,970            $37,517
Real Estate:
  Construction and Development    13,390              18,925             18,712
  Loans Held for Sale              7,806               9,088              3,346
  Other Mortgages                  3,934               1,912              8,731
  Consumer                         2,060               1,848              1,693
                                  ------              ------             ------
  Gross Loans(1)                  96,524              86,743             69,999
Allowance for credit losses         (857)               (665)              (428)
                                  ------              ------             ------
           Net Loans             $95,667             $86,078            $69,571
                                  ======              ======             ======

         (1)  Excludes deferred fees of $306,000, $261,000 and $200,000 in 1996,
              1995, and 1994, respectively.

         Consistent  with the Bank's  philosophy,  there are no foreign loans or
energy related loans.

         The following  table shows the amounts of certain loans  outstanding as
of  December  31,  1996  which,  based  on  remaining  scheduled  repayments  of
principal,  are due in the periods  indicated.  Demand and other loans having no
stated  maturity and no stated schedule of repayments are reported as due in one
year or less.

                             LOAN PORTFOLIO MATURITY

                          Commercial       Real
                          and Industrial   Estate         Consumer      Total(1)
                          --------------   ------         --------      --------
                                        (In thousands of dollars)

In 1 year or less         $50,826          $14,850        $944          $66,620
Over 1 year -- 5 years     $5,374          $   662        $203           $6,239
Over 5 years               $9,245          $13,812(2)     $913          $23,970

         (1)  Totals include deferred fees of $306,000.
         
         (2)  $9 million  are  construction  loans  that will roll to  permanent
              loans  when  construction  is  completed  and  will be sold in the
              secondary market.
<PAGE>
         At December 31, 1996,  of the  approximately  $30,209,000  of loans due
after  one  year,  approximately   $16,171,000  had  fixed  interest  rates  and
approximately $14,038,000 had floating or adjustable interest rates.

         Commitments and Lines of Credit. In the normal course of business,  the
Bank makes  commitments  (including  lines of credit  and  letters of credit) to
extend  credit to be called upon at the option of the  borrower.  As of December
31, 1996, the Bank had $55,612,000 of such commitments outstanding. In addition,
as of  December  31,  1996,  the Bank had issued  commitments  of  approximately
$9,142,000 to individuals to purchase single family residential properties which
the Bank,  in turn,  had  committed to sell in the  secondary  market.  The Bank
expects that  substantially  all of such  commitments  will be drawn upon in the
ordinary course of business. Many of the commitments are the unfunded portion of
construction  loans.  The evaluation of a commitment  that is not a construction
loan is made on an  individual  basis similar to that required for a loan. It is
standard practice to require the potential borrower to pay a fee and/or maintain
a  depository  or  borrowing  relationship  regardless  of  whether  or not  the
commitment is used by the borrower.

         Non-Performing and Non-Accrual  Loans. The Bank generally  determines a
loan to be  "non-performing"  when  interest or principal is past due 90 days or
more.  If it  appears  doubtful  that the loan will be  repaid,  management  may
consider  the loan to be  "non-performing"  before  the  lapse  of 90 days.  If,
however,  a workable  program for the return of the loan to a current  condition
has  been  established  with the  borrower,  this  period  may  exceed  90 days.
Classification  of a loan as  "non-performing"  does not necessarily  indicate a
future  charge-off,  although  the  Bank  generally  charges  off all  past  due
unsecured loans after 90 days.

         It is current Bank policy to cease accruing interest on loans which are
past due as to principal or interest 90 days or more, except for loans which are
well  secured  and in the  process  of  collection.  When a loan  is  placed  on
"non-accrual,"  previously accrued and unpaid interest is generally reversed out
of income  unless  adequate  collateral  from which to collect the principal and
interest on the loan appears to be available.

         The following table presents  information  with respect to loans which,
as of the  dates  indicated,  were  "non-performing"  and were on  "non-accrual"
status:

                               NON-PERFORMING AND
                               NON-ACCRUING LOANS

                                  As of December 31,
                            ---------------------------
                            1996        1995       1994

                       (In thousands of dollars) 
Past Due:
- ---------
Still Accruing:
  90 days or more           $420          $0       $600
Not Accruing:             $3,184        $142       $170
<PAGE>
         As of  December  31,  1996  the  non-accrual  loans  consisted  of  two
construction and development  projects, a commercial loan and a second mortgage.
The  commercial  loan had a previous  balance  of  $170,000  but was  reduced by
$28,000 as a result of an  arbitration  hearing.  See "Legal  Proceedings."  The
second  mortgage  for  $30,000  was  charged-off  in  January,  1997,  after the
principle  filed  bankruptcy.  The two  construction  and  development  projects
include  one  project  in  northern  Nevada,  with  an  outstanding  balance  of
$2,009,000, for which the principles filed bankruptcy (chapter 11) subsequent to
the Bank filing notice of default, and a second project in southern Nevada, with
an outstanding balance of $1,003,000, for which the principals are attempting to
sell three condo units and eleven  lots to work out payment  with the Bank.  The
Bank believes its collateral position to be secure.
<PAGE>
         Summary of Loan Loss Experience.  The following chart is an analysis of
the Bank's loan loss experience for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and
1994:

                                                   LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
                                                 Years ended December 31,
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                          1996           1995             1994
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                         (In thousands of dollars except ratios)

Average Loans Outstanding               $88,646        $79,621          $52,522
                                        =======        =======          =======

Allowance, beginning of period              665            428              404

Charge-Offs:
  Commercial and Industrial                  50             28               81
  Real Estate--Construction and
    Development                              --             --               --
  Real Estate--Mortgages Held For Sale       --             --               --
  Real Estate--Other Mortgages               --             --               --
  Installment                                11              7                6
  Cash Reserve                               --             --               --
                                        -------        -------          ------- 
      Total Charge-Offs                     $61            $35              $88
                                        =======        =======          =======

Recoveries:
  Commercial and Industrial                   2              2                7
  Real Estate--Construction and
    Development                              --             --               --
  Real Estate--Mortgages Held For Sale       --             --               --
  Real Estate--Other Mortgages               --             --               --
  Installment                                 1             --                2
  Cash Reserve                               --             --               --
                                        -------        -------          -------
Total Recoveries                             $3             $2               $8
                                        =======        =======          =======
Net Charge-Offs                              59             33               80
Additions to Allowance                      250            270              105
Allowance, end of period                   $857           $665             $428
                                        =======        =======          =======

Ratio of net charge-offs
  to average loans outstanding            0.07%          0.04%            0.15%

Ratio of Allowance to total
  loans at end of period                  0.89%          0.76%            0.61%

     Management  and the Loan  Committee  of the Board of  Directors  use both a
numeric rule and judgment in formulating the allowance. In 1994 additions to the
allowance  were  $104,000.  In 1995 and 1996  additions  to the  allowance  were
$270,000 and $250,000, respectively.
<PAGE>
     The following table sets forth a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses
for the year ended December 31, 1996:

                           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

                                                                   Anticipated 
                           Amount of Charge-                       Charge-Offs 
                             offs for the      Percent of loans    for the year 
                              year ended       in each category   ended December
                           December 31, 1996    to total loans       31, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (In thousands of dollars except percentages)


Commercial and Industrial          $50              67.59%              50
Real Estate -- Construction
  and Development                    0              13.89%              30
Real Estate -- Mortgages
  Held for Sale                      0               7.57%               0
Real Estate -- Other                                                     
  Mortgages                          0               8.82%               0
Installment                         11               2.13%              10
                                   ---             -------           -----    
Total                              $61             100.00%             $90
                                   ===             =======             ===

     As of January 1, 1996, the Bank adopted  Statement of Accounting  Standards
("SFAS") No. 114, "Accounting By Creditor For Impairment Of A Loan." This change
in  accounting  practice will require the Bank to mark  "impaired"  loans to the
lower of book value,  or (i) the  discounted  value of the estimated  cash flow,
(ii) the value of the collateral, or (iii) an observable market price. A loan is
considered  by  the  Bank  to be  "impaired"  if (i) it  has  been  placed  in a
non-accrual  status,  (ii) it is unlikely that the Bank will collect all amounts
due under the loan  contract,  and (iii) it remains in impaired  status if it is
currently  performing  but is not  showing a  consistent  payment  practice.  At
December 31, 1996  impaired  loans had a carrying  value of  $3,184,000  with an
allowance for losses of $75,084.

Investment Activities

     The Bank uses the investment  portfolio as a secondary  source of liquidity
and for income.  The Bank's liquidity ratio,  defined as the value of marketable
assets divided by volatile liabilities,  stood at 28% as of December 31, 1996 as
compared to 24% as of December 31, 1995.  As of December 31, 1996,  the Bank had
$13.6 million in overnight  funds,  $18.7 million in marketable  securities  and
time  deposits,  and  borrowing  capacity at the  Federal  Home Loan Bank of San
Francisco in excess of $43 million (30% of its assets).  Such borrowing capacity
is subject to quarterly  review and must be  collateralized.  As of December 31,
1996, the Bank had no borrowed funds  outstanding and had pledged  approximately
$20 million in loans and  securities to the Federal Home Loan Bank as collateral
for the borrowing line.

     On January 1, 1994,  the Bank  officially  adopted SFAS 115, an  accounting
rule which requires the Bank to segregate its investment portfolio into accounts
of  "Held to  Maturity,"  "Trading,"  and  "Available  for  Sale"  ("AFS").  The
accounting  treatment of each such class is different.  In  anticipation of SFAS
115, in 1992 the Bank  established an "Available for Sale" portfolio  consisting
of items  which the Bank did not  intend to hold to  maturity,  and a  "Trading"
portfolio.  Items in the AFS portfolio also include  investments in mutual funds
of "bank  qualified"  assets as well as securities  purchased with the intent to
resell prior to maturity. The "Trading" portfolio includes investments which are
intended to be held for speculative purposes and FNMA mortgage backed securities
which the Bank  originates.  These FNMA pools  reside in the  "Trading"  account
until sold.  The AFS  portfolio is carried on the Bank's books at market  value.
The  securities  in the "Trading"  portfolio  are carried at market  value.  The
Bank's  investment  portfolio has no so-called  "Junk Bonds."  During 1995,  the
Financial  Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") offered a one time opportunity to
reclassify  securities  among  the  held-to-maturity,   available-for-sale,  and
trading  categories in  conjunction  with adopting a new  implementation  guide.
Following the FASB's announcement,  the Bank reclassified securities with a book
value of approximately $1,691,000 from its Held-To-Maturity portfolio to its AFS
portfolio.

     As of December 31, 1996,  the "Trading"  portfolio  consisted of $28,000 of
two pools of Interest  Only  ("IO")  securities.  IO's  represent  the  interest
portion of a mortgage pool and give the holder the interest payment (but not the
principal  payment) stream.  The faster the pools pay off, the less the value of
the interest stream to the IO holders. The IO pools have final maturity dates of
2019,  but have been paying off  rapidly.  The Bank is carrying  the IO pools at
market value.

     In late  September,  1994,  one of the  mutual  funds in which the Bank had
invested its overnight liquid funds,  Community Assets Management ("CAM") "broke
the buck,"  i.e.,  had its net asset value fall below 100% of book value.  CAM's
problems  resulted from heavy investment in so called  "derivative"  securities.
The rapid fire rise in interest  rates in 1994  depreciated  the market value of
the  assets  in the  fund to such an  extent  that the CAM  Board  of  Directors
determined that CAM could no longer redeem overnight funds at par and liquidated
the fund. The Bank lost approximately $25,000 on a $630,000 investment. By legal
process, the Bank has recovered $12,000 of the original loss.
<PAGE>
     The  following  table sets  forth the book and market  values of the Bank's
investment  portfolio  as of  December  31st of each  of the  designated  years:

                                        INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO MIX
                                    INCLUDING DOMESTIC BANK DEPOSITS
                                           As of December 31,
                          ------------------------------------------------------
                               1996               1995               1994
                              ------             ------             ------
                                       (In thousands of dollars)

                          Amort    Market    Amort    Market    Amort    Market
                           Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value
                          ------------------------------------------------------
Deposits in Domestic         
  Banks                  $1,497    $1,513   $1,785    $1,815   $1,500    $1,427
U.S. Treasury and Agency                             
  Notes and Bonds         8,733     8,645    9,837     9,779   12,903    12,219
U.S. Government Mortgage                             
 Backed                   5,201     5,200    2,187     2,154    2,705     2,635
Corporate and Other                                  
  Securities              3,303     3,299    2,491     2,472      650       636
                        -------   -------  -------   -------  -------   -------
       Total            $18,734   $18,657  $16,300   $16,220  $17,758   $16,917
                        =======   =======  =======   =======  =======   =======

     The  following  table  summarizes  the  maturity  of the Bank's  investment
securities and their estimated weighted average yield at December 31, 1996:

               INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO MATURITY INCLUDING DOMESTIC BANK DEPOSITS(1)
<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>              <C>   

                                           U.S. Treasury 
                          Deposits in        and Agency        U.S. Govt.       Corporate and
                          Domestic Banks   Notes and Bonds   Mortgage Backed   Other Securities   Total
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          (In thousands of dollars except percentages)

In 1 year or less             $297             $1,998             $40                $467       $ 2,802
   Yield                     6.70%              5.95%           5.24%               4.36%         5.75%
Over 1 year to 5 years      $1,200             $6,481          $3,448              $1,206       $12,335
   Yield                     6.54%              5.87%           6.70%               4.82%         6.07%
Over 5 years to 10 years        $0               $254          $1,227              $1,373        $2.854
   Yield                         0              6.25%           6.68%               4.68%         5.68%
Over 10 years                   $0                  0            $486                $257          $743
   Yield                         0                  0           5.81%               5.00%         5.53%
Total Amortized Cost        $1,497             $8,733          $5,201              $3,303       $18,734
Weighted Average Yield       6.57%              5.90%           6.60%               4.75%         5.95%
</TABLE>
(1)      Excludes  funds held in overnight  accounts.  The  "Available for Sale"
         securities are  represented in this table at their  amortized  cost. In
         the financial statements, they are reflected at their market value.
<PAGE>
Deposit  Activity  and  Other Sources  of Funds

     General.  Deposits are the primary  source of Comstock's  funds for lending
and other investment purposes.  In addition to deposits,  Comstock derives funds
from principal repayments and interest payments on loans and investments as well
as other sources arising from operations in the production of net earnings. Loan
repayments and interest payments are a relatively stable source of funds,  while
deposit inflows and outflows are  significantly  influenced by general  interest
rates and money market conditions.  Borrowings may be used on a short-term basis
to compensate for reductions in the availability of funds from other sources, or
on a longer term basis for general business purposes.

     Deposits. Deposits are attracted principally from within Comstock's primary
market area  through the offering of a broad  selection of deposit  instruments,
including  demand  deposits,  money  market  accounts,  NOW  accounts,   savings
accounts,  and  certificates  of deposits.  Deposit account terms vary, with the
principal  differences being the minimum balance required,  the time periods the
funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate.

     The Bank's policies are designed  primarily to attract  deposits from local
residents and businesses  rather than to solicit deposits from areas outside its
primary  market.  The Bank does not  accept  deposits  from  brokers  due to the
volatility and rate sensitivity of such deposits.  Interest rates paid, maturity
terms,  service fees and withdrawal  penalties are  established by the Bank on a
periodic  basis.  Determination  of rates and terms are  predicated  upon  funds
acquisition and liquidity requirements,  rates paid by competitors, growth goals
and federal regulations.

     The following table sets forth the Bank's average  balances of deposits and
the average rate paid on each for the years ended  December  31, 1996,  1995 and
1994:

                                          DEPOSITS
                                    Year Ended December 31,
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
                             1996                1995                1994
                            ------              ------              ------
                       Average   Average   Average   Average   Average   Average
                       Balance    Rate     Balance    Rate     Balance    Rate
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
                              (In thousands of dollar except percentages)

Non-interest bearing   $18,089        --   $16,518        --   $13,134        --
 demand deposits (IPC)
Official checks, etc.    3,028        --     3,025        --     2,529        --
Interest bearing              
 demand deposits        38,678      3.4%    31,078      3.4%    24,457      2.9%
Savings deposits         9,983      2.7%    12,814      3.2%    16,570      3.4%
Time deposits           51,154      5.4%    39,461      5.7%    22,544      4.3%
                      --------            --------             -------      
  Total               $120,932      3.6%  $102,896      3.6%   $79,234      2.8%
                      ========            ========             =======      
<PAGE>

     The following table  summarizes the maturity of the Bank's time deposits of
$100,000 or more as of December 31, 1996:

                                                           DEPOSIT MATURITIES
                                                             Time Deposits
                                                            $100,000 or more
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       (In thousands of dollars)

3 months or less                                                 $5,154
Over 3 months through 12 months                                  11,758
Over 12 months                                                    2,387
                                                                -------
Total                                                           $19,299
                                                                =======

Properties

     The Bank completed  construction on the new corporate headquarters building
located on 2.2 acres in the  Sierra  Executive  Center in  November,  1995.  The
building is approximately  26,000 square feet and houses the main branch office,
the  executive  and  administrative  offices and the real estate and  commercial
lending functions. The Bank exercised its option to purchase a one acre adjacent
parcel  for  $174,240  in March,  1995 to  facilitate  future  expansion  of the
corporate headquarters  facility. In November,  1996, the Bank signed a lease on
approximately 7,000 square feet of office/warehouse space approximately one mile
from the administrative headquarters to house a computer facility and other back
office administrative  functions.  The Board made the decision to bring the main
frame data  processing  operations  in-house  upon  receipt of  notification  of
cancellation  by the  current  service  provider.  In  addition,  removal of the
administrative  functions  from the head  office  facility  will  allow  for the
expansion of the commercial and residential lending origination functions within
that facility.  Facility  renovations  of and department  relocations to the new
leased property are  anticipated to be completed in March,  1997 and a full data
processing center is anticipated to be operational in September,  1997. Facility
renovations of and department  relocations within the  administrative  office to
expand the commercial and  residential  lending  departments  are expected to be
completed in May, 1997.

     The Bank owns the two story building and property located at 901 N. Stewart
St., Carson City,  Nevada 89701. The building  consists of  approximately  7,360
square feet on a parcel of  approximately  .80 acres on the corner of N. Stewart
St. and E.  Washington  St. A branch  office,  and real  estate  and  commercial
lending representatives occupy this facility.

     In August,  1993, the Bank opened a 3,600 square foot lending office in Las
Vegas and exercised an option on an additional 1,800 square feet adjacent to the
existing space in March, 1994.

     In January,  1996,  the Bank  signed a lease for a branch  site  located in
south Reno in a shopping  center  anchored by a Raleys  Supermarket.  The branch
opened in  February,  1997.  The  location,  approximately  seven miles from the
nearest existing  Comstock branch,  is in a rapidly growing area at the end of a
new freeway extension.
<PAGE>
     In January,  1997,  the Bank  signed a lease for a branch  site  located in
north Sparks, in an area known as Spanish Springs, in a shopping center anchored
by a Scolari's Supermarket. The branch is scheduled to open in late summer. This
location will service  another rapidly growing area where the Bank currently has
no branch coverage.

     In March, 1997, the Bank purchased a parcel located in a rapidly developing
commercial/industrial area. The parcel will be used for a future branch site.
<PAGE>
     The following table sets forth summary information with respect to property
presently leased by the Bank:
                                                                         Current
                                  Approximate                            Monthly
Address                           Square Feet         Expiration         Rental
                                  ----------------------------------------------
4780 Caughlin Parkway(1)
Reno, Nevada                            4,140          4-30-2012          $3,625

Galena Junction Shopping Center(2)      3,000          2-15-07            $4,800
Washoe County, Nevada

Spanish Springs(3)                      3,200          8-01-17            $7,600
Sparks, Nevada

1662 Hwy 395 South #101(4)
Minden, Nevada                            800          6-30-98            $1,047

333 N. Rancho Rd. #810(5)
Las Vegas, Nevada                       5,493          7-31-98            $7,416

5450 Riggins Court #3(6)
Reno, Nevada 89511                      7,130          1-31-02            $3,922

(1)      Consists of a parcel of land in a regional  shopping  center in Reno on
         which  the  Bank  has  constructed  a branch  facility  (the  "Caughlin
         branch").  The Bank has three 5-year  renewal  options.  The land lease
         terms are as follows:

         Years 1-5                  $3,625 per month  (through April, 1997)
         Years 6-10                 $4,250 per month
         Years 11-15                $5,000 per month
         Years 16-20                $5,833 per month

(2)      Consists of a branch  facility in a regional  shopping  center in south
         Reno that was completed in February,  1997 (the "Galena  branch").  The
         Bank has four 5-year  renewal  options.  The lease terms include $4,800
         per month for the first two years with increases based on the CPI index
         for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers, West Coast Area.

(3)      Consists of a branch  facility in a regional  shopping  center north of
         Sparks that is  estimated  to be  completed  in the summer of 1997 (the
         "Spanish Springs branch"). The Bank has one 10-year renewal option. The
         lease  terms  include  $7,600  per month  for the first two years  with
         increases  based on 75% of the CPI  index for Urban  Wage  Earners  and
         Clerical Workers, West Coast Area.
<PAGE>
(4)      This facility houses a lending office.  Minden is located approximately
         15 miles south of Carson City. The Bank exercised an option on June 30,
         1996 to renew for a two year period.

(5)      This  facility  is a space in a large  office  complex  that houses the
         Bank's Las Vegas  lending  office  and its  southern  Nevada  Builders'
         Control Unit. The Bank has one 3-year option to renew.

(6)      This  facility  will house the  Finance,  Branch  Central  Support  and
         Management   Information   Systems  Departments  when  renovations  are
         completed. The Bank expects to complete the renovations in March, 1997.
         The space was previously a warehouse  unit in a small  office/warehouse
         center.  The current  lease is fixed at $.55 per square foot for a five
         year period. The Bank has one 5-year option at $.75 per square foot for
         the first year and annual increases,  based on the Consumer Price Index
         for All Western States, not to exceed $.80 per square foot.

Employees

     As of December 31, 1996, the Bank employed 124 persons,  112 on a full time
basis and 12 on a part time basis, or the full time equivalent of 118 employees.

Legal  Proceedings

     On November 19, 1991, the Bank filed an action  against  Raymond B. Graber,
II (the "Defendant") in the First Judicial District Court of the State of Nevada
in and for Carson City seeking a  declaratory  judgment  permitting  the Bank to
enforce the Defendant's  personal guaranty of the debt of Outdoor Posters,  Inc.
The  Defendant  filed his answer on June 19,  1992,  admitting  execution of the
guaranty but raising numerous affirmative defenses.  Also, on June 19, 1992, the
Defendant  filed a counterclaim  against the Bank alleging,  among other things,
intentional    misrepresentation,     fraudulent    nondisclosure,     negligent
misrepresentation  and fraud. In February,  1993, the District Court ordered the
dispute into arbitration. The arbitration hearing was held in November, 1993. In
December,  1993, the arbitrator  awarded Graber an offset of $28,443.24,  but he
affirmed  that  Graber's  personal  guaranty  was  enforceable  and that  Graber
remained liable for the balance of the amount owing on the loan which Graber had
guaranteed  (in  excess of  $170,000.00  plus  interest).  Graber  disputed  the
interpretation of the arbitrator's award, claiming he had been released from any
further liability. The Bank filed a motion to confirm the arbitration award with
the District Court,  and requested the District Court to remand the award to the
arbitrator  to  clarify  any  ambiguity.  The  court  remanded  the award to the
arbitrator  for  clarification.  The  arbitrator  reaffirmed  that the  personal
guaranty of Graber was  enforceable  and that he remained  liable for the amount
owing on the loan. The  arbitration  award was then confirmed in District Court.
Graber appealed the District  Court's decision to the Nevada Supreme Court which
reversed and remanded to the District  Court.  In the fall of 1996, the District
Court in turn  remanded  the matter to the  arbitrator  for  answers to specific
questions as to the basis for his  determination.  Graber objected to the remand
to the  arbitrator  and sought an order from the Supreme Court  prohibiting  the
District  Court  from  remanding  the  matter  to  the  arbitrator  for  further
clarification. In early 1997, the Supreme Court dismissed Graber's petition. The
District   Court  has  remanded  the  case  to  the   arbitrator   for  specific
clarifications.
<PAGE>
     In 1996, two former employees filed wrongful termination claims. Each claim
alleges damages in excess of $125,000.  One action was filed in Federal District
Court and remanded to binding arbitration as required by an employment agreement
between the former  employee and the Bank. The claimant has yet to file a demand
for arbitration with the American Arbitration Association.  The other action was
scheduled  for an  arbitration  hearing in  December,  1996,  but was  dismissed
because the claimant failed to pay required  pre-arbitration  fees. Bank counsel
does not  believe  any  damages  will be paid as of  result  of  either of these
wrongful termination claims.

     Except for the above, there are no other pending legal  proceedings,  other
than ordinary routine litigation  incidental to the business,  to which the Bank
is a party.

REGULATION  AND  SUPERVISION

General

     As a state  chartered  bank in Nevada whose deposits are insured by the BIF
of the  FDIC,  the Bank is  subject  to  regulation  under  state  law  which is
administered  by the Nevada  Division.  In  addition,  the FDIC  levies  deposit
insurance  premiums and is vested with  authority  to supervise  the Bank and to
exercise a broad range of enforcement powers.  Finally,  the Bank is required to
maintain  reserves against deposits  according to a schedule  established by the
FRB.  As a general  rule,  the federal  regulation  is much more  extensive  and
onerous than that of the state.

     The following  references to the laws and regulations  under which the Bank
is regulated are brief summaries thereof,  and do not purport to be complete and
are qualified in their entirety by reference to such laws and regulations.

Federal Banking Regulations

     Capital Requirements. Under FDIC regulations, insured state-chartered banks
that are not members of the Federal  Reserve System ("state  non-member  banks")
are required to maintain minimum levels of capital.  State non-member banks must
satisfy a leverage  capital  ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of at least
3%  if  the  FDIC  determines  that  the  institution  is  not  anticipating  or
experiencing  significant  growth and has well  diversified  risk,  including no
undue interest rate risk exposure, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good
earnings  and is in general a strong  banking  organization,  rated  composite 1
under the Uniform  Financial  Institutions  Ranking System (the "CAMELS"  rating
system) established by the Federal Financial  Institutions  Examination Council.
For all but the most highly rated institutions  meeting the conditions set forth
above,  the minimum  leverage  capital ratio is 3% plus an additional  "cushion"
amount of at least 100 to 200 basis points.  Tier 1 capital is the sum of common
stockholders'  equity,  noncumulative  perpetual  preferred stock (including any
related  surplus) and minority  investments in certain  subsidiaries,  less most
intangible assets.
<PAGE>
     In addition to the leverage ratio,  state  non-member banks must maintain a
minimum ratio of qualifying  total capital to  risk-weighted  assets of at least
8.0%,  of which at least 50% must be Tier 1 capital.  Qualifying  total  capital
consists of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 or  supplementary  capital  items,  which
includes allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted
assets,  cumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock and long-term  preferred  stock
(original maturity of over 20 years) and certain other capital instruments.  The
includable  amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of the bank's Tier
1  capital.  Qualifying  total  capital  is  reduced by the amount of the bank's
investments in banking and finance  subsidiaries  that are not  consolidated for
regulatory  capital purposes,  reciprocal  cross-holdings of capital  securities
issued by other banks and certain other deductions.

     The  risk-based  minimum  capital  requirement  is measured  against  total
risk-weighted  assets, which equals the sum of each  on-balance-sheet  asset and
the  credit-equivalent   amount  of  each  off-balance-sheet  item  after  being
multiplied by an assigned risk weight. Under the FDIC's  risk-weighting  system,
cash and securities  backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.  Government
are given a 0% risk weight. Mortgage-backed securities that are issued, or fully
guaranteed  as to  principal  and  interest,  by the FNMA or FHLMC  and  certain
municipal  securities,  are  assigned  a 20% risk  weight.  Single-family  first
mortgages  not more than 90 days past due with  loan-to-value  ratios under 80%,
multi-family  mortgages  (maximum 36 dwelling units) with  loan-to-value  ratios
under 80% and average annual  occupancy  rates over 80%, and certain  qualifying
loans for the  construction of  one-to-four-family  residences  pre-sold to home
purchasers,  are assigned a risk weight of 50%.  Consumer  loans and  commercial
real estate loans,  repossessed assets and assets more than 90 days past due, as
well as all other  assets  not  specifically  categorized,  are  assigned a risk
weight of 100%.

     The  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation   Improvements  Act  of  1991
("FDICIA") required each federal banking agency to revise its risk-based capital
standards for insured  institutions to ensure that those standards take adequate
account of  interest-rate  risk ("IRR"),  concentration  of credit risk, and the
risk of nontraditional  activities, as well as to reflect the actual performance
and expected risk of loss on multi-family residential loans. Effective September
1, 1995, the FDIC,  together with the other federal  banking  agencies,  amended
their capital standards to require  consideration of IRR and other financial and
operational  risks (in addition to credit risk) as factors to be  considered  in
evaluating  capital  adequacy.  The new standards  require  consideration of the
quality of a bank's  process of managing its IRR,  the overall  condition of the
bank and the  level of the  bank's  other  risks for which  capital  is  needed.
Institutions  with  significant IRR may be required to hold additional  capital.
The FDIC,  together  with the other  federal  banking  agencies,  issued a joint
policy statement,  effective June 26, 1996,  providing guidance on management of
IRR,  including a discussion  of the critical  factors  affecting  the agencies'
evaluation  of IRR in  connection  with  capital  adequacy.  The  agencies  also
determined  not to  proceed  with a  previously  issued  proposal  to  develop a
supervisory  framework  for  measuring  IRR and to  impose an  explicit  capital
component for IRR.
<PAGE>
     The following  table shows the Bank's  leverage  capital ratio,  its Tier 1
risk-based  capital ratio, and its total  risk-based  capital ratio, at December
31, 1996 along with the minimum requirements:

                                                        Minimum
                                      Bank            Requirements
                                     ------           ------------
         Tier I (core capital)       12.62%               4.0%
         Total capital               13.45%               8.0%
         Leverage ratio               9.16%               3.0%

     Enforcement.  Under the FDIA, the FDIC has enforcement  responsibility over
state  non-member  banks,  such as  Comstock,  and has the  authority  to  bring
enforcement  action  against  all   "institution-related   parties,"   including
controlling stockholders,  officers, directors and any attorneys, appraisers and
accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to
have an  adverse  effect  on a bank.  Civil  penalties  cover  a wide  range  of
violations  and  actions  and range from up to $5,000 per day at the First Tier,
$25,000  per  day  at the  Second  Tier,  and  when a  finding  of the  greatest
culpability  is made,  up to $1  million  per day at the  Third  Tier.  Criminal
penalties  for  most  financial  institution  crimes  include  fines of up to $1
million  and  imprisonment  for up to 30 years.  In  addition,  regulators  have
substantial  discretion to take  enforcement  action against an institution that
fails to comply with its regulatory  requirements,  particularly with respect to
the capital requirements. Possible enforcement actions range from the imposition
of a capital plan and capital directive to receivership,  conservatorship or the
termination of deposit insurance.

     The Bank is  charged  an annual  assessment  by the FDIC for  insurance  of
deposit accounts up to applicable  statutory limits. Under the risk-based system
for  deposit  insurance  premiums  that  has  been in  effect  since  1994,  the
assessment rate for an insured depository  institution depends on the assessment
risk classification assigned to the institution by the FDIC, which is determined
by the institution's capital level and supervisory evaluations. Institutions are
assigned  to  one  of  three  capital  groups,   well  capitalized,   adequately
capitalized,  or undercapitalized,  based on the data reported to regulators for
the date closest to the last day of the seventh month  preceding the semi-annual
assessment period. Well capitalized institutions are institutions satisfying the
following capital ratio standards:  (i) total risk-based  capital ratio of 10.0%
or greater;  (ii) Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater;  and (iii)
Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater.  Adequately  capitalized  institutions
are   institutions   that  do  not  meet  the  standards  for  well  capitalized
institutions but which satisfy the following capital ratio standards:  (i) total
risk-based  capital  ratio of 8.0% or greater;  (ii) Tier 1  risk-based  capital
ratio of 4.0% or  greater;  and (iii) Tier 1 leverage  ratio of 4.0% or greater.
Undercapitalized  institutions  consist of  institutions  that do not qualify as
either  "well  capitalized"  or  "adequately  capitalized."  Within each capital
group,  institutions  will be assigned to one of three subgroups on the basis of
supervisory  evaluations by the institution's  primary supervisory authority and
such  other   information  as  the  FDIC   determines  to  be  relevant  to  the
institution's  financial  condition and the risk posed to the deposit  insurance
fund. Subgroup A will consist of financially sound institutions with a few minor
weaknesses.  Subgroup B consists of  institutions  that  demonstrate  weaknesses
which,  if not  corrected,  could  result in  significant  deterioration  of the
institution and increased risk of loss to the deposit insurance fund. Subgroup C
consists of  institutions  that pose a  substantial  probability  of loss to the
deposit insurance fund unless effective corrective action is taken.
<PAGE>
     On September 30, 1996,  the Deposit Funds  Insurance Act of 1996 (the "1996
Act")  was  enacted  into  law,  and it  amended  the  FDIA in  several  ways to
recapitalize the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund ("SAIF"),  which primarily
insures the deposits of savings associations, and to reduce the disparity in the
assessment rates for the BIF and the SAIF that had develop in 1995. The 1996 Act
authorized  the FDIC to impose a special  assessment  on all  institutions  with
SAIF-assessable  deposits in the amount  necessary to recapitalize  the SAIF. In
addition, the 1996 Act expanded the assessment base for the payments on the FICO
bonds,  which were  issued in the late  1980s by the  Financing  Corporation  to
recapitalize  the now defunct Federal Savings & Loan Insurance  Corporation,  to
include  the  deposits  of both  BIF- and  SAIF-insured  institutions  beginning
January 1, 1997. Until December 31, 1999, or such earlier date on which the last
savings  association  ceases to exist, the rate of assessment for BIF-assessable
deposits shall be one-fifth of the rate imposed on SAIF-assessable  deposits. It
has been  estimated  that the rate of  assessments  for the payments on the FICO
bonds  will  be  0.0129%   for   BIF-assessable   deposits   and   0.0644%   for
SAIF-assessable deposits beginning on January 1, 1997.

     The 1996 Act also provides for the merger of the BIF and SAIF on January 1,
1999,  with such merger  being  conditioned  upon the prior  elimination  of the
thrift charter.  The Secretary of the Treasury is required to conduct a study of
relevant  factors with respect to the  development  of a common  charter for all
insured depository institutions and abolition of separate charters for banks and
thrifts and to report the  Secretary's  conclusions and findings to the Congress
on or before March 31, 1997.

     FDIC  regulations  provide that any insured  depository  institution with a
ratio of Tier 1 capital  to total  assets of less than 2.0% will be deemed to be
operating in an unsafe or unsound condition,  which would constitute grounds for
the  initiation  of  termination  of deposit  insurance  proceedings.  The FDIC,
however,   will  not  initiate  termination  of  insurance  proceedings  if  the
depository  institution  has entered  into and is in  compliance  with a written
agreement with its primary regulator,  and the FDIC is a party to the agreement,
to  increase  its Tier 1 capital to such  level as the FDIC  deems  appropriate.
Insured  depository  institutions  with Tier 1 capital  equal to or greater than
2.0% of total  assets may also be deemed to be operating in an unsafe or unsound
condition notwithstanding such capital level.

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

     Transactions  between state non-member banks and any affiliate are governed
by Sections  23A and 23B of the Federal  Reserve  Act. An affiliate of a bank is
any  company or entity  which  controls,  is  controlled  by or is under  common
control with the bank but does not include a subsidiary of the bank.  Generally,
Section  23A (i)  limits the  extent to which the bank or its  subsidiaries  may
engage in "covered  transactions"  with any one  affiliate to an amount equal to
10% of such bank's capital and surplus,  and contains an aggregate  limit on all
such  transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital
<PAGE>
and surplus,  and (ii) requires that all such  transactions be on terms that are
consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The term "covered transaction"
includes the making of loans,  purchase of assets,  issuance of  guarantees  and
similar other types of transactions. In addition, most extensions of credit by a
bank to any of its affiliates  must be secured by collateral in amounts  ranging
from  100  to 130  percent  of the  loan  amounts,  depending  on  the  type  of
collateral. Section 23B requires that any covered transaction, and certain other
transactions,  including the bank's sale of assets and purchase of services from
an affiliate  must be on terms that are  substantially  the same, or at least as
favorable  to the  institution,  as  those  that  would  prevail  in  comparable
transactions with a non-affiliate.

     Banks are also subject to the  restrictions  contained in Section  22(h) of
the  Federal  Reserve  Act and the FRB's  Regulation  O  thereunder  on loans to
executive officers,  directors and principal stockholders.  Under Section 22(h),
loans to a director,  an  executive  officer or a holder of more than 10% of the
shares of a bank, as well as certain affiliated  interests of such persons,  may
not  exceed,  together  with all  other  outstanding  loans to such  person  and
affiliated  interest,  the  loans-to-one-borrower  limit  applicable to national
banks (generally 15% of an institution's unimpaired capital and surplus) and all
loans to all such  persons  in the  aggregate  may not  exceed an  institution's
unimpaired  capital and  unimpaired  surplus.  Regulation O also  prohibits  the
making of loans in an amount greater than the lesser of $25,000 or 5% of capital
and surplus but in any event over $500,000, to a director, executive officer and
greater than 10%  stockholder of a bank,  and the respective  affiliates of such
person,  unless such loans are approved in advance by a majority of the board of
directors of the bank, with any "interested"  director not  participating in the
voting.  Further,  the FRB,  pursuant to  Regulation  O,  requires that loans to
directors,  executive  officers and principal  stockholders (a) be made on terms
substantially  the same as those that are offered in comparable  transactions to
persons  not  affiliated  with  the  bank  and (b)  follow  credit  underwriting
procedures not less stringent than those prevailing for comparable  transactions
with  persons  not  affiliated  with the bank.  Regulation  O also  prohibits  a
depository institution from paying, with certain exceptions, an overdraft of any
of  the  executive  officers  or  directors  of  the  institution  or any of its
affiliates  unless the  overdraft  is paid  pursuant  to written  pre-authorized
extension  or  interest-bearing  extension  of credit or  transfer of funds from
another account at the bank.

     State chartered  non-member  banks are further subject to the  requirements
and restrictions  against certain tying arrangements and on extensions of credit
involving  correspondent  banks.  Specifically,   a  depository  institution  is
prohibited from extending credit to or offering any other service,  or fixing or
varying  the  consideration  for such  extension  of credit or  service,  on the
condition that the customer obtain some additional  service from the institution
or certain of its  affiliates  or not obtain  services  of a  competitor  of the
institution subject to certain exceptions. In addition, a depository institution
with a correspondent banking relationship with another depository institution is
prohibited  from  extending  credit to the  executive  officers,  directors  and
holders  of more  than 10% of the  stock of the  other  depository  institution,
unless  such  extension  of credit is on  substantially  the same terms as those
prevailing at the time for comparable  transactions  with other persons and does
not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other  unfavorable
features.
<PAGE>
Real Estate Lending Policies

     Under  FDIC   regulations   which   became   effective   March  19,   1993,
state-chartered  non-member  banks must adopt and maintain written policies that
establish  appropriate  limits and standards  for  extensions of credit that are
secured  by liens or  interest  in real  estate or are made for the  purpose  of
financing permanent  improvements to real estate.  These policies must establish
loan  portfolio  diversification  standards,   prudent  underwriting  standards,
including   loan-to-value   limits,   that  are  clear  and   measurable,   loan
administration   procedures   and   documentation,    approval   and   reporting
requirements. The real estate lending policies must reflect consideration of the
Interagency  Guidelines  for Real  Estate  Lending  Policies  (the  "Interagency
Guidelines") that have been adopted by the federal bank regulators.

     The  Interagency  Guidelines,  among other  things,  call upon a depository
institution  to establish  internal  loan-to-value  limits for real estate loans
that are not in  excess  of the  following  supervisory  limits:  (i) for  loans
secured by raw land, the supervisory  loan-to-value limit is 65% of the value of
the collateral;  (ii) for land development loans (i.e., loans for the purpose of
improving  unimproved  property  prior  to  the  erection  of  structures),  the
supervisory  limit is 75%; (iii) for loans for the  construction  of commercial,
multi-family or other  nonresidential  property,  the supervisory  limit is 80%;
(iv) for  loans  for the  construction  of  one-to-four-family  properties,  the
supervisory  limit is 85%; and (v) for loans secured by other improved  property
(e.g.,  farmland,  completed  commercial  property  and  other  income-producing
property including non-owner-occupied one-to-four-family property), the limit is
85%.  Although  no  supervisory  loan-to-value  limit has been  established  for
owner-occupied,  one-to-four-family  and  home  equity  loans,  the  Interagency
Guidelines  state that for any such loan with a loan-to-value  ratio that equals
or exceeds 90% at origination,  an institution should require appropriate credit
enhancement  in the form of either  mortgage  insurance  or  readily  marketable
collateral.

Standards for Safety and Soundness

     Under FDICIA,  each federal  banking  agency is required to  prescribe,  by
regulation, safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority.
The  federal  banking  agencies,  including  the FDIC,  have  adopted  standards
covering internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan
documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate  exposure,  asset  growth,
employee   compensation,   fees  and   benefits,   asset  quality  and  earnings
sufficiency. These standards are in the form of broad guidelines for performance
that  generally  leave  to  each  institution  the  methods  for  achieving  the
objectives.  The  Bank  believes  it  meets  the  FDIC's  safety  and  soundness
standards.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

     The Bank is a member of the FHLB System,  which consists of twelve regional
Federal Home Loan Banks  subject to  supervision  and  regulation by the Federal
Housing  Finance Board  ("FHFB").  The Federal Home Loan Banks provide a central
credit facility  primarily for member  institutions.  As a member of the FHLB of
San Francisco,  the Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock
in the FHLB of San  Francisco  in an amount at least equal to 5% of its advances
(borrowings).
<PAGE>
     The FHLB of San  Francisco  serves as a  reserve  or  central  bank for its
member  institutions  within its assigned  region.  It is funded  primarily from
proceeds  derived from the sale of consolidated  obligations of the FHLB System.
It  offers  policies  and  procedures  established  by the FHFB and the Board of
Directors of the FHLB of San Francisco.  Long-term advances may only be made for
the purpose of providing funds for residential housing finance.

Federal Reserve System

     Pursuant to  regulations  of the FRB, a bank must  maintain  average  daily
reserves  equal to 3.0% of the first $52  million of net  transaction  accounts,
above  an  exempt  amount  of $4.3  million,  plus  10% on the  remainder.  This
percentage is subject to adjustment by the FRB. Because  required  reserves must
be maintained in the form of vault cash or in a non-interest  bearing account at
a Federal  Reserve bank, the effect of the reserve  requirement is to reduce the
amount of the  institution's  interest-earning  assets. As of December 31, 1996,
the Bank met its reserve requirements.

Nevada Banking Laws and Supervision

     Nevada  state-chartered  banks,  such as the Bank,  are also  regulated and
supervised by the Nevada Division.  The Nevada Division is required to regularly
examine  each  state-chartered  bank.  The  approval  of the Nevada  Division is
required to establish or close  branches,  to merge with another bank, to form a
bank holding company, to issue stock, or to undertake many other activities.  As
a general  rule,  Nevada  law  permits a  state-chartered  bank to  perform  the
activities of a nationally-chartered bank.

Regulation of Holding Company

     Following  consummation of the  Reorganization,  Bancorp will be subject to
examination,  regulation and periodic  reporting under the BHCA, as administered
by the FRB. The FRB has adopted  capital  adequacy  guidelines  for bank holding
companies on a consolidated basis substantially similar to those of the FDIC for
the Bank.

     Bancorp will be required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB to acquire
all, or  substantially  all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding  company.
Prior FRB approval  will be required  for Bancorp to acquire  direct or indirect
ownership  or  control  of any  voting  securities  of any bank or bank  holding
company if,  after  giving  effect to such  acquisition,  it would,  directly or
indirectly,  own or control  more than 5% of any class of voting  shares of such
bank or bank holding company.
<PAGE>
     Bancorp  will be  required  to give the FRB  prior  written  notice  of any
purchase  or  redemption  of its  outstanding  equity  securities  if the  gross
consideration  for the  purchase  or  redemption,  when  combined  with  the net
consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12
months, is equal to 10% or more of Bancorp's consolidated net worth. The FRB may
disapprove  such a purchase or  redemption  if it  determines  that the proposal
would  constitute  an unsafe and  unsound  practice,  or would  violate any law,
regulation,  FRB order or  directive,  or any  condition  imposed by, or written
agreement  with,  the FRB.  Such notice and  approval is not required for a bank
holding  company that would be treated as "well  capitalized"  under  applicable
regulations  of the FRB,  that has received a composite "1" or "2" rating at its
most recent bank  holding  company  inspection  by the FRB,  and that is not the
subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.

     The status of Bancorp as a registered  bank holding  company under the BHCA
will  not  exempt  it from  certain  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations
applicable to corporations  generally,  including,  without limitation,  certain
provisions of the federal securities laws.

     In addition,  a bank holding company is prohibited  generally from engaging
in, or  acquiring  5% or more of any class of voting  securities  of any company
engaged in  non-banking  activities.  One of the  principal  exceptions  to this
prohibition is for activities  found by FRB to be so closely  related to banking
or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the
principal  activities that the FRB has determined by regulation to be so closely
related  to  banking  as to be a proper  incident  thereto  are:  (1)  making or
servicing  loans;  (ii)  performing  certain  data  processing  services;  (iii)
providing discount brokerage services;  (iv) acting as fiduciary,  investment or
financial  advisor;   (v)  leasing  personal  or  real  property;   (vi)  making
investments in corporations or projects designed  primarily to promote community
welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings and loan association.

     Under the Financial  Institutions  Reform,  Recovery and Enforcement Act of
1989,  depository  institutions  are liable to the FDIC for losses  suffered  or
anticipated by the FDIC in connection with the default of a commonly  controlled
depository  institution  or any  assistance  provided  by the  FDIC  to  such an
institution in danger of default. This law would have potential applicability if
Bancorp ever acquired,  as a separate  subsidiary,  a depository  institution in
addition to the Bank. There are no current plans for such an acquisition.

     Subsidiary  banks  of  a  bank  holding  company  are  subject  to  certain
quantitative and qualitative  restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on
any  extension of credit to, or purchase of assets from,  or letter of credit on
behalf of, the bank holding company or its  subsidiaries,  and on the investment
in or  acceptance  of  stock  or  securities  of  such  holding  company  or its
subsidiaries  as collateral  for loans.  In addition,  provisions of the Federal
Reserve Act and FRB  regulations  limit the amounts of, and  establish  required
procedures and credit  standards with respect to, loans and other  extensions of
credit to officers,  directors and principal  stockholders of the Bank, Bancorp,
any  subsidiary  of Bancorp and related  interests  of such  persons.  Moreover,
subsidiaries  of bank holding  companies are prohibited from engaging in certain
tie-in  arrangements  (with the holding company or any of its  subsidiaries)  in
connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing
of services.
<PAGE>
Federal Securities Laws

     Bancorp  has  filed  a  registration  statement  with  the  SEC  under  the
Securities Act for the  registration of the shares of Bancorp Common Stock to be
exchanged pursuant to the Reorganization. Upon completion of the Reorganization,
the  outstanding  shares of Bancorp Common Stock will be registered with the SEC
under the Exchange Act. Bancorp will then be subject to the  information,  proxy
solicitation,  insider trading  restrictions  and other  requirements  under the
Exchange Act.

     The registration under the Securities Act of shares of Bancorp Common Stock
to be exchanged in the Reorganization  does not cover the resale of such shares.
Shares of Bancorp  Common Stock  purchased by persons who are not  affiliates of
Bancorp may be resold without registration.  Shares purchased by an affiliate of
Bancorp  will be  subject  to the  resale  restrictions  of Rule 144  under  the
Securities Act. If Bancorp meets the current public information  requirements of
Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act, each affiliate of Bancorp who complies with
the other  conditions of Rule 144 (including  those that require the affiliate's
sale to be aggregated with those of certain other persons) would be able to sell
in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in
any  three-month  period,  the  greater of (i) 1% of the  outstanding  shares of
Bancorp,  or (ii) the average weekly volume of trading in such shares during the
preceding four calendar weeks. Provision may be made in the future by Bancorp to
permit  affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities
Act under certain circumstances.

MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND   ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS
OF  OPERATIONS

     The following  discussion  reviews and analyzes the consolidated  operating
results and financial  condition of the Bank. This discussion  should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated  financial  statements and the other financial
data presented elsewhere herein.

Overview

     The Bank's  total assets and  deposits  continued to grow at a  significant
rate in 1996 as they had in 1994 and 1995.  Management  believes  that asset and
deposit  totals  have  increased  for the last  three  years  as a result  of an
aggressive  lending  posture on the part of the Bank,  especially  in commercial
real estate lending, and the addition of a new branch in 1995.

     Net income for the year ended  December 31, 1996 was  $2,092,000  ($.94 per
share)  compared to:  $1,605,000  ($.85 per share) in 1995;  $994,000  ($.57 per
share) in 1994;  $1,632,000  ($.98 per share) in 1993; and $1,292,000  ($.88 per
share) for the year ended December 31, 1992.

     The Bank did not declare a dividend until February 24, 1993 because,  under
the NRS, the Bank could not pay a dividend  until its undivided  profit  account
became  positive.  As of  December  31,  1991,  that  account  had a deficit  of
$978,000.  On  December  31,  1992,  the  deficit  had been erased and there was
$315,000 in the account.  On December 31, 1993,  the  undivided  profit  account
<PAGE>
stood at $1.408  million  and the Board  declared  an  aggregate  of $224,000 in
dividends for 1993 ($.182 per share). On December 31,1994,  the undivided Profit
Account  reflected  a  balance  of $1.984  million  and the  Board  declared  an
aggregate  of $411,000 in  dividends  for 1994 ($.236 per share).  In  February,
1995,  the Board  declared a 10% stock  dividend.  No dividends were declared in
1996.

Capitalization

     As of December 31, 1993, the Bank's  Leverage  Ratio was 8.32%;  it fell to
7.72% as of December 31, 1994.  The addition to capital  resulting  from a stock
purchase rights offering in 1995 increased the Leverage Ratio as of December 31,
1995 to 8.57%.  For the year ending  December 31,  1996,  due to the increase in
retained earnings,  the Bank's Leverage Ratio increased to 9.16%. As of December
31, 1996, the Bank's capital  structure was as follows  (excluding  warrants and
outstanding options to purchase Bank Common Stock):

         Shares outstanding                                            2,117,634
         Stockholder equity                                          $13,008,966
         Loan loss reserves                                             $857,427
         Total equity and reserves                                   $13,866,392
         Book value/share (stockholder equity)                             $6.14
         Book value/share (total equity and reserve)                       $6.55

As of December 31, 1996, the following options and warrants were outstanding:

         1)   Robert Barone, the Bank's Chief Executive Officer,  Board Chairman
              and  Treasurer,   and  Larry  Platz,   the  Bank's  President  and
              Secretary,  each hold  options to  purchase  5,500  shares of Bank
              Common Stock at $6.705 per share  expiring May 18, 2000 and 47,850
              shares at an exercise price of $6.873 per share  expiring  October
              25, 2003.  In addition,  on December 14, 1992,  Mr. Barone and Mr.
              Platz were each granted  options to purchase 82,500 shares of Bank
              Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.409 per share expiring ten
              years from the date of grant.  These options are currently  vested
              or will vest as follows: 75% vested as of December,  1996; and the
              remaining  25%  will  vest  in  December,   1997.   Under  certain
              circumstances, vesting of the options may be accelerated.

         2)   As of December  31, 1996  warrants to purchase  103,400  shares of
              Bank Common Stock at $7.73 per share  expiring  September 30, 1999
              were held as follows:  John  Quagliata  held  warrants to purchase
              35,200  shares,  Bruno  Berardi held  warrants to purchase  26,400
              shares,  John A. and Elma  Loxterman  held  warrants  to  purchase
              16,500  shares,  Edward  Rosenthal held warrants to purchase 7,700
              shares,  Michael D.  Friedman  held  warrants  to  purchase  6,600
              shares, Victor Pascucci Jr. and Rose Ann Pascucci held warrants to
              purchase  5,500  shares  and  Sanford  A. Fox  Pension  Trust held
              warrants to purchase 5,500 shares.
<PAGE>
         3)   On  December  31,  1996  non-employee  directors  held  options to
              purchase  4,766  shares of Bank Common  Stock for $2.727 per share
              expiring March 25, 2002;  options to purchase 6,050 shares of Bank
              Common Stock for $6.705 per share  expiring May 18, 2003;  options
              to purchase 4,950 shares of Bank Common Stock for $6.818 per share
              expiring  May 25, 2004;  options to purchase  9,550 shares of Bank
              Common Stock for $6.875 per share  expiring  April 26,  2005;  and
              options to purchase  7,600  shares of Bank Common  Stock for $9.25
              per share expiring May 01, 2006.

         4)   Marilyn  Ferguson,  a  Senior  Vice-President  of the  Bank,  held
              options to  purchase  a) 1,100  shares of Bank  Common  Stock at a
              price of $6.705  expiring  May 18,  2000;  b) 2,200 shares of Bank
              Common Stock at a price of $6.818  expiring May 25, 2004; c) 2,000
              shares  of Bank  Common  Stock  at a price  of  $6.875  per  share
              expiring April 26, 2005; d) 2,000 shares of Bank Common Stock at a
              price of $7.00 per share expiring  December 20, 2005; and e) 2,000
              shares  of Bank  Common  Stock  at a price  of  $10.50  per  share
              expiring on December 23, 2006.  In January,  1997,  Mrs.  Ferguson
              announced her  retirement,  effective March 1, 1997, and exercised
              options a) through d) above (7,300 shares).  Mrs. Ferguson retains
              the right to  exercise  the options set forth in (e) above for ten
              years.  Robert Hemsath,  a Senior Vice President of the Bank, held
              options to  purchase  a) 2,200  shares of Bank  Common  Stock at a
              price of $6.818 per share  expiring May 25, 2004;  b) 2,000 shares
              of Bank Common Stock at a price of $6.875 per share expiring April
              26, 2005; c) 2,000 shares of Bank Common Stock at a price of $7.00
              per share expiring  December 19, 2005; and d) 2,000 shares of Bank
              Common  Stock at a price of $10.50 per share  expiring on December
              23, 2006.  Lisa Milke, a Vice President of the Bank,  held options
              to  purchase a) 1,000  shares of Bank  Common  Stock at a price of
              $6.875 per share  expiring April 26, 2005; b) 2,000 shares of Bank
              Common Stock at a price of $7.00 per share  expiring  December 20,
              2005,  and c)  1,500  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock at a price of
              $10.50  per  share  expiring  on  December  23,  2006.  Jacqueline
              Entrekin,  a Senior Vice  President  of the Bank,  held options to
              purchase a) 1,000 shares of Bank Common Stock at a price of $6.875
              per share  expiring April 26, 2005; b) 2,000 shares of Bank Common
              Stock at a price of $7.00 per share  expiring  December  20, 2005;
              and c) 2,000  shares of Bank Common Stock at a price of $10.50 per
              share  expiring  on  December  23,  2006.  Craig  Lorman,  a  Vice
              President of the Bank,  held option to purchase a) 1,000 shares of
              Bank Common Stock at a price of $7.00 per share expiring  December
              20,  2005;  and b) 1,500 shares of Bank Common Stock at a price of
              $10.50 per share expiring on December 23, 2006. Pamela Robinson, a
              Vice  President  of the Bank,  held  options to  purchase a) 1,000
              shares of Bank Common Stock at a price of $7.00 per share expiring
              December 20,  2005;  and b) 1,250 shares of Bank Common Stock at a
              price of $10.50 per share  expiring  December 23, 2006. Ty Nebe, a
              Vice  President  of the Bank,  held  options to  purchase a) 1,000
              shares of Bank Common Stock at a price of $7.00 per share expiring
              December 19,  2005;  and b) 1,250 shares of Bank Common Stock at a
              price of $10.50  per share  expiring  December  23,  2006.  Cheryl
              Parino, a Residential Real Estate Lending Officer, held options to
              purchase a) 1,000  shares of Bank Common Stock at a price of $7.00
<PAGE>
              per share expiring  December 20, 2005; and b) 1,000 shares of Bank
              Common Stock at a price of $10.50 per share expiring  December 23,
              2006.  Lawrence Evans, a Residential  Real Estate Lending Manager,
              held options to purchase a) 1,000 shares of Bank Common Stock at a
              price of $7.00 per share expiring  December 20, 2005; and b) 1,000
              shares  of Bank  Common  Stock  at a price  of  $10.50  per  share
              expiring December 23, 2006.

         5)   In June,  1996,  the following  non-employee  directors  purchased
              2,100 shares of Bank Common Stock at $9.25 per share; Michael Dyer
              1,000 shares,  Edward  Allison 500 shares,  John Coombs 400 shares
              and Mervyn  Matorian  200  shares.  For each share of Bank  Common
              Stock  acquired,  options to purchase an equal number of shares at
              $9.25 per  share,  expiring  April 26,  2005 were  issued  and are
              included in the totals in number 3 above.

         If all of the  above-discussed  options and  warrants to purchase  Bank
Common  Stock were  exercised,  the pro forma  capital  structure of the Bank at
December 31, 1996 would be as follows:

    Shares Outstanding (including non-vested options)                  2,564,900
    Shares Outstanding (excluding non-vested options)                  2,523,650

                                              Aggregate                 Per
                                                Amount                 Share
                                             -----------               -----
         Stockholder equity
         (including non-vested options)      $15,649,691               $6.10
         Stockholder equity
         (excluding non-vested options)      $15,509,070               $6.15
         Total equity and reserve
         (including non-vested options)      $16,507,117               $6.44
         Total equity and reserve
         (excluding non-vested options)      $16,366,496               $6.49

Capital Expenditures

     In August,  1993,  the Bank leased space on a 5 year lease term for lending
operations  in Las Vegas.  In March,  1994,  additional  space was leased for an
expansion  of the Las Vegas  facility.  The total  tenant  improvement  cost was
$30,000 and the furniture, fixture and equipment cost was $183,000. In December,
1993,  the Bank  purchased  land (2.2 acres) for $381,000 and has  exercised its
option to  purchase an adjacent  parcel (1 acre) for  $174,240 in the  southeast
quadrant of Reno. The Bank took occupancy in November, 1995, of its headquarters
building  which  consolidated  all of the Reno area  operations  except  for the
Caughlin branch facility.  The facility  includes a 2,000 square foot branch and
24,000 square feet designated for loan  origination and support  functions.  The
total  cost  approximated  $3  million.  In  November,  1996,  the  Bank  leased
approximately  7,000 square feet of  office/warehouse  space to accommodate  the
development of an in-house data processing center and to relocate administrative
<PAGE>
functions from the headquarters facility. The anticipated cost includes $500,000
for  data  processing   equipment  and  $300,000  for  tenant  improvements  and
additional  furniture and fixtures.  Lease payments  began in February,  1997 on
this  facility.  The Bank  opened its fourth  branch in south  Reno,  the Galena
Branch, in February,  1997. The project was budgeted for approximately  $200,000
for tenant  improvements  and $225,000 for furniture,  fixture and equipment.  A
fifth branch in north  Sparks,  the Spanish  Springs  Branch,  is expected to be
completed  in  late  summer  with  an  anticipated  cost of  $10,000  in  tenant
improvements and $225,000 in furniture,  fixture and equipment.  In March, 1997,
the   Bank    purchased    a   1.0   acre   parcel   in   south   Reno   in   an
industrial/commercial/residential  area  for  approximately  $436,000.  The Bank
plans to construct a branch on the parcel but has not  determined the time frame
for the construction and opening of the new branch.

     The cash flow necessary to finance the above described capital expenditures
came from existing liquid assets.
<PAGE>
Operations and Liquidity

     Total post-tax profits for 1996 were $2,092,000,  an increase of 30.3% from
the $1,605,000 earned in 1995. The following table shows the overall reasons for
the change in the Bank's profitability.

                                 1996                1995                %Change
                              ----------          ----------             -------

Total loan income             $8,870,875          $7,729,474               14.8%
Total fee income               4,305,502           3,773,558               14.1
Overnight and
  investment income            1,692,110           1,263,236               34.0
Service charges and
  non-interest income            382,343             321,179               19.0
                              ----------          ----------               -----
                              15,250,830          13,987,447               16.5

Total interest expense         4,433,801           3,811,427               16.3
Salaries and benefits
  (excluding management
  bonus)                       4,338,050           3,548,037               22.3
Occupancy expenses               528,206             502,349                5.1
Furniture, fixtures and
  equipment                      464,163             373,408               24.3
                               1,829,879           1,853,524               (1.3)
Other operating               ----------          ----------               -----
  expenses                    11,594,099          10,088,745               14.9

Loan loss provision              250,000             270,000               (8.0)
                              ----------          ----------               -----
Income from bank               3,406,731           2,728,702               24.8
  operations
Management bonus                 442,930             357,886               23.8
  accrual
Taxes                            902,960             769,049               17.4
Other income                      31,267               3,355              932.0
                              ----------          ----------              ------
Net income                    $2,092,108          $1,605,125               30.3%
                              ==========          ==========               =====

     The table shows that net income  increased by 30.3%  ($486,983)  over 1995.
The largest  contributing factor, in terms of dollars, to the increase in income
was a 14.8% ($1,141,401)  increase in loan income,  which primarily consisted of
interest income on loans in the Bank's  portfolio.  Interest income on loans was
augmented by the receipt of "additional" interest from a development loan in the
Bank's portfolio for which the Bank collects  monthly interest  payments plus an
additional  $2,100 for each lot the developer sells. In 1996, 128 lots were sold
and closed which added $268,800 in "additional" interest to Bank revenue. Of the
total 811 lots,  683 remained to be sold at December 31, 1996.  An additional 30
lots has been sold and closed  through  February 28, 1997. 

     The total  increase in gross income was 16.5%  (2,163,383).  This  increase
combined  with a smaller  increase in interest  expense  (primarily  the cost of
deposits) of 16.3%  ($622,374) and  non-interest  expenses of 14.9%  (1,505,354)
resulted  in the  increase  in net income.  Loan fee income  increased  by 14.1%
($531,944),  primarily due to increased  commercial  lending  volume.  Income on
investment  securities and overnight investments increased by 34.0% (428,874) as
a result of larger portfolio holdings and increased  liquidity levels.  Salaries
and benefits  increased by 22.3%  ($790,013),  occupancy  expenses  rose by 5.1%
($25,857) and  furniture,  fixture and equipment  expense grew 24.3%  ($90,755).
Other operating expenses decreased by 1.3% ($23,645)  primarily due to economics
realized from consolidation of operations into the  administrative  headquarters
facility in November,  1995 and a reduction of FDIC deposit  insurance  premiums
during 1996.

     In 1993,  the Bank  originated  $206  million in real estate loans and sold
$176  million of this product in the  secondary  market.  Due to rapidly  rising
rates in 1994, the market for mortgage  refinancing  all but  disappeared.  This
phenomenon,  accompanied  by a  re-emergence  of  competition  from  the  larger
financial institutions, caused real estate loan originations to fall by 19.6% to
$165 million,  and secondary market sales to fall to $147 million.  In 1995, the
Bank  originated  $160  million in real estate  loans and sold $153  million the
secondary  market,  including $3.8 million in adjustable  rate mortgages held in
the Bank's  portfolio  from 1993, a decrease of 3.0% in loans  originated and an
increase of 4.1% in loans sold, respectively.  In 1996, the Bank originated $170
million in real  estate  loans and sold $139  million in the  secondary  market,
representing   an   increase  of  6.3%  and  a  decrease  of  10.1%  from  1995,
respectively. By region, northern Nevada originations were $141 million in 1996,
$124  million  in 1995,  $131  million in 1994 and $196  million in 1993,  while
southern Nevada  originations were $29 million in 1996, $37 million in 1995, $34
million  in 1994 and $9  million  in  1993.  As a result  of a  focused  effort,
commercial  lending  activity  rose from $26  million in 1993 to $68  million in
1995,  and  doubled  again to $136  million  in 1996.  Total fee income on loans
increased by 14.1% in 1996  primarily  due to the bank's  increase in commercial
loan originations.  Overall, loan originations (including commercial loans) rose
34.5% from $229 million in 1995 to $308 million in 1996.

     Real  estate  loan   originations  were  impacted  by  the  return  to  the
marketplace  of the large  portfolio  lender banks,  Bank of America and Norwest
Bank.  These portfolio  players often underprice the secondary market and retain
mortgage  loans in their  own  portfolios.  Because  the Bank is not a  mortgage
portfolio lender and must sell in the secondary market, it cannot underprice the
secondary  market  without  either  a loss on the  transaction  or a razor  thin
margin.  Finally,  the Bank was adversely  impacted by the ability of the larger
institutions to offer future rate guarantees to contractors and developers.  The
Bank could not make such  guarantees  without,  in the  opinion  of  management,
subjecting the Bank to significant interest rate risk.

     The  Bank's  liquidity  ratio,  defined as the value of  marketable  assets
divided  by  volatile  liabilities,  stood  at 28% as of  December  31,  1996 as
compared to 24% as of December 31, 1995.  As of December 31, 1996,  the Bank had
$13.6 million in overnight  funds,  $18.7 million in marketable  securities  and
time deposits,  and borrowing capacity at the FHLB of San Francisco in excess of
$43 million (30% of its assets). Such borrowing capacity is subject to quarterly
review and must be  collateralized.  As of December  31,  1996,  the Bank had no
borrowed funds  outstanding and had pledged  approximately  $20 million in loans
and  securities  to the FHLB of San  Francisco as  collateral  for the borrowing
line.
<PAGE>
     The primary income generating  activity of the Bank is lending,  related to
the real estate  industry,  either  residential or commercial.  During 1996, the
Bank  originated $308 million in loans ($170 million of which were single family
mortgage loans), of which  approximately $139 million were sold in the secondary
market (non-recourse). The 1995 figures were $229 million, $160 million and $153
million,  respectively.  The Bank's  policy is to sell most of the single family
mortgage loans that it originates.

     In order to generate such lending  volumes,  the Bank has higher  personnel
and overhead  expenses  than most banks in its peer group.  At the  beginning of
1993, the Bank had approximately 50 full time equivalent ("FTE")  employees.  By
the end of 1993,  with the expansion of lending to Las Vegas and the gear up for
the planned growth in commercial lending, the Bank employed 97 FTE employees. At
the end of 1994 and 1995 FTE employees numbered 108. By the end of 1996 the Bank
employed 118 FTE employees.  The increase  included the addition of a Compliance
Officer,  expansion of the commercial lending functions and partial staffing for
the additional branch office which opened in February, 1997.

     The income  generated  from the  Bank's  high  volume of  lending  activity
usually  puts the  Bank's net  interest  margin in the top 10% of the peer group
analysis.  Because  of the  personnel  and  expense  generated  in the  mortgage
operation which are not found in peer group  comparative  numbers,  as a general
rule,  management does not rely on peer group analysis of its specific  overhead
expense ratios or its net interest margins when analyzing  performance.  Rather,
management  relies  on other  productivity  measures  such as  analysis  of loan
representative  lending volumes and on overall profitability  measures including
return on assets and return on stockholders' equity.

     Loan income  increased 14.5% in 1996 as compared to 1995 (see table above).
Year-end total loans  (excluding the loan loss reserve) were 11.3% higher ($96.5
million versus $86.7 million).  An increase in the commercial  lending portfolio
played a large role in these  results.  The  increase  in loan,  investment  and
liquid assets was financed by an increase in deposits from $111.2 million at the
end of 1995 to $131.3 million at year's end 1996, an 18.1% increase. As a result
of rising  balances and stable rates,  total interest  expenses rose by 16.3% in
1996,  from $3.81  million in 1995 to $4.43  million.  The Bank  experienced  an
increase in retail time  deposits and deposits in general as a result of the new
headquarters branch, the addition of a business development officer,  additional
commercial calling officers,  and as a result of customer  dissatisfaction  with
the  larger  institutions  in the area.  At  December  31,  1995 and 1996,  time
deposits totaled $39 million and $51 million, respectively.

Impact of Changing Interest Rates; Interest Rate Risk

     The impact of changing interest rates (and inflation) on banks differs from
the impact on other companies.  As financial  intermediaries,  banks have assets
and  liabilities  which  may  move  in  concert  with  interest  rates.  This is
especially  true for banks with a high  percentage  of rate  sensitive  interest
<PAGE>
earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. A bank can reduce the impact of
changing  interest  rates on its  interest  margin if it can manage its interest
rate  sensitivity gap (the "gap") (also known as "Interest Rate Risk").  The gap
for any period is the volume  difference  between the assets and the liabilities
which  reprice to market  conditions  in that  period.  Management's  goal is to
adjust  the gap so that the impact of  falling  or rising  interest  rates has a
neutral impact on the Bank's  interest  margin.  To do this, it is necessary for
management to anticipate the general movement of interest rates.  Thus, there is
no guarantee that the Bank will always be able to maintain its current  interest
margins.

Interest Margin

     The table below shows the sources of the Bank's  earnings.  The  relatively
high yields on loans and  receivables  are a result of the high volume and rapid
turnover in the loan  portfolio.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Operations and Liquidity."

     Loan  yields,  including  the  fees,  decreased  between  1994 and 1995 and
increased  only  slightly  between  1995  and  1996,  largely  due to  increased
competition from other institutions.  Yields,  excluding fees, increased between
1994 and 1995 and remained constant between 1995 and 1996. In 1994, originations
were $223 million.  In 1995, that figure rose slightly to $229 million.  In 1996
originations rose to $308 million. The mix of the loan originations continues to
include more  commercial  loans on which fee income is generally  lower than the
fee income earned on mortgage loans and on which market competition is stronger.
Peer group  analysis and other private and regulator  generated  analyses of the
Bank include the fee income in the loan  yields.  In such  analyses,  the Bank's
portfolio  yields are at the upper end of the peer group  spectrum.  At the same
time,  the Bank  utilizes more  personnel to produce such high loan yields.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and results of
Operations--Non-Interest Expenses."

     All other portfolio  yields had only slight movement between 1995 and 1996,
mirroring the general movement of national  interest rates.  Because the cost of
funds yields  increased  slightly,  the net  interest  margin,  excluding  fees,
declined  to 4.9%  from  5.1% in 1996.  When fee  income  is  included,  the net
interest margin fell 20 basis points in 1996, mirroring the 20 basis points fall
in 1995. Both years showed the effects of increased  competition on net margins.
Investments yielded the same return in 1995 as in 1994 but increased by 20 basis
points in 1996, as a result of slightly higher interest rates.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>        <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>

                                 Average Balances, Yields and Rates of Earning Assets and Borrowed Funds

                                   1996                           1995                           1994
                        --------------------------    ---------------------------    ----------------------------
                                 Interest                       Interest                       Interest    Yield/
                        Average   Earned/   Yield/    Average    Earned/   Yield/    Average    Earned/     Rate
                        Balance    Paid      Rate     Balance     Paid      Rate     Balance     Paid       (%)
                        ($000s)   ($000s)    (%)      ($000s)    ($000s)     (%)     ($000s)    ($000s)

Assets:

Loans and Receivables   $88,890                       $79,621                        $52,522
  Include fees                    $13,176    14.5%               $11,485    14.4%                $7,935     15.1%
  Exclude fees                      4,306     9.7                  7,729     9.7                  4,615      8.8
Investments              17,738       985     5.6      17,651        954     5.4      17,357        943      5.4
Fed Funds Sold           13,181       708     5.4       6,127        356     5.8       9,108        356      3.9
                        -------                       -------                         ------
Total Earning Assets    119,809                       103,399                         78,887
                        =======                       =======                         ======
  Include fees                     14,868     12.2                12,795    12.42                 9,234     11.7
  Exclude fees                     10,562      8.6                 9,040     8.7                  5,914      7.5
Loan Loss Allowance         794                           528                            394
Non-Earnings Assets      14,623                        11,159                          8,968
                                                       ------                        -------                    
Total Assets           $133,638                      $114,030                        $87,461
                       ========                      ========                        =======


Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:

Interest Transaction    $38,678    $1,298      3.4%   $31,078     $1,043     3.4%    $24,457       $718      2.9%
Savings Accounts          9,983       268      2.7     12,814        405     3.2      16,570        556      3.4
Time Deposits            51,154     2,852      5.4     39,461      2,250     5.7      22,545        970      4.3
                         ------     -----              ------      -----              ------
  Total Int. Deposits    99,815     4,418      4.4     83,353      3,697     4.4      63,572      2,244      3.5
Subordinated Debt           251        16      6.3      1,719        114     6.6           0          0      0.0
                        -------     -----      ---                 -----              ------      -----
  Total Int. Liab.      100,066     4,434      4.4     85,072      3,811     4.5      63,572      2,244      3.5
                        =======     =====              ======      =====              ======      =====
Non-Int IPC Deposits     21,118         0              19,544          0              15,664          0
                        -------     -----              ------      ----- 
  Total Deposits and
  Debt Liabilities      121,184     4,434      3.7    104,616      3,811     3.6      79,236      2,244      2.8
                        =======     =====             =======      =====              ======      =====
Other Liabilities           652                           785                          1,444
Stockholder Equity       11,802                         8,629                          6,781
                        -------                         -----                          -----
  Total Liabilities and
  Stockholder Equity   $133,638                      $114,030                        $87,461
                       ========                      ========                        =======

Net Interest Margin
  Includes fees:                                    8.5%                     8.7%                            8.9%
  Exclude fee:                                      4.9%                     5.1%                            4.7%
</TABLE>
Other Assets

     In 1995,  the Bank had one property  classified  as other real estate owned
("OREO") with a book value of $134,000.  The property, a single family residence
with an  appraised  value  of  $183,000,  was  sold in  1996  for a net  gain of
approximately $25,000. There were no OREO properties at the end of 1996.

     The Bank  services a portfolio of loans for the Federal Home Loan  Mortgage
Corporation  ("FHLMC") and the Federal National Mortgage Corporation ("FNMA") as
well as for others.  As of December 31, 1996,  the  portfolio  amounted to $52.0
million.  For  performing  this  servicing  function,  the  Bank  earns a fee of
approximately  .52% of the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  loans  in the
portfolio.
<PAGE>
Income and Expense

         The table below shows the major income and expense categories.  Several
of the categories are discussed and detailed in tables that follow.

                                             INCOME AND EXPENSE
                                          Years ended December 31
                               -------------------------------------------------
                                   1996               1995               1994
                                  ------             ------             ------
                                            (In thousands of dollars)
Interest income:
 Interest income                  $8,871             $7,729             $4,616
 Fee income                        4,305              3,774              3,319
 Interest and fees on loans       13,176             11,503              7,935
 Investments and deposits            984                955                843
 Interest on fed funds sold          708                356                356
                                 -------            -------             ------ 
  Total interest income          $14,868            $12,814             $9,134
                                 =======            =======             ======

 Provision for credit losses         250                270                105

Interest expense:
 Interest on deposits              4,418              3,697              2,244
Interest on other borrowings          16                114                 52
                                  ------             ------             ------
  Total interest expense          $4,434             $3,811             $2,296
                                  ======             ======             ======

 Non-interest income                 414                278                407
 Non-interest expense              7,603              6,637              5,724

 Income before income taxes,       2,995              2,374              1,416
   minority interest, and
   extraordinary items
 Provision for taxes                 903                769                422
                                  ------             ------               ----
Post-tax income                   $2,092             $1,605               $994
                                  ======             ======               ====
<PAGE>
Interest Income

     Interest  income  increased by 14.8% in 1996  ($1,142,000).  In 1994,  as a
result of a softening in the Nevada single-family mortgage market, the Bank made
a focused effort to increase  commercial lending. As a result, in 1995, interest
income increased by 67.4% ($3,113,000), as increased commercial portfolio levels
combined with increased  rates to produce  increased  interest  income.  In 1996
portfolio levels continued to increase while rates remained constant. The growth
of fee income was 14.1% ($531,000) for 1996. For 1995, it was 13.7%  ($455,000).
The growth in fee income in 1996 occurred because  commercial loan  originations
grew to $136 million in 1996 from $68 million in 1995.

     In 1994,  investment  levels  increased  moderately and loan levels were up
significantly.  The  liquidity  for this was  provided  by  deposit  growth  and
marginally  by increased  borrowings.  In 1995,  deposit  growth and the sale of
approximately  $5  million  previously  held  in  the  loan  portfolio  provided
liquidity for additional loan fundings.  In 1996,  deposit growth provided ample
liquidity for loan growth.

Interest Expense

     In 1994,  both deposit  levels and interest  rates rose  rapidly.  Interest
rates began to decline in 1995, but the Bank's  deposit costs,  in dollar terms,
were up due to increased deposit levels. In 1996, interest rates remained fairly
steady, while costs rose due to deposit level increases.

Non-Interest Income

     The table below shows  non-interest  income for the years 1994,  1995,  and
1996.  In 1994,  as a result of both an increase in the number of accounts and a
repricing of the service products  service charges rose by $73,000,  remained at
that level for 1995 and increased by another $4,000 in 1996.

     The line item "Gain on Sale, Investments and Trading Account" reflected the
impact of marking  the  trading  account to market and the sale of held for sale
securities.

     From time to time the Bank acquires real estate in a foreclosure proceeding
and  attempts to dispose of the real  estate in the  marketplace.  Any  property
which is not used or planned for use as a banking site is  considered to be OREO
in the Bank's  regulatory  Call Report.  The gains from these  dispositions  are
recognized in the line item "Other  Income." In 1995 the Bank  foreclosed on one
single family  residence with a book value of $134,000 and an appraised value of
$183,000.  The property was sold in 1996 at a net gain of approximately $25,000.
Prior to this property, the last piece of foreclosed real estate was disposed of
in 1991.

     Also included in "Other  Income" are gains on the sale of Bank fixed assets
and recoveries of losses (other than loan losses) realized in previous  periods.
In 1996, the Bank realized  $47,000 in income from cash value  increases in life
insurance policies on the life of Robert Barone.
<PAGE>
     The following  table  summarizes the Bank's  non-interest  income for 1996,
1995 and 1994.

                                             NON-INTEREST INCOME
                                           Years ended December 31,
                                   -------------------------------------
                                    1996            1995            1994
                                   ------          ------          ------
                                          (In thousands of dollars)

Account service charges             $265            $261            $260
Gain on sale, investments            
   and trading account               (13)            (47)             77
Other income                         162              64              70
                                    ----            ----
                                    $414            $278            $407
                                    ====            ====            ====

Non-Interest Expenses

     Almost all of the  non-interest  expenses  appear high when compared to the
Bank's peer group.  In order to support its mortgage  banking  business the Bank
has a loan center in the new  headquarters  building in Reno which  handles real
estate  loan  origination,  houses loan  representatives  and  secondary  market
personnel,  loan processing,  loan servicing,  and a builders' control unit. The
Carson City office  also  houses  real  estate loan  representatives  and a real
estate loan processing unit. There is also a real estate mortgage loan office in
Minden,  a community  south of Carson  City.  The Las Vegas  office  houses real
estate loan representatives, a real estate loan processing unit, and a builders'
control group. The facilities,  equipment and personnel support for the mortgage
lending operation make the non-interest  expenses much higher than those of most
other banks in the Bank's  "peer group"  which  generally do not have  extensive
mortgage  lending  units.  The fee income  generated  from the mortgage  lending
operations more than offsets the added expenses.  See  "Management's  Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Interest Margin."

     The following table  summarizes the Bank's  non-interest  expense for 1996,
1995 and 1994.
                                             NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
                                           Years ended December 31,
                                   -------------------------------------
                                    1996            1995            1994
                                   ------          ------          ------
                                          (In thousands of dollars)

Salaries and benefits              $4,781          $3,906          $3,346
Occupancy expenses                    528             502             473
Furniture and equipment expenses      464             373             303
Other operating expense             1,830           1,856           1,602
                                   ------          ------          ------
                                  $ 7,603          $6,637          $5,724
                                  =======          ======          ======
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT  OF  BANCORP

Directors

     The Board of Directors of Bancorp  currently  consists of the eight current
directors of Comstock,  all of which have been nominated for  re-election at the
Annual  Meeting.  See "Proposal (1):  Election of Directors."  There is only one
class of directors for Bancorp.  Each director  serves a one year term until the
next annual meeting or until their  successors are duly elected and qualified or
have  been  appointed  by the  Board  of  Directors.  Approval  of the  Plan  of
Reorganization by the holders of Bank Common Stock at the Annual Meeting will be
deemed to be  approval  of such  persons as the  directors  of  Bancorp  without
further action. There are no arrangements or understandings  between Bancorp and
any person pursuant to which such person was elected as a director.

Executive Officers

     The Executive  Officers of Bancorp are:  Robert N. Barone,  Chairman of the
Board of Directors,  Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer;  and Larry A. Platz,
President and Secretary.

Compensation

     It is expected  that,  until such time as the  officers  and  directors  of
Comstock  devote  significant  time  to the  separate  management  of  Bancorp's
affairs,  which is not expected to occur until Bancorp becomes actively involved
in  additional  businesses,  no  separate  compensation  will be paid for  their
services to Bancorp.  However,  Bancorp may determine that such  compensation is
appropriate in the future and may, at such time, enter into employment contracts
with certain key executive officers.  See "Management of  Comstock--Compensation
and Employee Benefit Plans."

     If the  stockholders  of the Bank approve the  Reorganization  set forth in
Proposal (3) to this Proxy Statement--Prospectus, Bancorp will assume the Bank's
Employment  Agreements with Robert Barone and Larry Platz on  substantially  the
same terms as now in effect, except that a "change of control" will be deemed to
have occurred if (i) Bancorp is involved in merger or other acquisition in which
Bancorp is not the surviving entity,  (ii) shares  representing  greater than or
equal to forty  percent of the voting power of Bancorp are acquired by a person,
entity or group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) through
a transaction or series of  transactions,  or (iii) a majority of the members of
Bankcorp's  Board of Directors  elected at an annual meeting of the stockholders
of Bancorp are replaced,  are removed  without cause or resign during the period
commencing at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  at which the directors  were
elected  and  ending  after the next  annual  meeting of  stockholders  at which
directors  of  Bancorp  are  elected.  See  "Executive  Compensation--Employment
Agreements."
<PAGE>
Employee Benefit Plans

     Under the terms of the Plan of  Reorganization,  the  Incentive  Plan,  the
Directors' Plan and the Comstock Bank Payroll Deduction Stock Purchase Plan will
be assumed by Bancorp. All outstanding options to purchase shares of Bank Common
Stock granted pursuant to the Incentive Plan or the Directors' Plan will become,
as adjusted for the  two-for-one  share  exchange ratio set forth in the Plan of
Reorganization,  options to purchase the same number of shares of Bancorp Common
Stock on the same terms,  conditions and exercise price as the original  options
granted.    See   "Proposal    (1):    Election   of    Directors;"    Executive
Compensation--Employment   Agreements;"   "Stock  Option  and  Employee  Benefit
Plans--401(k)   Plan;"   "--Deferred   Compensation;"   and  "--Life   Insurance
Arrangements."

MANAGEMENT  OF  COMSTOCK

Directors

     For  information  with respect to nominees for election as directors of the
Bank  at  the  Annual  Meeting,   including  their  age,  business   experience,
compensation paid by the Bank, stock ownership, and service on committees of the
Board of Directors, see "Proposal (1): Election of Directors."

Executive Officers

     The  Reorganization  will not  result  in any  change  of the  officers  of
Comstock.  The age at December 31, 1996 and position  held with the Bank of each
person currently serving as an Executive Officer of Comstock is set forth below.
In addition, a brief biography of each individual is provided.

Name                 Age      Position
- ----------------     ---      -----------------------------------------------
Robert N. Barone     52       Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer
Larry A. Platz       58       President and Secretary

     Robert N. Barone, age 52, has served as Chairman, CEO, and Treasurer of the
Bank since March, 1984. Prior to that, he was a First Vice-President and CFO for
American Federal Savings & Loan of Nevada (now Norwest),  Associate Professor of
Finance in the College of  Business at the  University  of Nevada,  Reno,  and a
vice-president at a savings and loan  association,  and prior to that at a large
commercial  bank in Cleveland,  Ohio. Mr. Barone holds a Ph.D. in Economics from
Georgetown University, Washington, D.C.

     Larry A. Platz,  age 58, has served as President  and Secretary of the Bank
since March,  1984. Prior to that, he was a  Vice-President  of American Federal
Savings & Loan of Nevada (subsequently  purchased by Norwest Bank) and President
of one of  that  institution's  subsidiaries.  In the  1970's  Mr.  Platz  was a
vice-president  for  World  Savings  & Loan of  California.  Mr.  Platz  holds a
Master's degree from the University of Southern California.
<PAGE>
Compensation and Employee Benefit Plans

     For a discussion of the compensation paid to certain Executive  Officers of
Comstock, employment agreements, and a description of the material benefit plans
and programs  with  respect to these  Executive  Officers,  see  "Proposal  (1):
Election of Directors;" "Executive Compensation--Employment  Agreements;" "Stock
Option Plans and Employee Benefits--401(k) Plan;" "--Deferred Compensation;" and
"--Life Insurance Arrangements."

STOCKHOLDER  PROPOSALS  FOR THE 1998  ANNUAL  MEETING

     Bancorp plans to hold its 1998 annual meeting in April,  1998. In order for
a stockholder proposal to be included in next year's proxy statement, it must be
received by the  Secretary  of Bancorp at its  offices at 6275 Neil Road,  Reno,
Nevada,  89511 by November 29, 1997. If the  Reorganization  is not consummated,
such  proposals  must be  received  by the  Secretary  of the Bank at the  above
address.

LEGAL MATTERS

     The  validity  of the  shares  of  Bancorp  Common  Stock to be  issued  in
connection  with the  Reorganization  will be passed upon for Bancorp by the law
firm of Benesch, Friedlander, Coplan & Aronoff LLP, Cleveland, Ohio.

     Additionally,  certain of the tax  consequences of the Merger to holders of
Bank Common Stock will be passed upon by Benesch, Friedlander,  Coplan & Aronoff
LLP, on behalf of the Bank. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."

EXPERTS

     The  financial  statements of the Bank as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and
for each of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1996,  included in
this Proxy Statement--Prospectus,  which are referred to and made a part of this
Proxy  Statement--Prospectus,  have been  audited by  Kafoury,  Armstrong & Co.,
independent  auditors,  as stated in their  report  appearing  herein and in the
Proxy  Statement--Prospectus,  and have been so included  in  reliance  upon the
report of such firm given  upon their  authority  as experts in  accounting  and
auditing.

OTHER  BUSINESS

     The Board of Directors of the Bank knows of no other  business which may be
presented for consideration at the Annual Meeting. However, if any other matters
come before such meeting,  the persons  named in the enclosed  proxy may vote in
their discretion on such matters.
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS

     A copy of the Annual Report containing financial statements at December 31,
1996 and 1995 and for each of the three years in the period  ended  December 31,
1996, along with the opinion of Kafoury, Armstrong & Co., accompanies this Proxy
Statement--Prospectus. An additional copy of the Annual Report will be furnished
without charge to stockholders upon request.

     The Bank has filed an annual  report on Form F-2 for its fiscal  year ended
December 31, 1996 with the FDIC. Stockholders may obtain, free of charge, a copy
of such  annual  report  (excluding  exhibits)  by writing to Robert N.  Barone,
Comstock Bank, 6275 Neil Road, Reno, Nevada 89511.

     TO ASSURE THAT YOUR SHARES ARE  REPRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL  MEETING,  PLEASE
SIGN, DATE AND PROMPTLY RETURN THE  ACCOMPANYING  PROXY CARD IN THE POSTAGE PAID
ENVELOPE PROVIDED.

                                              By Order of the Board of Directors



                                              Robert N. Barone, Chairman of the 
                                              Board of Directors and Chief 
                                              Executive Officer

Reno, Nevada
April   , 1997                                Larry A. Platz, President
<PAGE>
                               COMSTOCK BANK
                     DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                                                   Page No.
                                                                   --------

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT                                         F-1

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 Statements of Financial Condition                                   F-2
 Statements of Income                                                F-3
 Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity                    F-4 - F-6
 Statements of Cash Flows                                         F-6 - F-7
 Notes to Financial Statements                                    F-8 - F-25
<PAGE>
                       INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT



The Board of Directors and Stockholders
  of Comstock Bank


    We have  audited the  accompanying  statements  of  financial  condition  of
Comstock  Bank as of December 31, 1996 and 1995,  and the related  statements of
income,  changes in stockholders'  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial  statements are the
responsibility  of the Bank's  management.  Our  responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion,  the financial  statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Comstock Bank as of December
31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of their  operations and their cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Kafoury, Armstrong & Co.

Carson City, Nevada
January 10, 1997

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                                COMSTOCK BANK
                      STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                          December 31, 1996 and 1995


                                    ASSETS
                                                        1996             1995

Cash and due from banks                            $  6,738,000     $  9,610,000
  (non-interest bearing)
Federal funds sold                                   13,593,000        1,472,000
Interest-bearing deposits in domestic 
  financial institutions                              1,498,000        1,785,000
Trading account securities - Note 3                      28,000           35,000
Investment securities (market value of 
  $17,146,000 and $14,404,000 in 1996 
  and 1995, respectively) - Note 4                   17,223,000       14,483,000
Federal Home Loan Bank stock                            378,000          320,000
Loans held for sale - Note 5                          7,806,000        9,546,000
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 
  of $857,000 and $665,000 in 1996 and 1995, 
  respectively - Note 5                              87,861,000       76,532,000
Premises and equipment, net - Note 6                  6,447,000        5,960,000
Accrued interest receivable                             840,000          752,000
Other assets - Note 7                                 2,568,000        2,310,000
                                                   ------------     ------------
        Total Assets                               $144,980,000     $122,805,000
                                                   ============     ============

                     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Deposits:
  Demand deposits (non-interest bearing)           $ 26,334,000     $ 24,097,000
  Savings, money market and NOW accounts             51,717,000       44,987,000
  Time deposits, under $100,000                      33,958,000       28,930,000
  Time deposits, $100,000 and over                   19,295,000       13,155,000
                                                    -----------      -----------
        Total Deposits                              131,304,000      111,169,000

Accrued interest payable                                189,000          162,000
Accounts payable and accrued expenses                   478,000          541,000
Income taxes payable                                       -              48,000
Line of credit payable - Note 8                            -                -
                                                    -----------      -----------
        Total Liabilities                           131,971,000      111,920,000
                                                    -----------      -----------
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock,  $.50 par value;  6,000,000  
    shares  authorized,  2,117,634  and
    2,115,534  shares  issued and outstanding
    at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively       1,059,000        1,058,000
  Paid-in surplus                                     7,167,000        7,148,000
  Unrealized gain (loss) on securities 
    available-for-sale, net of applicable 
    deferred income taxes                                (9,000)        (21,000)
  Retained earnings                                   4,792,000        2,700,000
                                                     -----------      ----------
        Total Stockholders' Equity                   13,009,000       10,885,000
                                                     ----------       ----------
        Total Liabilities and 
          Stockholders' Equity                     $144,980,000     $122,805,000
                                                   ============     ============

                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                 Years Ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994



                                          1996           1995           1994

Interest income:
 Interest and fees on loans           $13,176,000    $11,503,000     $7,935,000
 Interest on investment and 
   trading securities:
   Taxable                                751,000        754,000        653,000
   Exempt from federal income tax         124,000         85,000         69,000
 Interest on federal funds sold           708,000        356,000        356,000
 Interest on deposits with banks          109,000        116,000        121,000
                                       ----------     ----------      ---------
        Total Interest Income          14,868,000     12,814,000      9,134,000
                                       ----------     ----------      ---------
Interest expense:
 Interest on deposits                   4,418,000      3,697,000      2,247,000
 Interest on line of credit                16,000        114,000         49,000
                                        ---------      ---------      ---------
        Total Interest Expense          4,434,000      3,811,000      2,296,000
                                        ---------      ---------      ---------
Net interest income                    10,434,000      9,003,000      6,838,000
Provision for credit losses              (250,000)      (270,000)      (105,000)
                                       ----------      ---------      ---------
Net interest income after 
  provision for credit losses          10,184,000      8,733,000      6,733,000
                                       ----------      ---------      ---------
Other income:
 Service charges on deposit accounts      265,000        261,000        260,000
 Gain (loss) on sale of 
   investment securities                  (19,000)        (6,000)       (28,000)
 Gain (loss) on sale of 
   trading securities                       6,000        (41,000)       104,000
 Other                                    162,000         64,000         71,000
                                          -------        -------        -------
        Total Non-Interest Income         414,000        278,000        407,000
                                          -------        -------        -------
Other expense:
 Salaries and employee benefits         4,781,000      3,906,000      3,346,000
 Occupancy expenses                       528,000        502,000        473,000
 Furniture and equipment expense          464,000        373,000        303,000
 Other operating expenses - Note 9      1,830,000      1,856,000      1,602,000
                                        ---------      ---------      ---------
        Total Non-Interest Expense      7,603,000      6,637,000      5,724,000
                                        ---------      ---------      ---------
Income before income taxes              2,995,000      2,374,000      1,416,000
Income tax expense - Note 10              903,000        769,000        422,000
                                        ---------      ---------      ---------
Net income                            $ 2,092,000    $ 1,605,000     $  994,000
                                      ===========    ===========     ==========
Primary earnings per share 
  - Note 12                           $       .94    $       .85     $      .57
                                      ===========    ===========     ==========

                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                          COMSTOCK BANK STATEMENTS OF
                        CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                         Years Ended December 31, 1996,
                                 1995, and 1994

                                          Common Stock            
                                       ------------------        Paid-In
                                        Shares      Amount       Surplus
                                       ---------   --------     ----------

Balances, December 31, 1993            1,527,771   $764,000     $4,109,000

 Net income                                    -          -              -
 Sale of common stock                    126,500     63,000        612,000
 Dividends declared                            -          -              -
 Change in unrealized gain (loss)
   on securities available-for-sale,
   net of applicable deferred income
   taxes of $128,000                           -          -              -
                                       ---------    -------      ---------
Balances, December 31, 1994            1,654,271    827,000      4,721,000

 Net income                                    -          -              -
 Sale of common stock                    295,868    148,000      1,373,000
 Stock dividends declared - Note 11      165,395     83,000      1,054,000
 Change in unrealized gain (loss)
   on securities available-for-sale,
   net of applicable deferred income
   taxes of $117,000                           -          -              -
                                       ---------  ---------      ---------
Balances, December 31, 1995            2,115,534  1,058,000      7,148,000
                                               
 Net income                                    -          -              -
 Sale of common stock                      2,100      1,000         19,000
 Change in unrealized gain (loss)
   on securities available-for-sale,
   net of applicable deferred income
   taxes of $6,000                             -          -              -
                                       ---------  ---------     ----------
Balances, December 31, 1996            2,117,634  1,059,000     $7,167,000
                                       =========  =========     ==========

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                             Unrealized Gain (Loss)
                                  on Securities
                               Available-For-Sale,
                                  Net of Total
 Retained                     Applicable Deferred              Stockholders'
 Earnings                         Income Taxes                    Equity
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 1,650,000                        $       -                    $ 6,523,000

    994,000                                -                        994,000
          -                                -                        675,000
   (412,000)                               -                       (412,000)



          -                         (248,000)                      (248,000)
- -----------                     -------------                    -----------
  2,232,000                         (248,000)                     7,532,000

  1,605,000                                -                      1,605,000
          -                                -                      1,521,000
 (1,137,000)                               -                              -



          -                          227,000                        227,000
- -----------                     -------------                    ----------
  2,700,000                          (21,000)                    10,885,000

  2,092,000                                -                      2,092,000
          -                                -                         20,000



          -                           12,000                         12,000
- -----------                        ----------                   -----------
$ 4,792,000                        $  (9,000)                   $13,009,000
===========                        ==========                   ===========

                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         Years Ended December 31, 1996,
                          1995, and 1994 (Page 1 of 2)


                                          1996           1995           1994
                                      -----------    -----------     ----------
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net income                           $ 2,092,000    $ 1,605,000     $  994,000
 Adjustments to reconcile net income
   to net cash provided by operating
   activities:
     Provision for credit losses          250,000        270,000        105,000
     Depreciation and amortization        568,000        321,000        303,000
     Net (gain)loss on sales of 
       investment securities               19,000          6,000         28,000
     Net (gain) loss on sales of 
       trading securities                  (6,000)        41,000       (104,000)
     Increase (decrease) in deferred taxes 
       due to change in unrealized loss on 
       securities available-for-sale       (6,000)      (117,000)       128,000
     Purchases of trading securities            -     (3,885,000)    (6,235,000)
     Proceeds from sales of 
       trading securities                  13,000      3,869,000      6,329,000
     Net (increase) decrease in:
       Accrued interest receivable        (88,000)      (235,000)      (243,000)
      Other assets                       (259,000)      (616,000)      (591,000)
      Loans held for sale               2,777,000      1,816,000      6,940,000
     Net increase (decrease) in:
      Accrued interest payable             27,000         48,000         30,000
      Accounts payable and accrued 
        expenses                          (63,000)       258,000        (46,000)
      Income taxes payable                (48,000)        16,000         32,000
      Deferred gain on sale of 
        real estate                             -              -        (78,000)
                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
        Net Cash Provided (Used) By
          Operating Activities          5,276,000      3,397,000      7,592,000
                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
 Net change in interest bearing deposits 
   in domestic financial institutions     287,000       (285,000)       845,000
 Proceeds from sales of available-
   for-sale securities                  4,647,000      3,486,000      1,992,000
 Proceeds from maturities of 
   available-for-sale securities        4,029,000      2,350,000        507,000
 Purchases of available-for-sale 
   securities                          (8,768,000)    (3,661,000)    (5,946,000)
 Purchases of held-to-maturity 
   securities                          (3,157,000)      (655,000)    (1,038,000)
 Proceeds from maturities of 
   held-to-maturity securities            506,000        218,000              -
 Net change in loans held to maturity (12,616,000)   (18,593,000)   (23,626,000)
 Purchases of premises and 
   equipment, net                      (1,052,000)    (3,560,000)      (419,000)
 Purchase of Federal Home 
   Loan Bank stock                        (58,000)       (20,000)      (121,000)
                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
        Net Cash Provided (Used) By
          Investing Activities        (16,182,000)   (20,720,000)   (27,806,000)
                                      ------------   ------------   ------------

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         Years Ended December 31, 1996,
                          1995, and 1994 (Page 2 of 2)

                                          1996           1995           1994
                                      -----------    -----------     ----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
 Net change in demand deposits, 
   savings, money market and 
   NOW accounts                       $ 8,967,000    $10,272,000     $  931,000
 Net change in time deposits           11,168,000      7,893,000     15,118,000
 Proceeds of line of credit payable             -              -      2,000,000
 Payments on line of credit payable             -     (2,000,000)             -
 Proceeds from sale of common stock, net   20,000      1,521,000        675,000
 Dividends paid                                 -       (108,000)      (380,000)
                                       ----------     -----------     ----------
        Net Cash Provided (Used) By
          Financing Activities         20,155,000     17,578,000     18,344,000
                                       ----------     -----------    -----------
        Increase (Decrease) In Cash
          and Cash Equivalents          9,249,000        255,000     (1,870,000)

Cash and cash equivalents:
 Beginning of year                     11,082,000     10,827,000     12,697,000
                                       ----------     ----------     -----------
 End of year                         $ 20,331,000   $ 11,082,000   $ 10,827,000
                                     ============   ============   ============

                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994

NOTE 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

  Nature of Operations

        Comstock  Bank is a Nevada State  chartered  bank.  The Bank  provides a
    variety of financial services to individuals and corporate customers through
    its branches in Reno, Carson City, and Las Vegas, Nevada. The Bank's primary
    deposit  products are  non-interest-bearing  and  interest-bearing  checking
    accounts,  savings, money market, NOW accounts, and certificates of deposit.
    Its primary lending products are commercial loans related to the development
    of  single  family  homes  and  commercial  properties,  and  single  family
    residential  loans.  Accordingly,  its revenues are derived  primarily  from
    these  products.  The  accounting  and  reporting  policies of Comstock Bank
    conform  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and with general
    practice within the banking industry. The following is a summary of the most
    significant of these policies.

  Use of Estimates

        The  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
    accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management to make estimates and
    assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
    disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
    statements  and the reported  amounts of revenues  and  expenses  during the
    reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Material  estimates  that are  particularly  susceptible  to significant
    change  relate to the  determination  of the  allowance for credit losses on
    loans  and  the  valuation  of  real  estate  acquired  in  connection  with
    foreclosures   or  in   satisfaction   of  loans.  In  connection  with  the
    determination  of the  allowances  for losses on loans and  foreclosed  real
    estate,   management   obtains   independent   appraisals  for   significant
    properties.

        While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans
    and  foreclosed  real  estate,  future  additions to the  allowances  may be
    necessary  based on  changes  in local  economic  conditions.  In  addition,
    regulatory  agencies,  as an  integral  part of their  examination  process,
    periodically review the Bank's allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed
    real estate.  Such  agencies may require the Bank to recognize  additions to
    the allowances based on their judgments about information  available to them
    at the time of their examination. Because of these factors, it is reasonably
    possible that the allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed  real estate
    may change materially in the near term.

  Investment Securities

        Management  adopted Financial  Accounting  Standards Board (FASB) 115 on
    January 1, 1994; and, therefore,  determines the appropriate  classification
    of securities at the time of purchase.  If management has the intent and the
    ability at the time of purchase to hold securities until maturity,  they are
    classified  as held to maturity  and carried at amortized  historical  cost.
    Securities to be held for indefinite  periods of time and not intended to be
    held to maturity are  classified  as available  for sale and carried at fair

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994

    value.  Securities  held for indefinite  periods of time include  securities
    that management intends to use as part of its asset and liability management
    strategy  and that may be sold in  response  to changes in  interest  rates,
    resultant  prepayment  risk and other  factors  related to interest rate and
    resultant prepayment risk changes.

        Realized gains and losses on dispositions  are based on the net proceeds
    and the  adjusted  book value of the  securities  sold,  using the  specific
    identification method.  Unrealized gains and losses on investment securities
    available for sale are based on the  difference  between book value and fair
    value of each  security.  These gains and losses are  credited or charged to
    stockholders'  equity,  whereas  realized  gains and losses  are  charged to
    operations.  Premiums and discounts are recognized in interest  income using
    the interest method over the period to maturity.

  Loans

        Loans,   including  the   unamortized   balance  of  loan   origination,
    commitment,  and other  fees and costs are stated at the  principal  amounts
    outstanding.  Loans  held for sale are stated at the lower of cost or market
    value.  Current  market value is based on quoted  market  prices for similar
    loans.

  Loan Origination Fees

        Loan origination  fees, net of certain related costs, are being deferred
    and  amortized  over the expected  lives of the related  loans using methods
    that approximate the simple interest method.

  Allowance for Credit Losses

        An allowance for credit losses is provided through charges to operations
    in the  form of a  provision  for  credit  losses.  Loans  which  management
    believes are  uncollectible,  together with any accrued income,  are charged
    against this account with  subsequent  recoveries,  if any,  credited to the
    account.

        The  amount of the  current  provision  for  credit  losses  charged  to
    operations  is  determined  by  management's  evaluation  of the quality and
    inherent risks in the loan portfolio, economic conditions, and other factors
    which warrant current recognition.

  Premises and Equipment

        Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated  depreciation
    and  amortization,  which is determined  using the straight line method over
    estimated useful lives ranging from three to forty years.

  Nonperforming Assets

        Nonperforming assets are defined by the Bank as:

            Nonaccrual Loans - Loans on which the accrual of interest income and
            amortization of loan origination fees has been suspended.  A loan is
            placed on nonaccrual status when, in the opinion of management,  the
            future collectibility of interest and principal is in serious doubt.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994

            Other Real Estate  Owned - Real  estate  acquired in full or partial
            settlement  of loan  obligations.  When  property is  acquired,  any
            excess of the Bank's  recorded  investment  in the loan  balance and
            accrued income over the estimated net realized value of the property
            is charged  against  the  allowance  for credit  losses.  Other real
            estate  owned is  carried  at the  lower  of cost or net  realizable
            value.

  Income Taxes

        Provisions  for  income  taxes  are  based on  amounts  reported  in the
    statements of income (after exclusion of non-taxable income and inclusion of
    expenses  deductible  for federal income tax purposes which are not expenses
    for financial  reporting  purposes) and include  deferred taxes on temporary
    differences  in the  recognition of income and expense for tax and financial
    statement purposes.

  Interest Income on Loans

        Interest  on  loans is  accrued  and  credited  to  income  based on the
    principal  amount  outstanding.  The accrual of interest on loans (including
    unamortized fees) is discontinued when, in the opinion of management,  there
    is an  indication  that the borrower may be unable to meet  payments as they
    come due. Upon such discontinuance, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed.

  Dividends

        In accordance with Nevada Revised  Statutes,  the Bank's dividend policy
    prohibits payments of dividends in excess of its retained earnings.

  Cash Flow Information

        Cash and cash  equivalents  for  purposes  of the cash  flow  statements
    include cash and due from banks and federal funds sold.

  Prior Years' Reclassification

        The prior  years'  financial  statements  have been  reclassified  where
    applicable to conform to the current year's presentation.

NOTE 2 - Mortgage Contracts Serviced for Others :

        Mortgage contracts with unpaid balances of approximately $52,004,000 and
    $50,830,000  were being  serviced  for others at December 31, 1996 and 1995,
    respectively.

NOTE 3 - Trading Account Securities:

        Trading  account   securities  consist  of  U.S.  Treasury  and  hedging
    securities  with varying  maturity  dates.  The  investments  are carried at
    market value.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994

NOTE 4 - Investment Securities:

        The carrying amounts of investment securities as shown in the Statements
    of  Financial  Condition  of the Bank and their  approximate  fair values at
    December 31 were as follows:

                                             Available-for-Sale Securities
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross       Gross
                                     Amortized  Unrealized  Unrealized    Fair
                                        Cost       Gains      Losses      Value
                                     -------------------------------------------
December 31, 1996:
 U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities $7,542,000   $11,000    $27,000  $7,526,000
 State and Municipal Securities         668,000     5,000      2,000     671,000
 Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
   and Mortgage-backed Securities     3,537,000    13,000     14,000   3,536,000
 Other Debt Securities                        -         -          -           -
                                    -----------   -------    ------- -----------
                                    $11,747,000   $29,000    $43,000 $11,733,000
                                    ===========   =======    ======= ===========
December 31, 1995:
 U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities $8,678,000   $25,000    $15,000  $8,688,000
 State and Municipal Securities         810,000     6,000     14,000     802,000
 Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
   and Mortgage-backed Securities     2,187,000     4,000     36,000   2,155,000
 Other Debt Securities                        -         -          -           -
                                    -----------   -------    ------- -----------
                                    $11,675,000   $35,000    $65,000 $11,645,000
                                    ===========   =======    ======= ===========


                                             Held-to-Maturity Securities
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross       Gross
                                     Amortized  Unrealized  Unrealized    Fair
                                        Cost       Gains      Losses      Value
                                     -------------------------------------------
December 31, 1996:
 U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities $1,190,000  $      -    $70,000  $1,120,000
 State and Municipal Securities       2,458,000    18,000     17,000   2,459,000
 Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
   and Mortgage-backed Securities     1,842,000     5,000     13,000   1,834,000
 Other Debt Securities                        -         -          -           -
                                     ----------   -------   --------  ----------
                                     $5,490,000   $23,000   $100,000  $5,413,000
                                     ==========   =======   ========  ==========
December 31, 1995:
 U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities $1,158,000   $     -   $ 68,000  $1,090,000
 State and Municipal Securities       1,325,000     4,000     14,000   1,315,000
 Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
   and Mortgage-backed Securities       355,000         -      1,000     354,000
 Other Debt Securities                        -         -          -           -
                                     ----------   -------   --------  ----------
                                     $2,838,000   $ 4,000   $ 83,000  $2,759,000
                                     ==========   =======   ========  ==========

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

        The  amortized   cost  and   approximate   market  value  of  securities
    held-tomaturity and  available-for-sale at December 31, 1996, by contractual
    maturity, are shown below.

                                Held-to-Maturity           Available-for-Sale
                             -----------------------     -----------------------
                                         Approximate                 Approximate
                             Amortized      Market       Amortized      Market
                                Cost        Value           Cost        Value

    Due within one year       $220,000     $221,000     $2,285,000    $2,286,000
    Due after one year
      through five years     2,770,000    2,694,000      8,364,000     8,349,000
    Due after five years
      through ten years      1,970,000    1,960,000        883,000       878,000
    Due after ten years        530,000      538,000        215,000       220,000
                            ----------   ----------    -----------   -----------
                            $5,490,000   $5,413,000    $11,747,000   $11,733,000
                            ==========   ==========    ===========   ===========

        Maturities of  mortgage-backed  securities  are classified in accordance
    with the contractual  repayment  schedules.  Expected maturities will differ
    from the  contractual  maturities  reported  above,  because  debt  security
    issuers  may have the right to call or prepay  obligations  with or  without
    call or prepayment penalties.

        During 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board (FASB) offered a
    one time opportunity to reclassify  securities  among the  held-to-maturity,
    available-for-sale,  and trading  categories in conjunction  with adopting a
    new  implementation  guide.  Following  the  FASB's  announcement,  the Bank
    reclassified  securities with a book value of approximately  $1,691,000 from
    its held-to-maturity portfolio to its available-for-sale portfolio. No gains
    or losses were recognized on the transfer.

        Securities  held-to-maturity  with a  carrying  value  of  approximately
    $2,853,790 and $1,158,000 and securities  available-for-sale with a carrying
    value of  approximately  $10,913,381 and $9,471,000 were pledged to FHLB and
    Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

        Gross proceeds, gross realized gains, and gross realized losses on sales
    of available-for-sale Securities were:

                                                       1996           1995
                                                    ----------     ----------
        Gross proceeds:
          U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities       $2,627,000     $3,011,000
          State and Municipal Securities               820,000        125,000
          Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
            and Mortgage-backed Securities           1,200,000        350,000
          Other Debt Securities                              -              -
                                                    ----------     ----------
                                                    $4,647,000     $3,486,000
                                                    ==========     ==========

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                                                       1996           1995
                                                    ----------     ----------
        Gross realized gains:
          U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities          $14,000        $11,000
          State and Municipal Securities                     -              -
          Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
            and Mortgage-backed Securities                   -              -
          Other Debt Securities                              -              -
                                                       -------        -------
                                                       $14,000        $11,000
                                                       =======        =======
        Gross realized losses:
          U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities           $2,000         $7,000
          State and Municipal Securities                 5,000          3,000
          Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
            and Mortgage-backed Securities              26,000          7,000
          Other Debt Securities                              -              -
                                                       -------        -------
                                                       $33,000        $17,000
                                                       =======        =======

        The net realized  losses of $19,000 and $6,000 on the sale of securities
    resulted in income tax savings of  approximately  $7,000 and $2,000 for 1996
    and 1995, respectively.

NOTE 5 - Loans:

        Loans held for sale were as follows at December 31:

                                                       1996           1995
                                                    ----------     ----------
        Commercial and industrial                   $        -       $457,000
        Real estate mortgages                        7,806,000      9,089,000
                                                    ----------     ----------
                                                    $7,806,000     $9,546,000
                                                    ==========     ==========

        The Bank funded and  subsequently  sold  approximately  $139,506,000 and
    $153,000,000  of loans  held for sale in 1996 and  1995,  respectively.  The
    resulting gain and loss was insignificant in both years.

        Major loan classifications are as follows at December 31:

                                                       1996           1995
                                                    ----------     ----------
        Commercial and industrial                  $69,579,000    $54,513,000
        Real estate:
          Construction and land development         13,449,000     18,925,000
          Mortgages                                  3,936,000      2,173,000
        Installment                                  2,060,000      1,847,000
                                                    ----------     ----------
                  Subtotal                          89,024,000     77,458,000

        Deferred loan fees, net                       (306,000)      (261,000)
        Allowance for credit losses                   (857,000)      (665,000)
                                                   ------------   ------------
                  Net Loans                        $87,861,000    $76,532,000
                                                   ===========    ===========

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

        Loans with a carrying value of  approximately  $8,733,000 and $6,382,000
    at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, were pledged to secure the line
    of credit with FHLB (see Note 8).

        The Bank's business activity is with customers  primarily located within
    Northern Nevada.  The Bank grants  commercial,  real estate, and installment
    loans  to  these  customers.  Although  the  Bank  has  a  diversified  loan
    portfolio,  a  significant  portion of its  customers'  ability to repay the
    loans is dependent upon the economic  health of commercial  and  residential
    real estate  development.  Generally,  the loans are secured by real estate.
    The loans are expected to be repaid from cash flow or proceeds from the sale
    of the real estate of the borrower. The Bank's policy is to require adequate
    real estate and  improvement  collateral for all commercial and  residential
    real estate  development  credit extended.  The bank may be required to take
    legal action to enforce its rights to pledged collateral.

        A summary of the  changes  in the  allowance  for credit  losses for the
    years ended December 31 is as follows:

                                            1996         1995         1994
                                          --------     --------     --------
        Beginning balance                 $665,000     $428,000     $404,000

        Loans charged off                  (61,000)     (35,000)     (88,000)
        Loan recoveries                      3,000        2,000        7,000
                                          --------     --------     --------
                  Net Recoveries
                    (Charge-Offs)          (58,000)     (33,000)     (81,000)

        Provision charged to operations    250,000      270,000      105,000
                                          --------     --------     --------
                  Ending Balance          $857,000     $665,000     $428,000
                                          ========     ========     ========

        Impairment of loans having carrying values of $3,184,000 and $226,000 at
    December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, have been recognized in conformity
    with FASB  Statement No. 114,  Accounting  by Creditors for  Impairment of a
    Loan.  The total  allowance  for credit  losses  related to those  loans was
    $75,000 and $20,000,  respectively.  For impairment recognized in conformity
    with FASB  Statement No. 114, the entire change in present value of expected
    cash flows is reported as provision  for credit losses in the same manner in
    which impairment initially was recognized or as a reduction in the amount of
    provision for credit losses that otherwise would be reported.

        The average  recorded  investment  in impaired  loans was  $739,000  and
    $519,000 during 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  The amount of interest income
    recognized  during  1996 and 1995 was  approximately  $71,000  and  $47,000,
    respectively,  which was  approximately the same amount that would have been
    recognized  on a cash  basis.  If an impaired  loan is placed on  nonaccrual
    status,  all future collections while on nonaccrual status are recognized as
    a reduction of the loan  investment.  For impaired  loans not on  nonaccrual
    status, interest income is recognized when earned.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

        At December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, the Bank's significant credit risk
    was in commercial and  industrial,  and  construction  and land  development
    loans.  Of the total allowance for credit losses at the end of each of those
    three  years,  approximately  80 percent of the  allowance  was for loans in
    those two categories.  No significant  charge-offs are currently anticipated
    for the next year of operation.

NOTE 6 - Premises and Equipment:

        Premises and equipment consist of the following at December 31:
                                                       1996           1995
                                                    ----------     ----------
                           
        Land                                          $934,000       $934,000
        Buildings                                    4,710,000      4,351,000
        Furniture, fixtures, and equipment           2,685,000      2,115,000
                                                     ---------      ---------
                                                     8,329,000      7,400,000
          Less:  Accumulated depreciation
            and amortization                        (1,882,000)    (1,440,000)
                                                    ----------     ----------
                                                    $6,447,000     $5,960,000
                                                    ==========     ==========

        Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  was  approximately   $568,000,
    $321,000,  and $303,000 for the years ended  December  31, 1996,  1995,  and
    1994, respectively.

NOTE 7 - Other Assets:

        Other assets consist of the following at December 31:

                                                       1996           1995
                                                    ----------     ----------

        Cash surrender value, Officers' Life
          Insurance                                 $1,952,000     $1,546,000
        Other                                          616,000        764,000
                                                    ----------     ----------
                                                    $2,568,000     $2,310,000
                                                    ==========     ==========
NOTE 8 - Credit Arrangement:

        The Bank has a credit  agreement  with the Federal Home Loan Bank of San
    Francisco  (FHLB) whereby the Bank may borrow up to 30 percent of the Bank's
    assets,  with terms up to 240 months.  The above line of credit requires the
    Bank  to  maintain  certain  collateral   maintenance,   credit,  and  other
    requirements  as set forth by FHLB.  The line is secured by  securities  and
    mortgage  loans  pledged  to  the  FHLB  which  amounted  to   approximately
    $20,957,000 and $15,526,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

        At December 31, 1996 and 1995, no amounts were owed to FHLB.

        The Bank also has an  uncollateralized  credit  line with  Union Bank of
    California, whereby the Bank may borrow federal funds up to $2,000,000. This
    agreement  expires  May 31,  1997 and  requires  a  compensating  balance of
    $200,000. There were no borrowings on this line at December 31,1996 or 1995.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

NOTE 9 - Other Operating Expenses:

        The major  categories  of other  operating  expenses for the years ended
    December 31 are as follows:

                                            1996         1995         1994
                                          --------     --------     --------
        Data processing fees              $235,000     $259,000     $202,000
        Legal and consulting fees          226,000      185,000      122,000
        Insurance                           56,000       68,000       68,000
        Telephone                          121,000       98,000       78,000
        Office supplies                    359,000      328,000      297,000
        Advertising                        253,000      239,000      211,000
        Assessments                         16,000      110,000      169,000
        Other operating expenses           564,000      569,000      455,000
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------
                                        $1,830,000   $1,856,000   $1,602,000
                                        ==========   ==========   ==========

        All advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

NOTE 10 - Income Taxes:

        The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

                                            1996         1995         1994
                                          --------     --------     --------
    Current federal income tax expense    $990,000     $898,000     $432,000
    Deferred federal income tax expense    (87,000)    (129,000)     (10,000)
                                          ---------    ---------    ---------
                                          $903,000     $769,000     $422,000
                                          ========     ========     ========

        A  reconciliation  of income  tax at the  statutory  rate to the  Bank's
    effective rate is as follows:

                                            1996         1995         1994
                                          --------     --------     --------

        Statutory rate                      34.0%        34.0%        34.0%
        Tax-exempt life insurance income    -0.8%        -0.3%        -0.6%
        Tax loss in excess of book loss on
          sale of investment securities     -0.8%        -0.5%         0.0%
        Compensation on stock options        0.0%         0.0%        -0.2%
        Tax-exempt interest income          -1.4%        -1.2%        -1.7%
        Other, net                          -0.8%         0.4%        -1.7%
                                            -----        -----        -----
                                            30.2%        32.4%        29.8%
                                            =====        =====        =====

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

        Deferred income taxes result from temporary  differences in the basis of
    assets and liabilities for financial  reporting and income taxes. The source
    of these  temporary  differences  and their  resulting  effect on income tax
    expense are as follows:

                                            1996         1995         1994
                                          --------     --------     --------

        Depreciation                        $6,000       $5,000      $11,000
        Provision for loan losses          (85,000)     (92,000)     (36,000)
        Loan fees                          (15,000)     (21,000)     (12,000)
        Valuation of loans held for sale         -      (20,000)      20,000
        Deferred gain                            -            -       26,000
        Other, net                           7,000       (1,000)     (19,000)
                                          ---------   ----------    ---------
                                          $(87,000)   $(129,000)    $(10,000)
                                          =========   ==========    =========

        Significant  components  of the deferred tax  liabilities  and assets at
    December 31 are as follows:

                                                        1996           1995
                                                       -------        -------
        Deferred tax liabilities:
          Depreciation                                 $70,000        $58,000
                                                       -------        -------
        Deferred tax assets:
          Valuation of available-for-sale securities     5,000         11,000
          Excess of financial reporting provision
            for credit losses over tax basis           245,000        150,000
          Deferred fee income                           99,000         89,000
                                                       -------        -------
                                                       349,000        250,000
                                                       -------        -------
            Net deferred tax asset                    $279,000       $192,000
                                                      ========       ========
NOTE 11 - Stock Dividend:

        On February 22, 1995,  the Bank declared a 10% stock dividend to holders
    of record as of March 29, 1995. All  references to number of shares,  number
    of stock options,  and per share information,  except for authorized shares,
    have been adjusted to reflect the stock  dividend on a retroactive  basis to
    all prior periods presented.

NOTE 12 - Primary Earnings Per Share:

        Primary  earnings per share  amounts are computed  based on the weighted
    average number of shares actually  outstanding plus the shares that would be
    outstanding  assuming  conversion of the options which are  considered to be
    common stock  equivalents.  Primary  earnings  per share have been  restated
    retroactively for the year ended December 31, 1994 to reflect the  10% stock
    dividend (Note 11).

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

        Earnings per common share have been computed based on the following:

                                                Year Ended December 31
                                          ----------------------------------
                                            1996         1995         1994
                                          --------     --------     --------

        Net income                      $2,092,000   $1,605,000     $994,000
        Weighted average number of
          common shares outstanding      2,117,000    1,852,000    1,724,000
        Weighted average number of
          common and common equivalent
          shares outstanding             2,233,000    1,882,000    1,734,000

NOTE 13 - Stock Options:

        The  Bank  has  stock  option  plans  which  provide  for the  grant  of
    non-qualified  stock  options  to  certain  directors,   officers,  and  key
    employees.  At December 31, 1996,  there were 138,168 shares of common stock
    available for future grant or award and 406,016 of the  outstanding  options
    were  exercisable.  Options  are granted at prices not less than fair market
    value at the date of grant and for terms of up to ten years.

        Activity in the stock option plans were as follows:

                                                                 Weighted
                                                                  Average
                                                Number           Per Share
                                               of Shares        Option Price
                                               ---------        ------------
        Outstanding at December 31, 1993         289,666            4.77

        Granted                                    9,900            6.82
        Exercised                                  2,750            6.40
        Cancelled                                  3,850            6.70
                                                 -------            ----
        Outstanding at December 31, 1994         292,966            4.85

        Granted                                   31,600            6.930
        Exercised                                  4,050            6.875
        Cancelled                                      -               -
                                                  ------            -----
        Outstanding at December 31, 1995         320,516            5.03

        Granted                                   23,350           10.07
        Exercised                                      -               -
        Cancelled                                      -               -
                                                 -------           -----
        Outstanding at December 31, 1996         343,866            5.36
                                                 =======           =====

        The Bank has also issued stock  options to  shareholders  in  connection
    with the  issuance of stock.  The  activity  of those  stock  options was as
    follows:

        Outstanding at December 31, 1993          33,000            2.95

        Granted                                  103,400            7.73
        Exercised                                 33,000            2.95
        Cancelled                                      -               -
                                                 -------            ----

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                                 COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                                                                 Weighted
                                                                  Average
                                                Number           Per Share
                                               of Shares        Option Price
                                               ---------        ------------
        Outstanding at December 31, 1994         103,400            7.73

        Granted                                        -               -
        Exercised                                      -               -
        Cancelled                                      -               -
                                                 -------            ----
        Outstanding at December 31, 1995         103,400            7.73

        Granted                                        -               -
        Exercised                                      -               -
        Cancelled                                      -               -
                                                 -------            ----
        Outstanding at December 31, 1996         103,400            7.73
                                                 =======            ====

        The  Bank  applies  APB  Opinion  25 in  accounting  for its  fixed  and
    performance-based  stock compensation  plans.  Accordingly,  no compensation
    cost has  been  recognized  in 1996 or  1995.  Had  compensation  cost  been
    determined  on the basis of fair value  pursuant to FASB  Statement No. 123,
    net income and earnings per share would have been reduced as follows:

                                                       1996           1995
                                                    ----------     ----------
        Net income:
          As reported                               $2,092,000     $1,605,000
                                                    ==========     ==========
          Pro forma                                 $2,008,000     $1,530,000
                                                    ==========     ==========
        Primary earnings per share:
          As reported                                     $.94           $.85

          Pro forma                                       $.90           $.81

        The fair value of each option  grant is  estimated  on the date of grant
    using  an   option-pricing   model  with  the   following   weighted-average
    assumptions used for grants in 1996 and 1995:  dividend yield of 0.0 percent
    for both years;  expected  volatility of 30.45 percent,  risk-free  interest
    rate of 6.68 percent; and expected lives of 10 years.

NOTE 14 - Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

        Cash paid during the year for:      1996           1995          1994
                                         ----------     ----------    ----------
            Interest                     $4,407,000     $3,763,000    $2,266,000
                                         ==========     ==========    ==========
            Income Taxes                 $1,054,000     $  883,000    $  371,000
                                         ==========     ==========    ==========

NOTE 15 - Profit Sharing Plan:

        Effective  January 1, 1992, the Bank established a 401(K) Profit Sharing
    Plan  and  Trust  that  covers  all  eligible  employees.   The  Bank  makes
    discretionary  matching  contributions  based on 50 percent of the amount of
    salary deferral  elected by the employee,  up to 6 percent of the employee's
    salary.  Contributions to the plan charged to operations were  approximately
    $79,000,  $65,000,  and $53,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995,
    and 1994, respectively.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                                COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

NOTE 16 - Operating Leases:

        The Bank leases premises and equipment  under operating  leases expiring
    through 2011. The aggregate  future  minimum annual rental  commitment as of
    December 31, 1996, under operating leases having  noncancelable  lease terms
    in excess of one year are as follows:

                1997                              $  342,000
                1998                                 305,000
                1999                                 248,000
                2000                                 239,000
                2001                                 195,000
                Thereafter                           915,000
                                                  ----------
                                                  $2,244,000
                                                  ==========

        Rent  expense for the years ended  December  31,  1996,  1995,  and 1994
    amounted to approximately  $202,000,  $318,000, and $302,000,  respectively.
    Certain  operating leases provide for renewal options for periods of 5 to 15
    years at the fair rental value at the time of renewal.  In the normal course
    of business,  operating  leases are  generally  renewed or replaced by other
    leases.

NOTE 17 - Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk:

        In the ordinary  course of business,  the Bank enters into various types
    of transactions  which involve financial  instruments with off-balance sheet
    risk.  These  instruments  include  commitments to extend credit and standby
    letters of credit and are not reflected in the  accompanying  balance sheet.
    These transactions may involve, to varying degrees, credit and interest rate
    risk in excess of the amount, if any, recognized in the balance sheet.

        Management   does  not   anticipate   any  loss  to  result  from  these
    commitments;  however,  in case of default,  legal action may be required to
    enforce its rights to collateral  pledged to secure these  commitments.  The
    Bank's  off-balance sheet credit risk exposure is the contractual  amount of
    commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The Bank applies
    the same  credit  standards  to these  contracts  as it uses in its  lending
    process.
                                         1996           1995            1994
    Financial instruments whose       -----------    -----------     -----------
      contractual amount 
      represented risk:

        Commitments to extend credit  $56,716,000    $55,788,000     $53,041,000
                                      ===========    ===========     ===========
        Standby letters of credit     $ 3,729,000    $ 3,980,000     $ 1,408,000
                                      ===========    ===========     ===========

        Commitments  to extend  credit are  arrangements  to lend to  customers.
    These  commitments  have  specified  interest rates and generally have fixed
    expiration dates, but may be terminated by the Bank if certain conditions of
    the contract are violated.  These commitments are normally collateralized by
    real estate.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                                COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

        Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank
    to guarantee  the  performance  of a customer to a third party.  Credit risk
    arises in these transactions from the possibility that a customer may not be
    able to repay the Bank upon  default  of  performance.  Collateral  held for
    standby  letters  of credit  is based on an  individual  evaluation  of each
    customer's credit worthiness, but may include cash and securities.

NOTE 18 - Commitments and Contingencies:

        Because of the nature of its business,  the Bank is often a defendant in
    legal actions. Based upon advice of counsel,  management does not anticipate
    that the final outcome of any litigation in process,  or  anticipated,  will
    have a  materially  adverse  effect on the Bank's  operations  or  financial
    condition.

NOTE 19 - Related Party Transactions:

        The Bank has entered into  transactions  (including  loans and deposits)
    with  its  directors,   officers,   and   significant   shareholders.   Such
    transactions  were made in the ordinary course of business on  substantially
    the same terms and conditions,  including interest rates and collateral,  as
    those  prevailing at the same time for  comparable  transactions  with other
    customers,  and did not, in the  opinion of  management,  involve  more than
    normal credit risk or present other unfavorable features.

        The  following is a summary of the  aggregate  loan  activity  involving
    related party loans during 1994, 1995, and 1996.

            Balance, December 31, 1993                $1,257,000
              Additions                                  582,000
              Repayments                                (982,000)
                                                      -----------

            Balance, December 31, 1994                   857,000
              Additions                                  437,000
              Repayments                                (809,000)
                                                      -----------

            Balance, December 31, 1995                   485,000
              Additions                                  358,000
              Repayments                                (416,000)
                                                      -----------

            Balance, December 31, 1996                $  427,000
                                                      ===========
NOTE 20 - Regulatory Matters:

        The  Bank  is  subject  to  various  regulatory   capital   requirements
    administered  by the  federal  banking  agencies.  Failure  to meet  minimum
    capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory--and possibly additional
    discretionary--actions  by  regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could have a
    direct material  effect on the Bank's  financial  statements.  Under capital
    adequacy  guidelines  and the  regulatory  framework  for prompt  corrective
    action,  the  Bank  must  meet  specific  capital  guidelines  that  involve
    quantitative  measures  of  the  Bank's  assets,  liabilities,  and  certain
    off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.
    The  Bank's  capital  amounts  and   classification   are  also  subject  to
    qualitative  judgments by the regulators about components,  risk weightings,
    and other factors.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                                COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

        Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation  to  ensure  capital
    adequacy  require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth
    in the  table  below)  of  total  and  Tier I  capital  (as  defined  in the
    regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as
    defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December
    31, 1996, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy  requirements to which it
    is subject.

        As of December  31,  1996,  the most recent  notification  from  federal
    banking  agencies  categorized  the  Bank  as  well  capitalized  under  the
    regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well
    capitalized,  the  Bank  must  maintain  minimum  total  risk-based,  Tier I
    risk-based,  and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are
    no conditions or events since that  notification  that  management  believes
    have changed the institution's category.

        The Bank's  actual  capital  amounts  and ratios  are  presented  in the
    following table.

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>

                                                                                  To Be Well
                                                                               Capitalized Under
                                                        For Capital            Prompt Corrective
                                    Actual            Adequacy Purposes        Action Provisions
                               Amount     Ratio       Amount      Ratio       Amount        Ratio

As of December 31, 1996:

  Total Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets)   $13,872,000   13.5%      *$8,250,000  *8.0%     *$10,312,000   *10.0%

  Tier I Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets)    13,015,000   12.6%       *4,125,000  *4.0%       *6,187,000    *6.0%

  Tier I Capital
(to Average Assets)          13,015,000    9.2%       *5,684,000  *4.0%       *7,105,000    *5.0%

As of December 31, 1995:

  Total Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets)    11,176,000   12.6%       *7,081,000  *8.0%       *8,851,000   *10.0%

  Tier I Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets)    10,559,000   11.9%       *3,540,000  *4.0%       *5,311,000    *6.0%

  Tier I Capital
(to Average Assets)          10,559,000    8.6%       *4,926,000  *4.0%       *6,157,000    *5.0%
</TABLE>

     *  Denotes the symbol greater than or equal to. 

NOTE 21 - Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

        SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Values of Financial  Instruments,"
    requires  disclosure  of  information  about  the fair  value  of  financial
    instruments for which it is practicable to estimate a value,  whether or not
    recognized in the statement of condition.  Whenever possible,  quoted market
    prices are used to estimate fair values. In cases where quoted market prices

                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                                COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

    are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or
    other valuation techniques.  Those techniques are significantly  affected by
    the  assumptions  used,  including the discount rate and estimates of future
    cash flows.  Therefore,  in many cases, the estimated fair values may not be
    realized in an immediate sale of the instruments.

        SFAS No. 107 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial
    instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the aggregate of
    the estimated fair value amounts is not intended to represent the underlying
    value of the Corporation.

        The carrying amounts and the estimated fair values are as follows:

                                                 December 31, 1996
                                            -------------------------
                                              Carrying     Estimated
                                               Amount      Fair Value
        Assets:                             -----------   -----------
          Cash and cash equivalents         $20,331,000   $20,331,000
          Interest-bearing deposits           1,498,000     1,498,000
          Trading account securities             28,000        28,000
          Investment securities              17,223,000    17,146,000
          Federal Home Loan Bank Stock          378,000       378,000
          Loans receivable                   95,667,000    98,603,000
          Accrued interest receivable           840,000       840,000
                                             ----------    ----------
                  Total Asset Financial 
                    Instruments            $135,965,000  $138,824,000
                                           ============  ============
        Liabilities:
          Deposits                         $131,304,000  $131,341,000
          Accrued interest payable              189,000       189,000
          Accounts payable and accrued
            expenses                            479,000       479,000
                                           ------------  ------------
                  Total Liability Finan-
                    cial Instruments       $131,972,000  $132,009,000
                                           ============  ============

                                                 December 31, 1995
                                            -------------------------
                                              Carrying     Estimated
                                               Amount      Fair Value
        Assets:                             -----------   -----------
          Cash and cash equivalents         $11,082,000   $11,082,000
          Interest-bearing deposits           1,785,000     1,785,000
          Trading account securities             35,000        35,000
          Investment securities              14,483,000    14,404,000
          Federal Home Loan Bank Stock          320,000       320,000
          Loans receivable                   86,078,000    88,919,000
          Accrued interest receivable           752,000       752,000
                                           ------------  ------------
                  Total Asset Financial
                    Instruments            $114,535,000  $117,297,000
                                           ============  ============

                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                                COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                                                 December 31, 1995
                                            -------------------------
                                              Carrying     Estimated
                                               Amount      Fair Value
        Liabilities:                       ------------   -----------
          Deposits                         $111,169,000  $111,905,000
          Accrued interest payable              162,000       162,000
          Accounts payable and accrued
            expenses                            542,000       542,000
          Income taxes payable                   48,000        48,000
                                           ------------  ------------
                  Total Liability Finan-
                    cial Instruments       $111,921,000  $112,657,000
                                           ============  ============

        The  following  methods  and  assumptions  were  used  by  the  Bank  in
    estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The carrying amounts reported in the statement of condition for cash and
    cash equivalents approximate those assets' fair values.

  Interest-Bearing Deposits

        Fair  values  for   interest-bearing   deposits  in  domestic  financial
    institutions are based on quoted market prices,  where available.  If quoted
    market  prices are not  available,  fair  values are based on quoted  market
    prices of comparable instruments.

  Trading Account Securities

        Fair values for the Bank's trading  account  assets,  which also are the
    amounts recognized in the statement of condition, are based on quoted market
    prices.

  Investment Securities

        Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices,
    where available. If quoted market prices are not available,  fair values are
    based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

  Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

        Fair  values  for  federal  home loan bank  stock is based on cost which
    approximates market.

  Loans Receivable

        For variable-rate  loans that reprice frequently and with no significant
    change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying  amounts.  The fair
    values of  fixed-rate  mortgage  loans are based on quoted  market prices of
    similar loans sold,  adjusted for differences in loan  characteristics.  The
    fair values of other  fixed-rate  loans are estimated using  discounted cash
    flow analysis,  using interest rates  currently being offered for loans with
    similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.

                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                                COMSTOCK BANK
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

  Accrued Interest Receivable

        The carrying  amount  reported in the statement of condition for accrued
    interest receivable approximates its fair value.

  Deposit Liabilities

        The  carrying  amounts  for  interest-bearing  and  non-interest-bearing
    demand,   savings,   money  market,  and  NOW  accounts   approximate  those
    liabilities' fair values. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit
    are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest
    rates  currently  being offered on  certificates to a schedule of aggregated
    expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

  Accrued Interest Payable

        The carrying  amount  reported in the statement of condition for accrued
    interest payable approximates its fair value.

  Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses, and Other Short-Term Liabilities

        The carrying  amount reported in the statement of condition for accounts
    payable and accrued expenses,  and income taxes payable,  approximates those
    liabilities' fair values.

NOTE 22 - Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited):
                                                        Provision
                                                Net        for
                      Interest    Interest    Interest    Credit
Three Months Ended     Income      Expense     Income     Losses

 March 31, 1996      $3,441,000  $1,028,000  $2,413,000  $90,000
 June 30, 1996        3,512,000   1,108,000   2,405,000   60,000
 September 30, 1996   3,972,000   1,148,000   2,824,000   40,000
 December 31, 1996    3,943,000   1,150,000   2,792,000   60,000
                    -----------  ---------- ----------- --------
                    $14,868,000  $4,434,000 $10,434,000 $250,000
                    ===========  ========== =========== ========

 March 31, 1995      $2,694,000    $850,000  $1,844,000  $30,000
 June 30, 1995        3,207,000     948,000   2,260,000   60,000
 September 30, 1995   3,332,000   1,018,000   2,314,000   90,000
 December 31, 1995    3,581,000     995,000   2,585,000   90,000
                     ----------   ---------  ---------- --------
                    $12,814,000  $3,811,000  $9,003,000 $270,000
                    ===========  ==========  ========== ========
   Gain
(Loss) on
Available-
 for-Sale
Investment                Net                 Earnings
Securities              Income               Per Share
- ----------            ----------              ---------
 $14,000                $409,000                $.19
  (8,000)                383,000                 .17
  23,000                 653,000                 .29
 (48,000)                647,000                 .29
- ---------             ----------                ----
$(19,000)             $2,092,000                $.94
=========             ==========                ====

 $2,000                 $221,000                $.12
(16,000)                 400,000                 .22
(28,000)                 467,000                 .25
 36,000                  517,000                 .26
- --------              ----------                ----
$(6,000)              $1,605,000                $.85
========              ==========                ====

                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX A

                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

         This Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (this "Agreement"),  dated as
of February 26, 1997,  is made by and between  Comstock  Bank, a Nevada  banking
corporation having a business address of 6275 Neil Road, Reno, Nevada 89511 (the
"Bank"),  and Comstock Bancorp,  a Nevada bank holding company having a business
address of 6275 Neil Road, Reno, Nevada 89511 ("Bancorp").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, as of the date of this Agreement, the authorized capital stock
of the Bank consists of 6,000,000  shares of common stock, par value of $.50 per
share  ("Bank  Common  Stock"),  of which  _____________  shares  are issued and
outstanding.

         WHEREAS, as of the date of this Agreement, the authorized capital stock
of Bancorp  consists of 15,000,000  shares of common  stock,  par value $.01 per
share ("Bancorp  Common Stock"),  of which 100 shares are issued and outstanding
and held of record by the Bank.

         WHEREAS,  the  respective  Boards of  Directors of the Bank and Bancorp
have  determined  that it is in the best  interests  of the Bank and Bancorp and
their  respective  stockholders  that  Bancorp  acquire  all of the  issued  and
outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock in exchange for shares of Bancorp Common
Stock  pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement  and that Bank  shall  become a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp (the "Exchange").

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises and of the mutual
covenants, agreements, representations and warranties herein contained, the Bank
and Bancorp do hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                           APPROVAL AND FILING OF PLAN

         1.1  Approval.  This  Agreement  shall be submitted for approval by the
holders  of Bank  Common  Stock  at a  meeting  to be duly  called  and  held in
accordance with the By-Laws of the Bank and all applicable laws and regulations.

         1.2 Effective Time of the Exchange. The Exchange shall become effective
when a  properly  executed  certificate  of  share  exchange  and any  necessary
attachments thereto has been duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State
of Nevada,  which filing shall be made as soon as practicable upon  satisfaction
or waiver of the  conditions  set forth in Article IV hereof.  When used in this
Agreement,  the term "Effective Time" shall mean the date and time at which such
certificate of share exchange has been so filed.
<PAGE>
         1.3  Reservation  of Shares.  Bancorp will make  available a sufficient
number of shares of Bancorp Common Stock to effect the Exchange and the exercise
of options  and  warrants to purchase  shares of Bank Common  Stock  issued upon
conversion of options and warrants to purchase Bank Common Stock  outstanding at
the Effective Time.


                                   ARTICLE II

                          ACTIONS AT THE EFFECTIVE TIME

         2.1 Bank Common Stock.  At the Effective Time,  Bancorp shall,  without
any  further  action on its part or on the part of the  holders  of Bank  Common
Stock,  automatically  and by  operation of law acquire and become the owner for
all  purposes  of all  shares  of  Bank  Common  Stock  issued  and  outstanding
immediately  prior to the Effective  Time, and Bancorp shall be entitled to have
issued to it by the Bank a certificate or certificates representing such shares.
Thereafter,  Bancorp shall have full and exclusive  power to vote such shares of
Bank Common Stock, to receive dividends thereon and to exercise all rights of an
owner thereof.

         2.2 Bancorp Common Stock.  At the Effective Time, any shares of Bancorp
Common  Stock  which  may  have  been  previously  issued  and  are  outstanding
immediately  prior to the Effective Time shall be redeemed and retired and shall
thereafter constitute authorized and unissued shares of Bancorp Common Stock.

         2.3 Holders of Bank Common Stock. At the Effective Time, the holders of
the shares of Bank Common Stock issued and outstanding  immediately prior to the
Effective Time shall, without any further action on their part or on the part of
Bancorp,  automatically  and by  operation  of law cease to own such  shares and
shall instead become owners of two shares of Bancorp Common Stock for each share
of Bank  Common  Stock held by them  immediately  prior to the  Effective  Time.
Thereafter, such persons shall have full and exclusive power to vote such shares
of Bancorp Common Stock, to receive dividends thereon and to exercise all rights
of an owner thereof.

         2.4 Share  Certificates.  At the Effective Time, all previously  issued
and  outstanding  certificates  representing  shares of Bank Common  Stock shall
automatically  and by operation of law cease to represent  shares of Bank Common
Stock or any interest therein and each certificate  shall instead  represent the
ownership by the holder  thereof of an equal number of shares of Bancorp  Common
Stock.  No holder of a certificate  shall be entitled to vote the shares of Bank
Common Stock formerly  represented by such certificate,  or to receive dividends
thereon, or to exercise any other rights of ownership in respect thereof.

         2.5 Dissenting  Stockholders.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in Article II, any stockholder of the Bank properly exercizing dissenters rights
under Section 92A.380 of the Nevada Revised Statutes (the "NRS") shall have such
rights as provided in Section 3.2 of this Agreement and by the laws of the State
of Nevada.
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE III


                        ACTIONS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE TIME


         3.1 Bank  Common  Stock  Share  Certificates.  In  connection  with the
exchange of the issued and outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock for shares of
Bancorp Common Stock, it shall not be necessary for holders of Bank Common Stock
to exchange their existing certificates of Bank Common Stock for certificates of
Bancorp Common Stock. At the Effective Time,  holders of Bank Common Stock shall
automatically   become  holders  of  Bancorp  Common  Stock,   and  their  stock
certificates shall automatically represent the same number and type of shares of
Bancorp  Common Stock.  Additionally,  Bancorp shall  instruct its registrar and
transfer  agent to issue one share of Bancorp  Common  Stock for each issued and
outstanding  share of Bank Common  Stock to the holders of record of Bank Common
Stock  at  the  Effective  Time.   After  the  Effective  Time,  as  outstanding
certificates  of Bank  Common  Stock are  presented  for  transfer,  or upon the
request of any holder of certificates of Bancorp Common Stock,  new certificates
of Bancorp  Common Stock shall be issued by the registrar and transfer agent for
Bank Common Stock.  Any certificate  presented for transfer to a name other than
that in  which  the  surrendered  certificate  is  registered  must be  properly
endorsed and otherwise in proper form for transfer and  accompanied  by evidence
of payment of any applicable stock transfer or other taxes.

         3.2  Rights  to Fair  Value of  Shares.  If a holder  of shares of Bank
Common Stock  elects to dissent  from the  Exchange and demands  payment of fair
value of his,  her or its shares of Bank  Common  Stock in  accordance  with the
provisions of Sections  92A-300  through 92A-500 of the NRS concerning the right
of holders of Bank Common  Stock to dissent  from the  Exchange  (a  "Dissenting
Holder"),  any Bank  Common  Stock  held by such  Dissenting  Holder as to which
payment  of fair value has been so  demanded  ("Excluded  Shares")  shall not be
converted as described  in Article II, but shall,  from and after the  Effective
Time,  represent  only  the  right  to  receive  such  consideration  as  may be
determined to be due to such Dissenting  Holder  pursuant to the NRS;  provided,
however,  that each share of Bank Common Stock held by a  Dissenting  Holder who
shall,  after the Effective  Time,  withdraw demand for payment of fair value or
lose the right of  payment  of fair  value  with  respect  to his shares of Bank
Common Stock pursuant to the NRS shall not be deemed  Excluded  Shares but shall
be deemed to be converted,  as of the Effective  Time, into the right to receive
shares of Bancorp Common Stock in accordance with Article II.
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV


                      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EXCHANGE

         This  Agreement  and the  transactions  provided  for herein  shall not
become effective unless all of the following shall have occurred:

         4.1  Stockholder   Approval.   This  Agreement  and  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby  shall have been  approved by the  affirmative  vote of the
holders  of a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of Bank  Common  Stock at a
meeting of such stockholders duly called and held for such purpose in accordance
with the By-Laws of the Bank and all applicable laws and regulations.

         4.2  Approval of the  Commissioner.  Bancorp's  acquisition  of all the
issued and  outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock shall have been approved by
the  State  of  Nevada   Commissioner  of  Financial   Institutions  (the  "Bank
Commissioner")  in  accordance  with Title 55,  Chapter 666,  Section 125 of the
State of Nevada Revised Code.

         4.3 Notice to Federal Reserve Bank.  Bancorp shall have provided notice
of this  Agreement to the Federal  Reserve Bank of San  Francisco  (the "Reserve
Bank") in accordance  with 12 C.F.R.  Section  225.15 and the Reserve Bank shall
not have objected to the parties' consummation of the transactions  contemplated
hereby within thirty days after the date of the Reserve  Bank's  receipt of such
notice or,  alternatively,  the Reserve  Bank or the Board of  Governors  of the
Federal Reserve  System,  acting pursuant to Section 3(a)(1) of the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956, as amended,  shall have approved an  application of Bancorp
to become a bank  holding  company  upon the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  and a period of thirty days shall have elapsed
after the date of such approval.

         4.4 Registration  Statement. To the extent legally required, the shares
of  Bancorp  Common  Stock to be  issued to the  holders  of Bank  Common  Stock
pursuant to this  Agreement  shall have been  registered  or qualified  for such
issuance under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and all applicable state
securities laws pursuant to an effective registration statement or otherwise.

         4.5 Tax Opinion.  The Bank shall have received a favorable opinion from
its counsel,  satisfactory  in form and  substance to the Bank,  with respect to
certain federal income tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.

         4.6 Other  Consents  and  Approvals.  The Bank and  Bancorp  shall have
obtained all other  consents,  permissions  and  approvals and taken all actions
required by law and agreement,  or otherwise  deemed necessary or appropriate by
the Bank or Bancorp,  prior to the consummation of the transactions provided for
by this  Agreement and Bancorp's  having and  exercising all rights of ownership
with  respect  to all of the  outstanding  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock  to be
acquired by it hereunder.
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE V


                               TERMINATION OF PLAN

         5.1  Termination  by  the  Bank  or  Bancorp.  This  Agreement  may  be
terminated by either the Bank or Bancorp at any time before the  Effective  Time
in the event that:

                 (a)    Any  action,   suit,   proceeding   or  claim  has  been
                        instituted,   made  or   threatened   relating  to  this
                        Agreement   which   shall  make   consummation   of  the
                        transactions  contemplated by this Agreement inadvisable
                        in the opinion of the Bank or Bancorp;

                 (b)    The  payment  of fair  value for  shares of Bank  Common
                        Stock  by  Bancorp  to  holders  of  Bank  Common  Stock
                        exercising  dissenters'  rights would, in the reasonable
                        judgment of either the Bank or Bancorp, cause a material
                        diminution to the Bank's surplus capital; or

                 (c)    For any other reason  consummation  of the  transactions
                        contemplated  by this  Agreement is  inadvisable  in the
                        opinion of the Bank or Bancorp.

Such  termination  shall be  effected  by  written  notice by either the Bank or
Bancorp to the other of them,  and shall be  authorized or approved by the Board
of Directors  of the party  giving such notice.  Upon the giving of such notice,
this  Agreement  shall be terminated  and shall be of no further force or effect
and there shall be no liability  hereunder or on account of such  termination on
the part of the Bank or Bancorp or the Directors, officers, employees, agents or
stockholders  of  either  of  them.  In the  event of such  termination  of this
Agreement, the Bank and Bancorp shall each be responsible for their own fees and
expenses   incurred  in  connection   with  this   Agreement  and  the  proposed
transactions contemplated hereby. If either party hereto gives written notice of
termination to the other party pursuant to this Article V, the party giving such
written  notice  shall  simultaneously  furnish  a  copy  thereof  to  the  Bank
Commissioner.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                         COMPENSATION AND BENEFIT PLANS

         6.1 Adoption of Benefit  Plans.  At the Effective  Time,  Bancorp shall
adopt and assume  sponsorship of any stock option plan or restricted  stock plan
of the  Bank in  effect  at the  Effective  Time,  including  all of the  Bank's
obligations with respect to any outstanding  options,  stock or restricted stock
granted  pursuant  to  such  plans,  including,  without  limitation,  the  1992
Incentive Stock Option Plan of Comstock Bank, the 1992  Non-Employee  Directors'
Stock  Option  Plan  and  the  Comstock  Bank  Employee   Stock  Purchase  Plan.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this  Agreement,  Bancorp shall not
adopt and assume  sponsorship of the Comstock Bank 401(k) Plan. All  outstanding
options to purchase Bank Common Stock granted  pursuant to any stock option plan
of the Bank prior to the Effective  Time will become,  subject to the adjustment
for the  two-for-one  exchange  ratio set forth in this  Agreement,  options  to
purchase the same number of shares of Bancorp  Common Stock with the same terms,
conditions and exercise price as the original options granted, and all grants of
restricted  shares of Bank Common Stock granted pursuant to any restricted stock
plan of the Bank prior to the Effective  Time will,  subject to the  two-for-one
share  exchange ratio set forth in this  Agreement,  become grants of restricted
shares of Bancorp Common Stock.
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VII

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         7.1  Expenses.  The Bank and Bancorp shall pay the fees and expenses of
its respective  counsel,  accountants  and other experts and shall pay all other
costs  and  expenses   incurred  by  it  in  connection  with  the  negotiation,
preparation  and  execution  of  this  Agreement  and  the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         7.2 Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada without  reference to choice
of law principles.

         7.3  Notices.  Notices,  requests,  permissions,   waivers,  and  other
communications  hereunder  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been
duly given if signed by the  respective  persons giving them (in the case of any
corporation the signature shall be by an officer thereof) and delivered by hand,
deposited in the United States mail  (registered  or certified,  return  receipt
requested),  properly  addressed and postage prepaid,  or delivered by confirmed
facsimile:

         If to the Bank, to:

         Comstock Bank
         6275 Neil Road
         Reno, Nevada  89511
         Attention: Robert Barone
         Facsimile:  (702) 828-0377

         with a copy to:

         Benesch, Friedlander, Coplan & Aronoff LLP
         2300 BP America Building
         200 Public Square
         Cleveland, Ohio  44114
         Attention:  Michael J. Meaney
         Facsimile:  (216) 363-4588
<PAGE>
         If to Bancorp, to:

         Comstock Bancorp
         6275 Neil Road
         Reno, Nevada  89511
         Attention:  Robert Barone
         Facsimile: (702)828-0377

         with a copy to:

         Benesch, Friedlander, Coplan & Aronoff LLP
         2300 BP America Building
         200 Public Square
         Cleveland, Ohio  44114
         Attention:  Michael J. Meaney
         Facsimile:  (216) 363-4588

Such names and addresses may be changed by notice given in accordance  with this
Section 7.3.

         7.4 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement contains the entire understanding
of the parties  hereto with respect to the subject matter  contained  herein and
therein,   supersedes   and   cancels   all  prior   agreements,   negotiations,
correspondence, undertakings and communications of the parties, oral or written,
respecting  such  subject   matter.   There  are  no   restrictions,   promises,
representations, warranties, agreements or undertakings of any party hereto with
respect to the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement other than those set
forth herein or made hereunder.

         7.5 Headings;  References.  The Article, Section and paragraph headings
contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect
in any way the  meaning or  interpretation  of this  Agreement.  All  references
herein to "Articles" or "Sections"  shall be deemed to be references to Articles
or Sections hereof unless otherwise indicated.

         7.6  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  one or  more
counterparts and each counterpart shall be deemed to be an original,  but all of
which shall constitute one and the same original.

         7.7 Parties in Interest;  Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of
the rights,  interest or obligations  hereunder  shall be assigned by any of the
parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other party.  Subject to
the  preceding  sentence  this  Agreement  shall  inure to the benefit of and be
binding  upon the Bank and Bancorp  and shall  inure to the sole  benefit of the
Bank and Bancorp and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Nothing
in this  Agreement,  express or  implied,  is  intended to confer upon any other
person any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
         7.8  Severability;  Enforcement.  The invalidity of any portion of this
Agreement  shall not  affect  the  validity,  force or  effect of the  remaining
portions hereof. If it is ever held that any restriction  hereunder is too broad
to permit  enforcement  of such  restriction to its fullest  extent,  each party
agrees that a court of competent  jurisdiction  may enforce such  restriction to
the maximum extent  permitted by law, and each party hereby  consents and agrees
that such scope may be judicially modified accordingly in any proceeding brought
to enforce such restriction.

         7.9  Amendments.  This Agreement may only be amended or modified at any
time in writing by the Boards of Directors of the Bank and Bancorp.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Bank  and  Bancorp  have  each  caused  this
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization to be executed on their behalf.

                                                 COMSTOCK BANK


                                                 /s/ Robert N. Barone
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 By: Robert N. Barone
                                                 Its: Chairman and Chief 
                                                      Executive Officer


                                                 COMSTOCK BANCORP


                                                 /s/ Robert N. Barone
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 By: Robert N. Barone
                                                 Its: Chairman and Chief 
                                                      Executive Officer
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX B

                          DISSENTERS' APPRAISAL RIGHTS


         92A.300  DEFINITIONS.  -- As used in Nevada  Revised  Statutes  ("NRS")
92A.300 to 92A.500,  inclusive, unless the context otherwise requires, the words
and terms  defined  in NRS  92A.305 to  92A.335,  inclusive,  have the  meanings
ascribed to them in those sections.

         92A.305  "BENEFICIAL STOCKHOLDER" DEFINED. -- "Beneficial  stockholder"
means a person who is a beneficial  owner of shares held in a voting trust or by
a nominee as the stockholder of record.

         92A.310  "CORPORATE  ACTION" DEFINED.  -- "Corporate  action" means the
action of a domestic corporation.

         92A.315 "DISSENTER"  DEFINED. -- "Dissenter" means a stockholder who is
entitled to dissent from a domestic  corporation's  action under NRS 92A.380 and
who  exercises  that  right when and in the manner  required  by NRS  92A.410 to
92A.480, inclusive.

         92A.320  "FAIR  VALUE"  DEFINED.  -- "Fair  value,"  with  respect to a
dissenter's  shares,  means  the  value of the  shares  immediately  before  the
effectuation  of the  corporate  action  to  which  he  objects,  excluding  any
appreciation or  depreciation  in  anticipation  of the corporate  action unless
exclusion would be inequitable.

         92A.325 "STOCKHOLDER"  DEFINED. -- "Stockholder" means a stockholder of
record or a beneficial stockholder of a domestic corporation.

         92A.330  "STOCKHOLDER  OF RECORD"  DEFINED.  -- "Stockholder of record"
means the  person in whose  name  shares  are  registered  in the  records  of a
domestic  corporation  or the  beneficial  owner of shares to the  extent of the
rights granted by a nominee's certificate on file with the domestic corporation.

         92A.335 "SUBJECT  CORPORATION"  DEFINED. -- "Subject corporation" means
the domestic  corporation  which is the issuer of the shares held by a dissenter
before the corporate action creating the dissenter's rights becomes effective or
the  surviving or acquiring  entity of that issuer  after the  corporate  action
becomes effective.

         92A.340  COMPUTATION OF INTEREST.  -- Interest  payable pursuant to NRS
92A.300 to 92A.500,  inclusive,  must be computed from the effective date of the
action  until the date of payment,  at the average  rate  currently  paid by the
entity on its principal  bank loans or, if it has no bank loans,  at a rate that
is fair and equitable under all of the circumstances.
<PAGE>
         92A.350 RIGHTS OF DISSENTING  PARTNER OF DOMESTIC LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP.
- -- A  partnership  agreement  of  a  domestic  limited  partnership  or,  unless
otherwise  provided in the  partnership  agreement,  an  agreement  of merger or
exchange,  may provide that  contractual  rights with respect to the partnership
interest  of a  dissenting  general  or limited  partner  of a domestic  limited
partnership  are  available for any class or group of  partnership  interests in
connection with any merger or exchange in which the domestic limited partnership
is a constituent entity.

         92A.360  RIGHTS OF  DISSENTING  MEMBER OF DOMESTIC  LIMITED-  LIABILITY
COMPANY.  -- The articles of organization  or operating  agreement of a domestic
limited-liability  company or,  unless  otherwise  provided  in the  articles of
organization  or operating  agreement,  an agreement of merger or exchange,  may
provide  that  contractual  rights with  respect to the interest of a dissenting
member are  available  in  connection  with any merger or  exchange in which the
domestic limited-liability company is a constituent entity.

         92A.370 RIGHTS OF DISSENTING MEMBER OF DOMESTIC NONPROFIT  CORPORATION.

         1. Except as otherwise  provided in  subsection 2 and unless  otherwise
provided  in the  articles  or bylaws,  any member of any  constituent  domestic
nonprofit  corporation  who voted against the merger may,  without prior notice,
but  within  30 days  after  the  effective  date  of the  merger,  resign  from
membership  and is  thereby  excused  from all  contractual  obligations  to the
constituent or surviving corporations which did not occur before his resignation
and is thereby  entitled to those  rights,  if any,  which would have existed if
there had been no merger and the  membership  had been  terminated or the member
had been expelled.

         2. Unless  otherwise  provided  in its  articles  of  incorporation  or
bylaws,  no member  of a  domestic  nonprofit  corporation,  including,  but not
limited to, a cooperative  corporation,  which  supplies  services  described in
chapter  704 of NRS to its  members  only,  and no  person  who is a member of a
domestic  nonprofit  corporation as a condition of or by reason of the ownership
of an interest in real property,  may resign and dissent  pursuant to subsection
1.

         92A.380 RIGHT OF STOCKHOLDER TO DISSENT FROM CERTAIN  CORPORATE ACTIONS
AND TO OBTAIN PAYMENT FOR SHARES. --

         1.  Except  as  otherwise   provided  in  NRS  92A.370  to  92A.390,  a
stockholder is entitled to dissent from, and obtain payment of the fair value of
his shares in the event of any of the following corporate actions:

                 (a)     Consummation  of a plan of merger to which the domestic
                         corporation is a party:

                        (1)     If approval by the  stockholders is required for
                                the merger by NRS 92A.120 to 92A.160, inclusive,
                                or  the  articles  of  incorporation  and  he is
                                entitled to vote on the merger; or
<PAGE>
                        (2)     If the domestic  corporation is a subsidiary and
                                is merged with its parent under NRS 92A.180.

                 (b)     Consummation  of  a  plan  of  exchange  to  which  the
                         domestic  corporation  is a  party  as the  corporation
                         whose subject owner's interests will be acquired, if he
                         is entitled to vote on the plan.

                 (c)     Any  corporate  action taken  pursuant to a vote of the
                         stockholders   to  the  event  that  the   articles  of
                         incorporation,  bylaws or a resolution  of the board of
                         directors    provides    that   voting   or   nonvoting
                         stockholders are entitled to dissent and obtain payment
                         for their shares.

         2. A  stockholder  who is entitled to dissent and obtain  payment under
NRS  92A.300 to 92A.500,  inclusive,  may not  challenge  the  corporate  action
creating  his  entitlement  unless the action is  unlawful  or  fraudulent  with
respect to him or the domestic corporation.

         92A.390  LIMITATIONS  ON  RIGHT OF  DISSENT:  STOCKHOLDERS  OF  CERTAIN
CLASSES OR SERIES; ACTION OF STOCKHOLDERS NOT REQUIRED FOR PLAN OF MERGER. --

         1.  There is no right of  dissent  with  respect to a plan of merger or
exchange in favor of  stockholders  of any class or series which,  at the record
date fixed to determine the  stockholders  entitled to receive  notice of and to
vote at the  meeting at which the plan of merger or  exchange is to be acted on,
were either listed on a national securities  exchange,  included in the national
market system by the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc., or held
by at least 2,000 stockholders of record, unless:

                 (a)     The  articles  of   incorporation  of  the  corporation
                         issuing the shares provide otherwise; or

                 (b)     The holders of the class or series are  required  under
                         the plan of merger or exchange to accept for the shares
                         anything except:

                         (1)    Cash, owner's interests or owner's interests and
                                cash in lieu of fractional owner's interests of:

                                (I)     The surviving or acquiring entity; or

                                (II)    Any other entity which, at the effective
                                        date of the plan of merger or  exchange,
                                        were   either   listed  on  a   national
                                        securities  exchange,  included  in  the
                                        national  market  system by the National
                                        Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.,
                                        or  held of  record  by at  least  2,000
                                        holders of owner's  interests of record;
                                        or
<PAGE>
                         (2)    A combination  of cash and owner's  interests of
                                the kind described in sub-subparagraphs  (I) and
                                (II) of subparagraph (1) of paragraph (b).

         2.  There  is no  right  of  dissent  for any  holders  of stock of the
surviving domestic  corporation if the plan of merger does not require action of
the stockholders of the surviving domestic corporation under NRS 92A.130.

         92A.400 LIMITATIONS ON RIGHT OF DISSENT:  ASSERTION AS TO PORTIONS ONLY
TO SHARES REGISTERED TO STOCKHOLDER; ASSERTION BY BENEFICIAL STOCKHOLDER. --

         1. A stockholder  of record may assert  dissenter's  rights as to fewer
than all of the shares  registered  in his name only if he dissents with respect
to all shares  beneficially  owned by any one person and  notifies  the  subject
corporation in writing of the name and address of each person on whose behalf he
asserts  dissenter's  rights.  The  rights of a  partial  dissenter  under  this
subsection are determined as if the shares as to which he dissents and his other
shares were registered in the names of different stockholders.

         2. A beneficial  stockholder may assert dissenter's rights as to shares
held on his behalf only if:

                 (a)    He  submits  to  the  subject  corporation  the  written
                        consent of the  stockholder of record to the dissent not
                        later than the time the beneficial  stockholder  asserts
                        dissenter's rights; and

                 (b)    He does so with respect to all shares of which he is the
                        beneficial  stockholder  or over  which he has  power to
                        direct the vote.

         92A.410  NOTIFICATION OF STOCKHOLDERS REGARDING RIGHT OF DISSENT. --

         1. If a  proposed  corporate  action  creating  dissenters'  rights  is
submitted to a vote at a stockholders'  meeting,  the notice of the meeting must
state that  stockholders  are or may be  entitled to assert  dissenters'  rights
under NRS 92A.300 to 92A.500,  inclusive,  and be accompanied by a copy of those
sections.

         2. If the corporate action creating dissenters' rights is taken without
a vote of the stockholders, the domestic corporation shall notify in writing all
stockholders entitled to assert dissenters' rights that the action was taken and
send them the dissenter's notice described in NRS 92A.430.

         92A.420  PREREQUISITES TO DEMAND FOR PAYMENT FOR SHARES.--

         1. If a  proposed  corporate  action  creating  dissenters'  rights  is
submitted to a vote at a  stockholders'  meeting,  a  stockholder  who wishes to
assert dissenter's rights:
<PAGE>
                 (a)    Must deliver to the subject corporation, before the vote
                        is taken, written notice of his intent to demand payment
                        for his shares if the  proposed  action is  effectuated;
                        and

                 (b)    Must  not  vote his  shares  in  favor  of the  proposed
                        action.

         2. A stockholder who does not satisfy the  requirements of subsection 1
is not entitled to payment for his shares under this chapter.

         92A.430 DISSENTER'S NOTICE: DELIVERY TO STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO ASSERT
RIGHTS; CONTENTS.--

         1. If a  proposed  corporate  action  creating  dissenters'  rights  is
authorized at a stockholders'  meeting,  the subject corporation shall deliver a
written dissenter's notice to all stockholders who satisfied the requirements to
assert those rights.

         2. The dissenter's  notice must be sent no later than 10 days after the
effectuation of the corporate action, and must:

                 (a)     State  where the  demand for  payment  must be sent and
                         where and when certificates, if any, for shares must be
                         deposited:

                 (b)     Inform  the  holders  of  shares  not   represented  by
                         certificates  to what extent the transfer of the shares
                         will be  restricted  after the  demand  for  payment is
                         received;

                 (c)     Supply a form for  demanding  payment that includes the
                         date of the first  announcement to the news media or to
                         the  stockholders  of the terms of the proposed  action
                         and  requires  that the  person  asserting  dissenter's
                         rights  certify  whether or not he acquired  beneficial
                         ownership of the shares for that date;

                 (d)     Set a  date  by  which  the  subject  corporation  must
                         receive the demand for  payment,  which may not be less
                         than 30 nor more than 60 days after the date the notice
                         is delivered; and

                 (e)     Be  accompanied  by a copy of NRS  92A.300 to  92A.500,
                         inclusive.

         92A.440  DEMAND FOR PAYMENT AND DEPOSIT OF  CERTIFICATES;  RETENTION OF
RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDER.--

         1. A stockholder to whom a dissenter's  notice is sent must: 

                 (a)    Demand payment;

                 (b)    Certify whether he acquired beneficial  ownership of the
                        shares  before the date  required to be set forth in the
                        dissenter's notice for this certification; and
<PAGE>
                 (c)    Deposit his certificates, if any, in accordance with the
                        terms of the notice.

         2. The stockholder  who demands payment and deposits his  certificates,
if any,  retains  all other  rights of a  stockholder  until  those  rights  are
canceled or modified by the taking of the proposed corporate action.

         3.  The  stockholder  who  does  not  demand  payment  or  deposit  his
certificates  where  required,  each by the  date set  forth in the  dissenter's
notice, is not entitled to payment for his shares under this chapter.

         92A.450  UNCERTIFICATED  SHARES:  AUTHORITY TO RESTRICT  TRANSFER AFTER
DEMAND FOR PAYMENT; RETENTION OF RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDER.--

         1. The subject  corporation  may  restrict  the  transfer of shares not
represented  by a  certificate  from the date the  demand  for their  payment is
received.

         2. The person for whom dissenter's rights are asserted as to shares not
represented  by a certificate  retains all other rights of a  stockholder  until
those rights are  canceled or modified by the taking of the  proposed  corporate
action.

         92A.460  PAYMENT FOR SHARES:  GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.--

         1. Except as otherwise  provided in NRS  92A.470,  within 30 days after
receipt  of a  demand  for  payment,  the  subject  corporation  shall  pay each
dissenter  who  complied  with NRS 92A.440  the amount the  subject  corporation
estimates  to be the fair  value  of his  shares,  plus  accrued  interest.  The
obligation of the subject  corporation  under this subsection may be enforced by
the district court:

                 (a)    Of the county where the corporation's  registered office
                        is located; or

                 (b)    At the election of any dissenter  residing or having its
                        registered office in this state, of the county where the
                        dissenter  resides  or has its  registered  office.  The
                        court shall dispose of the complaint promptly.

         2.  The payment must be accompanied by:

                 (a)    The subject corporation's balance sheet as of the end of
                        a fiscal year ending not more than 16 months  before the
                        date of payment,  a statement of income for that year, a
                        statement  of  changes in the  stockholders'  equity for
                        that year and the  latest  available  interim  financial
                        statements, if any:

                 (b)    A statement of the subject corporation's estimate of the
                        fair value of the shares;
<PAGE>
                 (c)    An explanation of how the interest was calculated;

                 (d)    A statement of the dissenter's  rights to demand payment
                        under NRS 92A.480; and

                 (e)    A copy of NRS 92A.300 to 92A.500, inclusive.

         92A.470  PAYMENT  FOR  SHARES:  SHARES  ACQUIRED  ON OR  AFTER  DATE OF
DISSENTER'S NOTICE.--

         1. A subject corporation may elect to withhold payment from a dissenter
unless he was the  beneficial  owner of the shares  before the date set forth in
the dissenter's  notice as the date of the first  announcement to the news media
or to the stockholders of the terms of the proposed action.

         2. To the extent the subject  corporation  elects to withhold  payment,
after  taking  the  proposed  action,  it shall  estimate  the fair value of the
shares,  plus  accrued  interest,  and  shall  offer to pay this  amount to each
dissenter  who  agrees to  accept it in full  satisfaction  of his  demand.  The
subject corporation shall send with its offer a statement of its estimate of the
fair value of the shares, an explanation of how the interest was calculated, and
a statement of the dissenters' right to demand payment pursuant to NRS 92A.480.

         92A.480  DISSENTER'S  ESTIMATE OF FAIR VALUE:  NOTIFICATION  OF SUBJECT
CORPORATION; DEMAND FOR PAYMENT OF ESTIMATE.--

         1. A dissenter may notify the subject corporation in writing of his own
estimate  of the fair value of his shares and the amount of  interest  due,  and
demand  payment of his estimate,  less any payment  pursuant to NRS 92A.460,  or
reject the offer pursuant to NRS 92A.470 and demand payment of the fair value of
his shares and interest due, if he believes that the amount paid pursuant to NRS
92A.460 or offered  pursuant  to NRS  92A.470 is less than the fair value of his
shares or that the interest due is incorrectly calculated.

         2. A  dissenter  waives his right to demand  payment  pursuant  to this
section unless he notifies the subject  corporation his demand in writing within
30 days after the subject corporation made or offered payment of his shares.

         92A.490  LEGAL  PROCEEDING TO DETERMINE  FAIR VALUE:  DUTIES OF SUBJECT
CORPORATION; POWERS OF COURT; RIGHTS OF DISSENTER.--

         1. If a demand for payment remains unsettled,  the subject  corporation
shall  commence  a  proceeding  within 60 days  after  receiving  the demand and
petition  the  court to  determine  the fair  value of the  shares  and  accrued
interest. If the subject corporation does not commence the proceeding within the
60-day period,  it shall pay each dissenter  whose demand remains  unsettled the
amount demanded.
<PAGE>
         2. A subject  corporation  shall  commence the  proceeding the district
court of the county  where its  registered  office is  located.  If the  subject
corporation is a foreign entity without a resident agent in the state,  it shall
commence  the  proceeding  in the  county  where  the  registered  office of the
domestic  corporation  merged with or whose shares were  acquired by the foreign
entity was located.

         3. The subject  corporation  shall make all dissenters,  whether or not
residents of Nevada,  whose demands remain unsettled,  parties to the proceeding
as in an action against their shares.  All parties must be served with a copy of
the petition.  Nonresidents  may be served by registered or certified mail or by
publication as provided by law.

         4. The  jurisdiction  of the court in which the proceeding is commenced
under  subsection 2 is plenary and exclusive.  The court may appoint one or more
persons as  appraisers  to receive  evidence  and  recommend  a decision  on the
question of fair value.  The appraisers  have the powers  described in the order
appointing  them, or any amendment  thereto.  The dissenters are entitled to the
same discovery rights as parties in other civil proceedings.

         5. Each  dissenter who is made a party to the proceeding is entitled to
a judgment:

                 (a)    For the  amount,  if any,  by which the court  finds the
                        fair value of his  shares,  plus  interest,  exceeds the
                        amount paid by the subject corporation; or

                 (b)    For  the  fair  value,  plus  accrued  interest,  of his
                        after-acquired  shares for which the subject corporation
                        elected to withhold payment pursuant to NRS 92A.470.

         92A.500 LEGAL  PROCEEDING TO DETERMINE FAIR VALUE:  ASSESSMENT OF COSTS
AND FEES.--

         1. The court in a proceeding  to determine  fair value shall  determine
all of the costs of the proceeding,  including the reasonable  compensation  and
expenses of any  appraisers  appointed by the court.  The court shall assess the
costs  against the subject  corporation,  except that the court may assess costs
against all or some of the dissenters,  in amounts the court finds equitable, to
the extent the court finds the dissenters acted arbitrarily,  vexatiously or not
in good faith in demanding payment.

         2. The court may also  assess the fees and  expenses of the counsel and
experts for the respective parties, in amounts the court finds equitable:

                 (a)    Against  the  subject  corporation  and in  favor of all
                        dissenters  if the court finds the  subject  corporation
                        did not  substantially  comply with the  requirements of
                        NRS 92A.300 to 92A.500, inclusive; or

                 (b)    Against either the subject corporation or a dissenter in
                        favor of any other  party,  if the court  finds that the
                        party  against  whom the fees and  expenses are assessed
                        acted arbitrarily, vexatiously or not in good faith with
                        respect  to  the  rights  provided  by  NRS  92A.300  to
                        92A.500, inclusive.
<PAGE>
         3. If the court finds that the  services  of counsel for any  dissenter
were of substantial benefit to other dissenters similarly situated, and that the
fees for those services should not be assessed against the subject  corporation,
the  court  may  award to those  counsel  reasonable  fees to be paid out of the
amounts awarded to the dissenters who were benefited.

         4. In a proceeding  commenced  pursuant to NRS  92A.460,  the court may
assess the costs  against  the  subject  corporation,  except that the court may
assess  costs  against  all or some of the  dissenters  who are  parties  to the
proceeding,  in amounts the court finds equitable, to the extent the court finds
that such parties did not act in good faith in instituting the proceeding.

         5. This section  does not preclude any party in a proceeding  commenced
pursuant to NRS 92A.460 or 92A.490 from applying the  provisions of N.R.C.P.  68
or NRS 17.115.
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX C

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                                COMSTOCK BANCORP

         I, the undersigned,  for the purpose of incorporating  and organizing a
corporation under Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised  Statutes,  do hereby certify
as follows:

         First: The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the Corporation)
is:

                                Comstock Bancorp

         Second: The address of the Corporation's Resident Agent in the State of
Nevada is 6275 Neil Road,  Reno,  Nevada  89511.  The name of the  Corporation's
Resident Agent at such address is Robert Barone.

         Third.  The nature of the business or purposes of the Corporation is as
follows:

                  To  engage  in  any  lawful  act or  activity  for  which  the
         corporation may be organized under the Nevada Revised Statutes.

         Fourth.  The Corporation  shall have authority to issue Fifteen Million
(15,000,000) shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share. Each share of the
Common Stock shall have  identical  powers,  preferences  and rights,  including
rights in liquidation.

         Fifth.  The name and  mailing  address  of the  Incorporator  is Robert
Barone of 6275 Neil Road, Reno,  Nevada 89511. The powers and liabilities of the
Incorporator terminate upon the filing of these Articles of Incorporation.

         Sixth.  The first Board of Directors shall consist of 8 members and the
names  and  addresses  are as  follows  of the  persons  who are to serve as the
initial  directors  of the  Corporation  until their  successors  are elected as
provided by law and the Corporation's By-laws:

           Edward Allison                          Michael Dyer
           145 Brinkby Avenue, Suite B             2805 N. Mountain Street
           Reno, Nevada  89509                     Carson City, Nevada  89703

           Robert Barone                           Mervyn Matorian
           6275 Neil Road                          311 W. Washington
           Reno, Nevada  89511                     Carson City, Nevada 89701
<PAGE>
           Stephen Benna                           Samuel McMullen
           3025 Mill Street                        165 W. Liberty Street
           Reno, Nevada  89502                     Reno, Nevada 89501

           John Combs                              Larry Platz
           525 W. Washington                       6275 Neil Road
           Carson City, Nevada 89701               Reno, Nevada 89511

         Seventh. The Corporation shall have perpetual existence.

         Eighth.  The  stockholders,  officers or directors  of the  Corporation
shall not be personally liable for the payment of the Corporation's debts except
as they may be liable by reason of their own conduct or acts.

         Ninth. The Board of Directors is expressly  authorized and empowered to
make, alter and repeal the By-Laws of the  Corporation,  subject to the power of
the  stockholders  of the  Corporation  to alter or repeal  any  By-Laws  of the
Corporation.

         Tenth. The Corporation  reserves the right at any time and from time to
time to amend,  alter,  change or repeal any provision contained in the Articles
of Incorporation and add or insert any other provision authorized by the laws of
the  State of Nevada in the  manner  now or  hereafter  prescribed  by law.  All
rights,   preferences   or  privileges  of  whatever   nature   conferred   upon
stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to these
Articles  of  Incorporation  in its  present  form or as  hereafter  amended are
granted subject to the rights now reserved in this Article.

         Eleventh.  The Corporation  expressly elects to be governed by Sections
78.411 - 78.444,  inclusive,  of the Nevada Revised Statutes, as the same may be
amended or supplemented from time to time.

         Twelfth.  No director or officer shall be liable to the  Corporation or
its  stockholders  for monetary  damages for breach of fiduciary duty,  provided
that this Article  shall not  eliminate or limit the  liability of a director or
officer for (i) acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or
a knowing  violation of law or (ii) the payment of distributions in violation of
Section 78.300 of the Nevada Revised Statutes.

         Thirteenth.  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the
State of Nevada, as the By-Laws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the
Corporation  may be kept  outside the State of Nevada at such place or places as
may be designated  from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws
of the Corporation, except as otherwise required by the Nevada Revised Statutes.
Election of directors  need not be by written  ballot  unless the By-Laws of the
Corporation so provide.
<PAGE>
         Fourteenth.  The Corporation  shall, to the fullest extent permitted by
Section  78.751 of the Nevada  Revised  Statutes,  as the same may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have
power to  indemnify  under  said  section  from and  against  any and all of the
expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said Section
78.751,  and  the  indemnification  provided  for  herein  shall  not be  deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which those  indemnified  may be entitled under
any By-Laws,  agreement,  vote of  stockholders  or  disinterested  directors or
otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in
another  capacity  while holding such office,  and shall continue as to a person
who has ceased to be a director,  officer,  employee or agent and shall inure to
the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

         I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for
the  purpose  of  forming a  corporation  pursuant  to  Chapter 78 of the Nevada
Revised  Statutes,  do  hereby  make  this  certificate,  hereby  declaring  and
certifying  that this is the act and deed of the  undersigned and that the facts
stated herein are true, and  accordingly  have hereunto set my hand on the _____
day of February, 1997.


                                                 /s/ Robert Barone
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Robert Barone, Incorporator

         This  instrument  was  acknowledged  before me on February 20, 1997, by
Robert Barone as incorporator of Comstock Bancorp.

                                                 /s/ Heidi C. Warde
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Notary Public Signature

                                                 (affix notary stamp or seal)


                            CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE
                        OF APPOINTMENT OF RESIDENT AGENT

         Robert  Barone hereby  accepts  appointment  as Resident  Agent for the
above-named corporation.

                                                 /s/ Robert Barone
                                                 -----------------
                                                 Robert Barone
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX D

                                COMSTOCK BANCORP

                                     BY-LAWS


                                    ARTICLE I

                                     OFFICES

         Section  1. The  registered  office  shall be in the  County of Washoe,
State of Nevada.

         Section 2. The  corporation  may also have offices at such other places
both within and without the State of Nevada as the Board of  Directors  may from
time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.


                                   ARTICLE II

                             MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

         Section  1.  All  meetings  of the  stockholders  for the  election  of
directors,  shall be held in the City of Reno, State of Nevada, at such place as
may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place
either within or without the State of Nevada as shall be designated from time to
time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings
of stockholders  for any other purpose may be held at such time and place within
or without the State of Nevada,  as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting
or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

         Section 2. The Annual Meeting of Stockholders, commencing with the year
1998,  shall be held  each  year on the last  Wednesday  of April if not a legal
holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following at 10:00
a.m. or at such other date and time as shall be designated  from time to time by
the Board of  Directors  and stated in the notice of the  meeting,  at which the
stockholders  shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other  business
as may properly be brought before the meeting.

         Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date
and hour of the meeting shall be given to each  stockholder  entitled to vote at
such  meeting  not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the
meeting.
<PAGE>
         Section  4. The  officer  who has  charge  of the  stock  ledger of the
corporation  shall  prepare and make at least ten days before  every  meeting of
stockholders,  a  complete  list  of the  stockholders  entitled  to vote at the
meeting,  arranged  in  alphabetical  order,  and  showing  the  address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any  stockholder,  for any purpose
germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least
ten days  prior to the  meeting,  either at a place  within  the city  where the
meeting  is to be held,  which  place  shall be  specified  in the notice of the
meeting, or, if not so specified,  at the place where the meeting is to be held.
The list shall also be  produced  and kept at the time and place of the  meeting
during the whole time thereof,  and may be inspected by any  stockholder  who is
present.

         Section 5.  Special  meetings  of the  stockholders  for any purpose or
purposes unless  otherwise  prescribed by the Nevada Revised  Statutes or by the
Articles  of  Incorporation,  may be  called  by the  Chairman  of the  Board of
Directors  or  President or at the request in writing of a majority of the Board
of Directors,  or at the request in writing of stockholders  owning at least ten
percent  (10%)  of the  entire  capital  stock  of the  corporation  issued  and
outstanding  and  entitled  to vote.  Such  request  shall  state the purpose or
purposes of the proposed meeting.

         Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place,  date
and hour of the meeting  and the  purpose or  purposes  for which the meeting is
called, shall be given not less than ten or more than sixty days before the date
of the meeting, to each stockholder  entitled to vote at such meeting.  Business
transacted  at any  special  meeting  of  stockholders  shall be  limited to the
purposes in the notice.

         Section  7.  The  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  stock  issued  and
outstanding  and entitled to vote thereat,  present in person or  represented by
proxy,  shall  constitute a quorum at all meetings of the  stockholders  for the
transaction  of  business,  except as otherwise  provided by the Nevada  Revised
Statutes or by the Articles of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not
be present or represented at any meeting of the  stockholders,  the stockholders
entitled to vote thereat,  present in person or represented by proxy, shall have
the power to adjourn the meeting  from time to time,  without  notice other than
announcement at the meeting unless a quorum shall be present or represented.  At
such adjourned  meeting at which a quorum shall be present or  represented,  any
business may be  transacted  which might have been  transacted at the meeting as
originally notified.

         Section  8. When a quorum is present  at any  meeting,  the vote of the
holders of a majority  of the stock  having  voting  power  present in person or
represented  by proxy shall decide any  questions  brought  before such meeting,
unless  the  question  is one upon  which,  by express  provision  of the Nevada
Revised  Statutes or of the  Articles  of  Incorporation,  a  different  vote is
required  in which case such  express  provision  shall  govern and  control the
decision of such question.

         Section 9. Unless otherwise  provided in the Articles of Incorporation,
each  stockholder  who holds  capital  stock with  voting  power  shall at every
meeting of the stockholders be entitled to vote in person or by proxy the number
of votes provided in the Articles of Incorporation (unless the stockholder holds
Preferred Stock, in which case the stockholder will be entitled to the number of
votes provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors) for each share of such
capital stock.
<PAGE>
         Section  10. Any action  required  by Chapter 78 of the Nevada  Revised
Statues to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any
action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the  stockholders,
may be taken  without a meeting,  without  prior notice and without a vote, if a
consent in writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,  shall be signed by the
holders of  outstanding  stock having not less than the minimum  number of votes
that would be  necessary  to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which
all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the
taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous  written
consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                    DIRECTORS

         Section 1. The number of  directors  which shall  constitute  the whole
Board of Directors  shall be not less than five nor more than twenty.  The first
Board of Directors  shall  consist of eight  directors.  Thereafter,  within the
limits  above  specified,  the  number  of  directors  shall  be  determined  by
resolution  of the  Board of  Directors  or by the  stockholders  at the  Annual
Meeting.   The  directors  shall  be  elected  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the
stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director
elected  shall  hold  office  until his  successor  is  elected  and  qualified.
Directors need not be stockholders.

         Section 2. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any
increase in the  authorized  number of directors  may be filled by a majority of
the directors then in office and the directors so chosen shall hold office until
the next annual  election and until their  successors are duly elected and shall
qualify,  provided,  however,  that any  director may be removed with or without
cause by the vote of  stockholders  representing  a  majority  of the issued and
outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to voting power.

         Section 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under
the  direction of its Board of  Directors  which may exercise all such powers of
the  corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not prohibited by
the Nevada  Revised  Statutes or by the  Articles of  Incorporation  or by these
By-Laws.

         Section 4. The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings,
both regular and special,  in Reno,  Nevada or such other place either within or
without  the  State of Nevada  as shall be  designated  from time to time by the
Board of Directors.

         Section 5. All meetings of newly elected  Board of Directors,  shall be
held  immediately  following  the election of such  directors  at the  regularly
scheduled Annual Stockholders Meeting or immediately  following any such special
meeting of the stockholders provided a quorum shall be present. Regular meetings
of the Board of  Directors  shall be held on such day and at such time as set by
resolution  of the Board of  Directors.  Notice of all such regular  meetings is
dispensed with.
<PAGE>
         Section 6. Special  meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by
the  Chairman of the Board of  Directors  or President on twelve hours notice to
each director,  either  personally or by mail,  telegram or confirmed  facsimile
transmission.  Special  meetings shall be called by the Chairman or President or
Secretary  in like  manner  and on like  notices  on the  written  request  of a
majority of the directors.

         Section 7. At all  meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the
directors shall  constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act
of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum
shall  be  the  act  of the  Board  of  Directors,  except  as may be  otherwise
specifically  provided  by the Nevada  Revised  Statutes  or by the  Articles of
Incorporation.  If a quorum  shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of
Directors,  the directors  present  thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to
time,  without  notice other than  announcement  at the meeting,  until a quorum
shall be present.

         Section  8. The  Board of  Directors  may,  by  resolution  passed by a
majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each
committee  to consist of one or more of the  directors of the  corporation.  The
Board of Directors may designate one or more  directors as alternate  members of
any committee,  who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting
of the committee.

         Any such  committee,  to the extent  provided in the  resolution of the
Board of Directors,  shall have, and may exercise,  all the powers and authority
of the Board of Directors in the  management  of the business and affairs of the
corporation,  and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all
papers  which may  require  it,  but no such  committee  shall have the power or
authority  in  reference  to amending  the  Articles of  Incorporation  or these
By-Laws.

         Section 9. Each  committee  shall keep regular  minutes of its meetings
and  report  the same to the  Board of  Directors  at the next  scheduled  Board
Meeting.

         Section  10.   Unless   otherwise   restricted   by  the   Articles  of
Incorporation or these By-Laws,  the Board of Directors shall have the authority
to  fix  the  compensation  of  directors  and  the  executive  officers  of the
corporation.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at
each  meeting  of the  Board  of  Directors  and  may be  paid a  fixed  sum for
attendance  at each meeting of the Board of  Directors  or a stated  salary as a
director.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                     NOTICES

         Section  1.  Whenever,  under  the  provisions  of the  Nevada  Revised
Statutes or of the  Articles of  Incorporation  or of these  By-Laws,  notice is
required to be given to any director or  stockholder,  it shall not be construed
to mean  personal  notice  but such  notice  may be given in  writing,  by mail,
<PAGE>
addressed to such director or  stockholder,  at his address as it appears on the
records of the corporation,  with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall
be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United
States mail.  Notice to directors  may also be given by telegram or by confirmed
facsimile transmission.

         Section  2.  Whenever  any  notice is  required  to be given  under the
provisions of the Nevada Revised Statues or of the Articles of  Incorporation or
of these By-Laws,  a waiver thereon in writing,  signed by the person or persons
entitled to said notice,  whether before or after the time stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent thereto.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                    OFFICERS

         Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board
of  Directors  and shall be the Chairman of the Board of  Directors,  President,
Secretary and Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also choose Vice Presidents,
and one or more Assistant  Secretaries and Assistant  Treasurers.  Any number of
offices may be held by the same person,  unless the Articles of Incorporation or
these By-Laws otherwise provide.

         Section 2. The Board of Directors  may appoint such other  officers and
agents as it shall deem  necessary  who shall hold their  offices for such terms
and shall  exercise  such powers and perform such duties as shall be  determined
from time to time by the Board of Directors.

         Section 3. The salaries of all  executive  officers of the  corporation
shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

         Section 4. The  officers of the  corporation  shall hold  office  until
their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the
Board of  Directors  may be  removed  at any time by the  affirmative  vote of a
majority of the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy  occurring in any office of the
corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

         Section 5. The  Chairman of the Board of  Directors  shall be the Chief
Executive  Officer of the  corporation,  shall  preside at all  meetings  of the
stockholders and the Board of Directors.

         Section 6. The Chairman of the Board of Directors  shall execute bonds,
mortgages,  promissory notes and any other contracts requiring a seal, under the
seal  of the  corporation,  except  where  required  or  permitted  by law to be
otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof
shall be expressly  delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or
agent of the corporation.
<PAGE>
         Section  7. In the  absence  of the  Chairman  or in the  event  of his
inability  or refusal to act,  the  President  shall  perform  the duties of the
Chairman, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all
the restrictions upon the Chairman.  In the absence of both the Chairman and the
President,  the Board of  Directors  shall  appoint a Vice  President  who shall
perform such duties and have such powers as the Board of Directors may from time
to time prescribe.

         Section 8. The  Secretary  shall  attend all  meetings  of the Board of
Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of
the  meetings of the  corporation  and of the Board of Directors in a book to be
kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing  committees
when  required.  The Secretary  shall give, or cause to be given,  notice of all
meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and
shall  perform such other duties as may be  prescribed by the Board of Directors
or the Chairman.

         Section 9. The Treasurer  shall have the custody of the corporate funds
and  securities  and shall  keep full and  accurate  accounts  of  receipts  and
disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys
and other valuable  effects in the name and to the credit of the  corporation in
such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

         Section 10. The Treasurer  shall disburse the funds of the  corporation
as may be ordered by the Board of  Directors  taking  proper  vouchers  for such
disbursements,  and shall render to the Chairman and the Board of Directors,  at
its regular meeting,  or when the Board of Directors so requires,  an account of
all  his  transactions  as  Treasurer  and of  the  financial  condition  of the
corporation.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                              CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

         Section 1. Every holder of stock in the  corporation  shall be entitled
to have a  certificate,  signed by the Chairman or President of the  corporation
and by the Secretary of the  corporation,  certifying the number of shares owned
by him in the corporation.

         Section 2. Upon  surrender to the  corporation or the transfer agent of
the  corporation  of a certificate  for shares duly endorsed or  accompanied  by
proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be
the duty of the  corporation to issue a new  certificate to the person  entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

         Section 3. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled  to  notice  of or to  vote  at  any  meeting  of  stockholders  or any
adjournment  thereof,  or to  express  consent  to  corporate  action in writing
without a meeting,  or  entitled  to receive  payment of any  dividend  or other
distribution  or allotment of any rights,  or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action,  the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which  shall not be more than  sixty nor less than ten days  before  the date of
such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action.
<PAGE>
         Section 4. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive
right of a person  registered  on its books as the  owner of  shares to  receive
dividends,  and to  vote  as  such  owner,  and to hold  liable  for  calls  and
assessments a person  registered on its books as the owner of shares,  and shall
not be bound to  recognize  any  equitable or other claim to or interest in such
share or shares on the part of any other  person,  whether  or not it shall have
express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the
State of Nevada.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         Section 1. Every  person who was or is a party or is  threatened  to be
made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal,  administrative or  investigative,  by reason of the fact that he or a
person of whom he is the legal representative is or was a director or officer of
the  corporation  or is or was serving at the request of the  corporation or for
its  benefit  as a  director  or  officer  of  another  corporation,  or as  its
representative in a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall
be indemnified and held harmless to the fullest extent legally permissible under
the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada from time to time against all
expenses,  liability and loss (including  attorneys fees,  judgments,  fines and
amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by him
in  connection  therewith.  The Board of  Directors  shall cause the expenses of
officers and directors incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or
proceeding to be paid by the  corporation as they are incurred and in advance of
the final  disposition  of the action,  suit or  proceeding  upon  receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay the amount if it
is  ultimately  determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction  that he is not
entitled to be  indemnified  by the  corporation.  Any right of  indemnification
shall not be  exclusive  of any other  right which such  directors,  officers or
representatives  may  have  or  hereafter  acquire  and,  without  limiting  the
generality of such statement,  they shall be entitled to their respective rights
of indemnification under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders,  provision
of law or otherwise, as well as the rights under this Article.

         Section 2. The Board of Directors may cause the corporation to purchase
and  maintain  insurance  on behalf of any person  who is or was a  director  or
officer  of  the  corporation,  or is or  was  serving  at  the  request  of the
corporation  as a  director  or  officer  of  another  corporation  , or as  its
representative  in a  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or  other  enterprise
against any  liability  asserted  against  such person and  incurred in any such
capacity or arising out of such  status,  whether or not the  corporation  would
have the power to indemnify such person.
<PAGE>
         Section 3. The Board of Directors  may from time to time adopt  further
By-Laws with respect to indemnification  and may amend these and such By-Laws to
the full extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         Section 1. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting,
and at any special  meeting of the  stockholders  when called for by vote of the
stockholders,  a full and clear  statement of the business and  condition of the
corporation.

         Section  2.  All  checks  or  demands,  for  money  and  notes  of  the
corporation  shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

         Section 3. The fiscal  year of the  corporation  shall be the  calendar
year unless so fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   AMENDMENTS

         Section 1. These  By-Laws  may be  altered,  amended or repealed or new
By-Laws  may be  adopted by a majority  vote of either the  stockholders  or the
Board of Directors,  when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by
the Articles of Incorporation,  at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of
the Board of Directors or at any special  meeting of the  stockholders or of the
Board of Directors if notice of such alteration,  amendment,  repeal or adoption
of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such special meeting.  If the power
to adopt,  amend or repeal  By-Laws is conferred  upon the Board of Directors by
the  Articles  of  Incorporation,  it shall not divest or limit the power of the
stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws.
<PAGE>
                                    COMPOSITE

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                                  COMSTOCK BANK
                          a Nevada Banking Corporation

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:  That we, the undersigned have this day
voluntarily   associated  ourselves  together  for  the  purpose  of  forming  a
corporation  under  the  laws  of the  State  of  Nevada,  relating  to  banking
corporations:

         AND WE DO HEREBY CERTIFY:

         FIRST:  That  the  name of  this  corporation  is  COMSTOCK  BANK.  The
principal  office of the  corporation  is fixed and  located  at 6275 Neil Road,
Reno, Nevada 89511, effective, May 1, 1996.

         SECOND: The principal office or place of business of the corporation in
this  State is to be at 400 West King  Street,  Carson  City,  Nevada,  but this
corporation may maintain an office or offices  elsewhere,  within or without the
State of Nevada, at such place or places as the Board of Directors may designate
or as may be designated in the By-Laws of the corporation.

         THIRD:  The nature of the business,  object and purpose  proposed to be
transacted,  promoted  and  carried on by the  corporation  are to engage in any
activity in which banking  corporations may engage under the provisions of Title
55 of Nevada  Revised  Statutes,  being  Chapters 657 through 671. The powers of
said  corporation  shall be all of the lawful  powers  necessary to carry on the
said business and accomplish the object and purpose of this corporation.
<PAGE>
         FOURTH:  The corporation shall have the power to issue one (1) class of
stock to be  designated  as common  stock with a par value of FIFTY CENTS ($.50)
per share. The authorized  capital stock of the corporation shall consist of SIX
MILLION  (6,000,000)  SHARES of said common stock, or a total authorized capital
of TWO MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($2,500,000.00); provided, however,
that said  corporation  shall not be authorized to commence the banking business
until such time as there has been a total of ONE MILLION FIVE  HUNDRED  THOUSAND
DOLLARS  ($1,500,000.00)  paid into the capital  accounts of the  corporation in
such manner as may be required  by the  Superintendent  of Banks of the State of
Nevada. No stock of the corporation shall have preemptive rights.

         Changes in the capital stock structure shall be made in accordance with
the applicable laws of the State of Nevada.

         FIFTH: The members of the governing board of this corporation  shall be
styled  "Directors",  and they  shall be not less  than  five (5) nor more  than
twenty-five  (25) in number as fixed  either by (1) an amendment to the Articles
of  Incorporation,  or (2) the  adoption  of  By-Laws,  and,  from time to time,
amendments thereto  increasing or decreasing the number of directors.  The names
and  addresses  of the five (5) persons who are  appointed to serve as the first
Board of Directors are as follows:

         G. STEPHEN BILYEU, 621 Highlands St., Carson City, Nevada 89701
         PAUL M. CHALK, 706 Ivy St., Carson City, Nevada 89701
         KEITH W. MACDONALD, 707 Hillcrest St., Carson City, Nevada 89701
         THEODORE H. STOKES, 4400 Kings Canyon Road, Carson City, Nevada 89701
         WENDLE H. TARKINGTON, 670 W. Arroyo St., Reno, Nevada

         SIXTH:  The capital stock of the corporation  shall be issued only when
fully paid.
         
         SEVENTH:  The  names and post  office  addresses  of the  incorporators
signing these Articles of Incorporation  shall be the same as the first Board of
Directors set forth in paragraph FIFTH above.
<PAGE>
         EIGHTH:  The names and post office  addresses of subscribers  for stock
with the number of shares and the amount of each  subscription  are as  follows:

                                                                      SUBSCRIBED
                                                   NO. OF              PURCHASE
NAME:                   ADDRESS:                   SHARES:              PRICE: 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

G. STEPHEN BILYEU       621 Highlands St.           100               $1,250.00
                        Carson City, NV 89701 

PAUL M. CHALK           706 Ivy St.                 100               $1,250.00
                        Carson City, NV 89701  

KEITH W. MACDONALD      707 Hillcrest St.           100               $1,250.00
                        Carson City, NV 89701  

THEODORE H. STOKES      4400 Kings Canyon Rd.       100               $1,250.00
                        Carson City, NV 89701  

WENDLE H. TARKINGTON    670 W. Arroyo St.           100               $1,250.00
                        Reno, Nevada

         NINTH: This corporation shall have perpetual existence.

         TENTH:  The private  property of the  stockholders of this  corporation
shall not be subject  to the  payment  of the debts of said  corporation  to any
extent whatever.

         ELEVENTH:  The Board of Directors of this  corporation may from time to
time fix the  consideration  for  which  any and all of stock  shall be sold and
consideration  of such sale, and the terms fixed shall, in the absence of fraud,
be binding and conclusive upon the corporation and its  stockholders and any and
all  shares  issued  upon  compliance  with said  terms and upon  payment of the
consideration so fixed and the amount subscribed therefore,  shall be deemed and
held to be fully paid but subject to assessment  by the Board of Directors  upon
order of the  Superintendent of the Banks of the State of Nevada for the purpose
of  restoring  an  impairment  or  reduction of capital in the manner and to the
extent provided for in Nevada Revised Statutes 661.085 and 661.095.
<PAGE>
         TWELFTH:  The Board of Directors  shall have power from time to time to
determine  and vary the amount of the  working  capital of the  corporation;  to
determine whether any, and if any, what part of the accumulated profits shall be
declared in dividends and paid to the  stockholders;  to determine the times for
the declaration and the payment of dividends; and to direct and to determine the
use and  disposition  of any surplus or net  profits  over and above the capital
stock paid in. 

         From time to time,  to determine  whether,  and to what extent,  and at
what times and places,  and under what conditions and regulations,  the accounts
and books of this  corporation  (other  than the  original  or  duplicate  stock
ledger),  or any of them,  shall be open to inspection of  stockholders,  and no
stockholder shall have any right of inspection of any account,  book or document
of this  corporation  except as conferred  by statute,  unless  authorized  by a
resolution of the stockholders or directors.

         By resolution or resolutions,  passed by a majority of the whole board,
to designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more of
the  directors  of the  corporation,  which,  to the  extent  provided  in  said
resolution or resolutions, or in the By-Laws of the corporation, shall have, and
may  exercise  the  power of the Board of  Directors  in the  management  of the
business of the  corporation.  Such committee or committees shall have such name
or  names as may be  stated  in the  By-Laws  of the  corporation,  or as may be
determined by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
<PAGE>


         In carrying on the business of the  corporation  the Board of Directors
is  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  sell,  exchange,  mortgage,  bond or
otherwise  dispose of, deal with and  encumber any or all of the property of the
corporation,  upon such terms and conditions as such Board of Directors may deem
just and proper and for the best  interests of the  corporation,  subject to the
applicable laws of the State of Nevada.

         This corporation  may, in its By-Laws,  confer powers upon its Board of
Directors  in  addition  to the  foregoing,  and in  addition  to the powers and
authorities expressly conferred upon them by statute.

         THIRTEENTH: This corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change
or repeal any provision  contained in these  Articles of  Incorporation,  in the
manner  now  or  hereafter  prescribed  by  statute,  or by  these  Articles  of
Incorporation,  and all rights  conferred upon  stockholders  herein are granted
subject to this reservation.

         FOURTEENTH:  Meetings of the stockholders  and/or directors may be held
at any office of the corporation either in or out of the State of Nevada, in any
place in the world.

         FIFTEENTH:   A  director  or  officer   shall  not  be  liable  to  the
corporation,  nor to any  stockholder or stockholders  of the  corporation,  for
damages  which result from the breach of any  fiduciary  duty by the director or
officer,  unless  the  breach of  fiduciary  duty is the  result of: 

                 (a)    acts or omissions which involve intentional  misconduct,
                        fraud or a knowing violation of the law; or
<PAGE>
                 (b)    the payment of dividends in violation of NRS 78.300.  

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  we have  hereunto  set our hands this 11th day of
May, 1979.

                                                 /s/ G. Stephen Bilyeu
                                                 -------------------------
                                                 G. STEPHEN BILYEU


                                                 /s/ Paul M. Chalk
                                                 -------------------------
                                                 PAUL M. CHALK


                                                 /s/ Keith W. MacDonald
                                                 -------------------------
                                                 KEITH W. MACDONALD


                                                 /s/ Theodore H. Stokes
                                                 -------------------------
                                                 THEODORE H.  STOKES


                                                 /s/ Wendle H. Tarkington
                                                 -------------------------
                                                 WENDLE H.  TARKINGTON
<PAGE>
                        PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED
                                  IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

         Subsection  1 of Section  78.751 of the NRS empowers a  corporation  to
indemnify  any person who was or is a party or is  threatened to be made a party
to any  threatened,  pending or completed  action,  suit or proceeding,  whether
civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in
the  right  of the  corporation)  by  reason  of the  fact  that  he is or was a
director,  officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at
the  request of the  corporation  as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of
another corporation or other enterprise,  against expenses (including attorneys'
fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection  with such action,  suit or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the  corporation,  and with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding,  had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The
termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment,  order, settlement or
conviction  or upon a plea of nolo  contendre  or its  equivalent  does not,  of
itself,  create a presumption  that the person did not act in good faith or in a
manner  which  he  reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to  the  best
interests of the  corporation  or that,  with respect to any criminal  action or
proceeding, he had reasonable cause to believe his actions were unlawful.

         Subsection  2 of Section  78.751 of the NRS empowers a  corporation  to
indemnify  any person who was or is a party or is  threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the
corporation  to procure a judgment  in its favor by reason of the fact that such
person  acted  in  any of the  capacities  set  forth  above  against  expenses,
including attorneys' fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
with the defense or  settlement of such action or suit if he acted under similar
standards to those described above except that no indemnification may be made in
respect of any claim,  issue or matter as to which such  person  shall have been
adjudged to be liable to the  corporation  or for amounts paid in  settlement to
the  corporation  unless  and only to the  extent  that the court in which  such
action  or suit  was  brought  determines  that,  despite  the  adjudication  of
liability,  such person is fairly and reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such
expenses as the court deems proper.

         Section  78.751  of the  NRS  further  provides  that to the  extent  a
director or officer of a corporation  has been  successful in the defense of any
action,  suit or  proceeding  referred to in  subsections  (1) and (2) or in the
defense of any claim,  issue or mater therein,  he shall be indemnified  against
expenses (including  attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection therewith; that any indemnification provided for by Section 78.751 of
the NRS (by court order or otherwise) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other
rights to which the  indemnified  party may be  entitled;  and that the scope of
indemnification  shall continue as to directors,  officers,  employees or agents
who have  ceased to hold  such  positions,  and to their  heirs,  executors  and
administrators. Section 78.752 empowers the corporation to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation
against  any  liability  asserted  against  him or  incurred  by him in any such
capacity  or arising  out of his status as such  whether or not the  corporation
would have the power to indemnify  him against such  liabilities  under  Section
78.751.
<PAGE>
         Article  Fourteenth of Bancorp's  Articles of Incorporation and Article
VII of Bancorp's Bylaws provide that Bancorp shall provide  indemnification  for
all persons,  including  its officers  and  directors,  that it has the power to
indemnify in substantially the same scope to that permitted under Section 78.751
of the NRS. The Bylaws  provide,  pursuant to Subsection 5 of Section  78.751 of
the NRS, that the expenses of officers and  directors  incurred in defending any
action,  suit  or  proceeding,   whether  civil,  criminal,   administrative  or
investigative,  must be paid by Bancorp as they are  incurred  and in advance of
the final  disposition of the action,  suit or  proceeding,  upon receipt of any
undertaking  by or on behalf of the  director  or officer to repay such  amounts
unless it is ultimately  determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by
Bancorp pursuant to Article IX of the Bylaws.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

The  exhibits  and  financial   statement   schedules  filed  as  part  of  this
Registration Statement are as follows:

(a)      List of Exhibits.

          Exhibit
              No.  Description
          -------  ----------- 
             *2.1  Plan of  Reorganization  dated as of February 26, 1997 by and
                   among  Comstock  Bank  and  Comstock  Bancorp   (included  as
                   Appendix A to the Proxy Statement--Prospectus).

             *3.1  Articles of Incorporation  of Comstock  Bancorp  (included as
                   Appendix C to the Proxy Statement--Prospectus).

             *3.2  Bylaws  of  Comstock  Bancorp (included as  Appendix D to the
                   Proxy Statement--Prospectus).

             *3.3  Articles of Incorporation of Comstock Bank.

             *3.4  Bylaws of Comstock Bank.

            **4.1  Form of Stock Certificate of Comstock Bancorp.

            **5.1  Opinion  of  Benesch,  Friedlander,  Coplan & Aronoff LLP re:
                   legality.

            **8.1  Opinion of  Benesch,  Friedlander,  Coplan & Aronoff  LLP re:
                   federal tax matters.

            *10.1  Employment  Agreement  dated as of December  14, 1992 between
                   the Bank and Robert Barone.
<PAGE>
          Exhibit
              No.  Description
          -------  -----------      
            *10.2  Form of  Assignment  of and  First  Amendment  to  Employment
                   Agreement among Bancorp, the Bank and Robert Barone.

            *10.3  Employment  Agreement  dated as of December  14, 1992 between
                   the Bank and Larry Platz.

            *10.4  Form of  Assignment  of and  First  Amendment  to  Employment
                   Agreement among Bancorp, the Bank and Larry Platz.
            *10.5  1992 Incentive Plan of Comstock Bank, as amended.

            *10.6  1992 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan, as amended.

            *10.7  Form of Comstock Bank Payroll Deduction Stock Purchase Plan.

            *10.8  Form of Assignment of and First  Amendment to Warrant  Agree-
                   ment.

           **23.1  Consent  of  Benesch,  Friedlander,   Coplan  &  Aronoff  LLP
                   (included  in  Exhibits  5.1  and  8.1 to  this  Registration
                   Statement).

            *23.2  Consent of Kafoury, Armstrong & Co.

            *27.1  Financial Data Schedule (only filed in EDGAR format).

            *99.1  Proxy Card for 1997 Annual Meeting of Comstock Bank.

- ------------------------
*        Filed herewith.
**       To be filed by amendment.

(b)      Financial Statement Schedules

All  schedules  have been omitted as not  applicable  or not required  under the
rules of Regulation S-X.

Item 22.
         Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

(1) To respond to requests for  information  that is  incorporated  by reference
into the Proxy  Statement--Prospectus  pursuant to Items 4, 10(b),  11, or 13 of
this Form,  within one business day of receipt of such request,  and to send the
incorporated  documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means.  This
includes  information  contained in documents filed  subsequent to the effective
date  of the  Registration  Statement  through  the  date of  responding  to the
request.

(2) To supply by means of a post-effective  amendment all information concerning
a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the
subject of and included in the Registration Statement when it became effective.
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this  Registration  Statement,  or  amendment
thereto,  to be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized, in the City of Reno, State of Nevada, on March 25, 1997.


                                           Comstock Bancorp

                                      By:  /s/ Robert N. Barone
                                           --------------------
                                           Robert N. Barone
                                           Chairman of the Board of Directors,
                                           Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature
appears blow  constitutes and appoints Robert N. Barone and Larry Platz as their
true and lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution,  for him or her and in his or her name,  place and stead, in any
and all capacities to sign the Form S-4  Registration  Statement and any and all
amendments thereto,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto,  and other
documents  in  connection  therewith,  with the U. S.  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  granting unto each said  attorney-in-fact  and agent full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to be done as fully to all intents  and  purposes as he or she might or could do
in person,  hereby ratifying and confirming all that said  attorney-in-fact  and
agent, or his substitute or substitutes,  may lawfully do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and  any  rules  and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,   this  Registration
Statement or amendment thereto,  has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

         Name                          Title                           Date
         ----                          -----                           ----

/s/ Robert N. Barone     Chairman of the Board of Directors,      March 25, 1997
- --------------------     Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer
Robert N. Barone                            


/s/ Larry Platz          Director, President and Secretary        March 25, 1997
- --------------------
Larry Platz


/s/ Edward Allison       Director                                 March 25, 1997
- --------------------
Edward Allison
<PAGE>
         Name                          Title                           Date
         ----                          -----                           ---- 
/s/ Stephen Benna        Director                                 March 25, 1997
- --------------------
Stephen Benna


/s/ John Coombs          Director                                 March 25, 1997
- --------------------
John Coombs

/s/ Michael Dyer         Director                                 March 25, 1997
- --------------------
Michael Dyer

/s/ Mervyn Matorian      Director                                 March 25, 1997
- --------------------
Mervyn Matorian

/s/ Samuel McMullen      Director                                 March 25, 1997
- --------------------
Samuel McMullen
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

     Exhibit 
      Number        Description of Exhibit                   
      ------        ----------------------       
       *2.1         Plan of Reorganization  dated as of February 26, 1997 by and
                    among  Comstock  Bank  and  Comstock  Bancorp  (included  as
                    Appendix A to the Proxy Statement--Prospectus).

       *3.1         Articles of Incorporation  of Comstock Bancorp  (included as
                    Appendix C to the Proxy Statement--Prospectus).

       *3.2         Bylaws of Comstock  Bancorp  (included  as Appendix D to the
                    Proxy Statement--Prospectus).

       *3.3         Articles of Incorporation of Comstock Bank.

       *3.4         Bylaws of Comstock Bank.

      **4.1         Form of Stock Certificate of Comstock Bancorp.

      **5.1         Opinion of  Benesch,  Friedlander,  Coplan & Aronoff LLP re:
                    legality.

      **8.1         Opinion of  Benesch,  Friedlander,  Coplan & Aronoff LLP re:
                    federal tax matters.

      *10.1         Employment  Agreement  dated as of December 14, 1992 between
                    the Bank and Robert Barone.

      *10.2         Form of  Assignment  of and First  Amendment  to  Employment
                    Agreement among Bancorp, the Bank and Robert Barone.

      *10.3         Employment  Agreement  dated as of December 14, 1992 between
                    the Bank and Larry Platz.

      *10.4         Form of  Assignment  of and First  Amendment  to  Employment
                    Agreement among Bancorp, the Bank and Larry Platz.

      *10.5         1992 Incentive Plan of Comstock Bank, as amended.

      *10.6         1992 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan, as amended.

      *10.7         Form of Comstock Bank Payroll Deduction Stock Purchase Plan.

      *10.8         Form  of  Assignment  of  and  First  Amendment  to  Warrant
                    Agreement.

     **23.1         Consent  of  Benesch,  Friedlander,  Coplan  &  Aronoff  LLP
                    (included  in  Exhibits  5.1 and  8.1 to  this  Registration
                    Statement).
<PAGE>
     Exhibit 
      Number        Description of Exhibit                   
      ------        ----------------------                                
      *23.2         Consent of Kafoury, Armstrong & Co.

      *27.1         Financial Data Schedule (only filed in EDGAR format).

      *99.1         Proxy Card for 1997 Annual Meeting of Comstock Bank.

- ------------------------
*        Filed herewith.
**       To be filed by amendment.
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 3.3
                                   COMPOSITE

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                                  COMSTOCK BANK
                          a Nevada Banking Corporation

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:  That we, the undersigned have this day
voluntarily   associated  ourselves  together  for  the  purpose  of  forming  a
corporation  under  the  laws  of the  State  of  Nevada,  relating  to  banking
corporations:

         AND WE DO HEREBY CERTIFY:

         FIRST:  That  the  name of  this  corporation  is  COMSTOCK  BANK.  The
principal  office of the  corporation  is fixed and  located  at 6275 Neil Road,
Reno, Nevada 89511, effective, May 1, 1996.

         SECOND: The principal office or place of business of the corporation in
this  State is to be at 400 West King  Street,  Carson  City,  Nevada,  but this
corporation may maintain an office or offices  elsewhere,  within or without the
State of Nevada, at such place or places as the Board of Directors may designate
or as may be designated in the By-Laws of the corporation.

         THIRD:  The nature of the business,  object and purpose  proposed to be
transacted,  promoted  and  carried on by the  corporation  are to engage in any
activity in which banking  corporations may engage under the provisions of Title
55 of Nevada  Revised  Statutes,  being  Chapters 657 through 671. The powers of
said  corporation  shall be all of the lawful  powers  necessary to carry on the
said business and accomplish the object and purpose of this corporation.
<PAGE>
         FOURTH:  The corporation shall have the power to issue one (1) class of
stock to be  designated  as common  stock with a par value of FIFTY CENTS ($.50)
per share. The authorized  capital stock of the corporation shall consist of SIX
MILLION  (6,000,000)  SHARES of said common stock, or a total authorized capital
of TWO MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($2,500,000.00); provided, however,
that said  corporation  shall not be authorized to commence the banking business
until such time as there has been a total of ONE MILLION FIVE  HUNDRED  THOUSAND
DOLLARS  ($1,500,000.00)  paid into the capital  accounts of the  corporation in
such manner as may be required  by the  Superintendent  of Banks of the State of
Nevada. No stock of the corporation shall have preemptive rights.

         Changes in the capital stock structure shall be made in accordance with
the applicable laws of the State of Nevada.

         FIFTH: The members of the governing board of this corporation  shall be
styled  "Directors",  and they  shall be not less  than  five (5) nor more  than
twenty-five  (25) in number as fixed  either by (1) an amendment to the Articles
of  Incorporation,  or (2) the  adoption  of  By-Laws,  and,  from time to time,
amendments thereto  increasing or decreasing the number of directors.  The names
and  addresses  of the five (5) persons who are  appointed to serve as the first
Board of Directors are as follows:

         G. STEPHEN BILYEU, 621 Highlands St., Carson City, Nevada 89701
         PAUL M. CHALK, 706 Ivy St., Carson City, Nevada 89701
         KEITH W. MACDONALD, 707 Hillcrest St., Carson City, Nevada 89701
         THEODORE H. STOKES, 4400 Kings Canyon Road, Carson City, Nevada 89701
         WENDLE H. TARKINGTON, 670 W. Arroyo St., Reno, Nevada

         SIXTH:  The capital stock of the corporation  shall be issued only when
fully paid.
         
         SEVENTH:  The  names and post  office  addresses  of the  incorporators
signing these Articles of Incorporation  shall be the same as the first Board of
Directors set forth in paragraph FIFTH above.
<PAGE>
         EIGHTH:  The names and post office  addresses of subscribers  for stock
with the number of shares and the amount of each  subscription  are as  follows:

                                                                      SUBSCRIBED
                                                   NO. OF              PURCHASE
NAME:                   ADDRESS:                   SHARES:              PRICE: 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

G. STEPHEN BILYEU       621 Highlands St.           100               $1,250.00
                        Carson City, NV 89701 

PAUL M. CHALK           706 Ivy St.                 100               $1,250.00
                        Carson City, NV 89701  

KEITH W. MACDONALD      707 Hillcrest St.           100               $1,250.00
                        Carson City, NV 89701  

THEODORE H. STOKES      4400 Kings Canyon Rd.       100               $1,250.00
                        Carson City, NV 89701  

WENDLE H. TARKINGTON    670 W. Arroyo St.           100               $1,250.00
                        Reno, Nevada

         NINTH: This corporation shall have perpetual existence.

         TENTH:  The private  property of the  stockholders of this  corporation
shall not be subject  to the  payment  of the debts of said  corporation  to any
extent whatever.

         ELEVENTH:  The Board of Directors of this  corporation may from time to
time fix the  consideration  for  which  any and all of stock  shall be sold and
consideration  of such sale, and the terms fixed shall, in the absence of fraud,
be binding and conclusive upon the corporation and its  stockholders and any and
all  shares  issued  upon  compliance  with said  terms and upon  payment of the
consideration so fixed and the amount subscribed therefore,  shall be deemed and
held to be fully paid but subject to assessment  by the Board of Directors  upon
order of the  Superintendent of the Banks of the State of Nevada for the purpose
of  restoring  an  impairment  or  reduction of capital in the manner and to the
extent provided for in Nevada Revised Statutes 661.085 and 661.095.
<PAGE>
         TWELFTH:  The Board of Directors  shall have power from time to time to
determine  and vary the amount of the  working  capital of the  corporation;  to
determine whether any, and if any, what part of the accumulated profits shall be
declared in dividends and paid to the  stockholders;  to determine the times for
the declaration and the payment of dividends; and to direct and to determine the
use and  disposition  of any surplus or net  profits  over and above the capital
stock paid in. 

         From time to time,  to determine  whether,  and to what extent,  and at
what times and places,  and under what conditions and regulations,  the accounts
and books of this  corporation  (other  than the  original  or  duplicate  stock
ledger),  or any of them,  shall be open to inspection of  stockholders,  and no
stockholder shall have any right of inspection of any account,  book or document
of this  corporation  except as conferred  by statute,  unless  authorized  by a
resolution of the stockholders or directors.

         By resolution or resolutions,  passed by a majority of the whole board,
to designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more of
the  directors  of the  corporation,  which,  to the  extent  provided  in  said
resolution or resolutions, or in the By-Laws of the corporation, shall have, and
may  exercise  the  power of the Board of  Directors  in the  management  of the
business of the  corporation.  Such committee or committees shall have such name
or  names as may be  stated  in the  By-Laws  of the  corporation,  or as may be
determined by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
<PAGE>


         In carrying on the business of the  corporation  the Board of Directors
is  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  sell,  exchange,  mortgage,  bond or
otherwise  dispose of, deal with and  encumber any or all of the property of the
corporation,  upon such terms and conditions as such Board of Directors may deem
just and proper and for the best  interests of the  corporation,  subject to the
applicable laws of the State of Nevada.

         This corporation  may, in its By-Laws,  confer powers upon its Board of
Directors  in  addition  to the  foregoing,  and in  addition  to the powers and
authorities expressly conferred upon them by statute.

         THIRTEENTH: This corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change
or repeal any provision  contained in these  Articles of  Incorporation,  in the
manner  now  or  hereafter  prescribed  by  statute,  or by  these  Articles  of
Incorporation,  and all rights  conferred upon  stockholders  herein are granted
subject to this reservation.

         FOURTEENTH:  Meetings of the stockholders  and/or directors may be held
at any office of the corporation either in or out of the State of Nevada, in any
place in the world.

         FIFTEENTH:   A  director  or  officer   shall  not  be  liable  to  the
corporation,  nor to any  stockholder or stockholders  of the  corporation,  for
damages  which result from the breach of any  fiduciary  duty by the director or
officer,  unless  the  breach of  fiduciary  duty is the  result of: 

                 (a)    acts or omissions which involve intentional  misconduct,
                        fraud or a knowing violation of the law; or
<PAGE>
                 (b)    the payment of dividends in violation of NRS 78.300.  

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  we have  hereunto  set our hands this 11th day of
May, 1979.

                                                 /s/ G. Stephen Bilyeu
                                                 -------------------------
                                                 G. STEPHEN BILYEU


                                                 /s/ Paul M. Chalk
                                                 -------------------------
                                                 PAUL M. CHALK


                                                 /s/ Keith W. MacDonald
                                                 -------------------------
                                                 KEITH W. MACDONALD


                                                 /s/ Theodore H. Stokes
                                                 -------------------------
                                                 THEODORE H.  STOKES


                                                 /s/ Wendle H. Tarkington
                                                 -------------------------
                                                 WENDLE H.  TARKINGTON
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 3.4
                                   COMPOSITE

                                    BYLAWS OF

                                  COMSTOCK BANK
                               CARSON CITY, NEVADA



                        ORGANIZED UNDER THE BANKING LAWS
                             OF THE STATE OF NEVADA

<PAGE>
                                      INDEX
                                      -----

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

ARTICLE I         OFFICES                                                     1

                  Section 1.1      Principal Executive Office                 1
                  Section 1.2      Other Offices                              1

ARTICLE II        MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS                                    1

                  Section 2.1       Place of Meetings                         1
                  Section 2.2       Annual Meetings                           1
                  Section 2.3       Nominations for Director                  2
                  Section 2.4       Special Meetings                          3
                  Section 2.5       Quorum                                    3
                  Section 2.6       Adjourned Meeting and Notice Thereof      4
                  Section 2.7       Voting                                    4
                  Section 2.8       Validation of Defectively Called 
                                    or Noticed Meetings                       4
                  Section 2.9       Action Without Meeting                    5
                  Section 2.10      Proxies                                   6
                  Section 2.11      Inspectors of Election                    6

ARTICLE III       DIRECTORS                                                   7

                  Section 3.1       Powers                                    7
                  Section 3.2       Number and Classification of Directors    8
                  Section 3.3       Election and Term of Office               9
                  Section 3.4       Director's Oath                           9
                  Section 3.5       Vacancies                                 9
                  Section 3.6       Place of Meeting                         10
                  Section 3.7       Organization Meeting                     10
                  Section 3.8       Other Regular Meetings                   10
                  Section 3.9       Special Meetings                         10
                  Section 3.10      Action Without Meeting                   10
                  Section 3.11      Action at a Meeting; Quorum 
                                    and Required Vote                        11
                  Section 3.12      Validation of Defectively Called 
                                    or Noticed Meetings                      11
                  Section 3.13      Waiver of Notice by Attendance           11
                  Section 3.14      Adjournment                              11
                  Section 3.15      Notice of Adjournment                    11
                  Section 3.16      Fees and Compensation                    12
                  Section 3.17      Indemnification of Corporate Agents      12
                  Section 3.18      Transactions Between the Corporation 
                                    and its Directors                        12
<PAGE>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

ARTICLE IV        OFFICERS                                                   13

                  Section 4.1       Officers                                 13
                  Section 4.2       Election                                 13
                  Section 4.3       Subordinate Officers, etc.               13
                  Section 4.4       Removal and Resignation                  14
                  Section 4.5       Vacancies                                14
                  Section 4.6       President                                14
                  Section 4.7       Vice Presidents                          14
                  Section 4.8       Secretary                                14
                  Section 4.9       Cashier                                  15

ARTICLE V         GENERAL CORPORATE MATTERS                                  15

                  Section 5.1       Record Date                              15
                  Section 5.2       Inspection of Corporate Records          16
                  Section 5.3       Maintenance and Inspection of Bylaws     16
                  Section 5.4       Annual and Other Reports                 17
                  Section 5.5       Checks, Drafts, Etc.                     17
                  Section 5.6       Contracts, Etc., How Executed            17
                  Section 5.7       Certificates for Shares                  17
                  Section 5.8       Statements on Certificate for Shares     17
                  Section 5.9       Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates   17
                  Section 5.10      Representation of Shares of 
                                    Other Corporations                       17
                  Section 5.11      Construction and Definitions             18
                  Section 5.12      Corporate Seal                           18

ARTICLE VI        AMENDMENTS                                                 18

                  Section 6.1       Power of Shareholders                    18
                  Section 6.2       Power of Directors                       18
                  Section 6.3       Effective Date                           18

<PAGE>
                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                                  COMSTOCK BANK
                      (A NEVADA STATE BANKING CORPORATION)


                                    ARTICLE I
                                     OFFICES
         Section 1.1 Principal Executive Office . The principal executive office
of the  Corporation  (the "Head  Office") is hereby  fixed and located in Carson
City,  State of Nevada.  The Board of Directors is hereby granted full power and
authority  to charge said Head Office from one  location to another,  subject to
all necessary regulatory approvals.

         Section 1.2 Other Offices . Branch  offices or other places of business
may at any time be established by the Board of Directors at any place or places,
subject to all necessary regulatory approvals.


                                   ARTICLE II

                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

         Section 2.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of  shareholders  shall be
held at the Head Office of the  Corporation,  or at any other  place  within the
State of Nevada which may be  designated  either by the Board of Directors or by
the written  consent of all persons  entitled to vote thereat and not present at
the  meeting,  given  either  before or after  the  meeting  and filed  with the
Secretary of the Corporation.

         Section 2.2       Annual Meetings .

                 (a)    Time and Place. The Annual Meeting of Shareholders shall
                        be held each year on a date and at a time  designated by
                        the Board of Directors.

                 (b)    Business  to  be  Transacted.  At  the  Annual  Meeting,
                        directors  shall be  elected,  reports of the affairs of
                        the  Corporation  shall  be  considered,  and any  other
                        business may be transacted which is within the powers of
                        the shareholders.

                 (c)    Notice,  Means.  Written  notice of each Annual  Meeting
                        shall  be given to each  shareholder  entitled  to vote,
                        either  personally  or by mail or other means of written
                        communication,   charges  prepaid,   addressed  to  such
                        shareholder at his address appearing on the books of the
                        corporation or given by him to the  Corporation  for the
                        purpose of notice.  If any notice or report addressed to
                        the  shareholder  at the  address  of  such  shareholder
                        appearing on the books of the Corporation is returned to
                        the  Corporation  by the United  States  Postal  Service
                        marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service
                        is  unable  to  deliver  the  notice  or  report  to the
                        shareholder  at such  address,  all  future  notices  or
<PAGE>
                        reports  shall be deemed to have been duly given without
                        further  mailing if the same shall be available  for the
                        shareholder  upon written  demand of the  shareholder at
                        the Head Office of the  Corporation  for a period of one
                        year from the date of the giving of the notice or report
                        to all other  shareholders.  If a  shareholder  gives no
                        address,  notice  shall be deemed to have been given him
                        if sent by mail or other means of written  communication
                        addressed  to the  place  where  the Head  Office of the
                        Corporation  is situated,  or if published at least once
                        in some  newspaper of general  circulation in the county
                        in which said Head Office is located.  An  affidavit  of
                        the  mailing or other  means of giving any notice of any
                        Annual  Meeting  shall  be  executed  by the  Secretary,
                        Assistant  Secretary,  or  any  transfer  agent  of  the
                        Corporation  giving the  notice,  and shall be filed and
                        maintained in the minute book of the Corporation.

                 (d)    Notice,  Time and  Content.  All notices  referred to in
                        subsection (c) above shall be given to each  shareholder
                        entitled  thereto  not less  than ten (10) days nor more
                        than sixty (60) days  before each  Annual  Meeting.  Any
                        such  notice  shall be deemed to have been  given at the
                        time when delivered  personally or deposited in the mail
                        or sent by other means of written communication.

                  Such notices shall specify:

                        (i)    the  place,  the  date,  and  the  hour  of  such
                               meeting;

                        (ii)   those matters which the Board, at the time of the
                               mailing of the  notice,  intends  to present  for
                               action by the shareholders;

                        (iii)  if  directors  are to be  elected,  the  names of
                               nominees intended at the time of the notice to be
                               presented by management for election;

                        (iv)   the general nature of a proposal, if any, to take
                               action  with   respect  to  approval  of,  (a)  a
                               contract or other  transaction with an interested
                               director,   (b)  amendment  of  the  articles  of
                               incorporation,   (c)  a  reorganization   of  the
                               Corporation,  (d)  voluntary  dissolution  of the
                               Corporation, or (e) a distribution in dissolution
                               other  than in  accordance  with  the  rights  of
                               outstanding preferred shares, if any; and

                        (v)    such other  matters,  if any, as may be expressly
                               required by statute.

         Section 2.3  Nominations  for  Director .  Nominations  for election of
members of the Board of  Directors  may be made by the Board of  Directors or by
any  shareholder  of any  outstanding  class of voting stock of the  Corporation
entitled to vote for the election of directors.  Notice of intention to make any
nominations,  other than by the Board of  Directors,  shall be made in  writing,
signed and  received by the  President of the  Corporation  no more than 60 days
prior to any meeting of shareholders  called for the election of directors,  and
no more  than 10 days  after  the date the  notice  of such  meeting  is sent to
shareholders pursuant to Section 2.2 of these bylaws; provided, however, that if
only 10 days'  notice of the  meeting is given to  shareholders,  such notice of
intention to nominate shall be received by the President of the  Corporation not
<PAGE>
later than the time fixed in the notice of the  meeting  for the  opening of the
meeting. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent
known to the notifying shareholder: (a) the name, address and the term of office
of each proposed nominee; (b) the principal occupation of each proposed nominee;
(c) the  number  of  shares of  voting  stock of the  Corporation  owned by each
proposed  nominee;   (d)  the  name  and  residence  address  of  the  notifying
shareholder;  (e) the number of shares of voting stock of the Corporation  owned
by the notifying  shareholder;  and (f) with the written consent of the proposed
nominee, whether the proposed nominee has ever been convicted of or pleaded nolo
contendere  to any criminal  offense  involving  dishonesty  or breach of trust,
filed a petition in bankruptcy or been adjudged  bankrupt.  Nominations not made
in accordance herewith shall be disregarded by the then chairman of the meeting,
and the  inspectors  of election  shall then  disregard  all votes cast for each
nominee.

         The  first  paragraph  of this  Section  2.3  shall be set forth in any
notice of a shareholders'  meeting,  whether  pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section
2.4 of these  bylaws,  at which  meeting  the  election  of  directors  is to be
considered.

         Section 2.4       Special Meetings .

                 (a)    Calling of. Special  meetings of the  shareholders,  for
                        the  purpose  of  taking  any  action  permitted  by the
                        shareholders  under the Nevada Revised  Statutes and the
                        articles of  incorporation of this  Corporation,  may be
                        called at any time by the  Chairman  of the  Board,  the
                        President,  the  Board of  Directors,  or by one or more
                        shareholders  holding  not less  than  thirty-three  and
                        one-third  percent  (33-1/3%) of the outstanding  shares
                        entitled to vote.

                 (b)    Time and Notice of. Upon receipt of a request in writing
                        that a special meeting of shareholders be called for any
                        proper  purpose,  directed to the Chairman of the Board,
                        President,  Vice  President  or  Secretary by any person
                        (other  than  the  Board)  entitled  to  call a  special
                        meeting  of   shareholders,   then  such  officer  shall
                        forthwith  cause  notice  to be  given  to  shareholders
                        entitled  to vote that a meeting  will be held at a time
                        requested  by the person or persons  calling the meeting
                        or at a time set by the officer if the requested time is
                        inexpedient,   which   time   shall  be  not  less  than
                        thirty-five  (35) nor more than  sixty  (60) days  after
                        receipt  of the  request.  If such  notice  is not given
                        within  twenty (20) days after  receipt of such request,
                        the  persons  calling  for the  meeting  may give notice
                        thereof in the manner  provided by these bylaws or apply
                        to the District Court for an order  requiring the giving
                        of such  notice.  Except in special  cases  where  other
                        express  provision  is made by  statute,  notice of such
                        special  meetings  shall be given in the same  manner as
                        for Annual Meetings of Shareholders.  In addition to the
                        matters  required by item (i) and, if  applicable,  item
                        (iii) of  Section  2.2 of these  bylaws,  notice  of any
                        special  meeting shall specify the general nature of the
                        business to be transacted,  and no other business may be
                        transacted at such meeting.

         Section  2.5  Quorum  . A  majority  of the  shares  entitled  to vote,
represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business at any meeting of shareholders.  The shareholders  present at a duly
called or held  meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business
until  adjournment,  notwithstanding  the withdrawal of enough  shareholders  to
leave less than a quorum,  if any  action  taken  (other  than  adjournment)  is
approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.
<PAGE>
         Section 2.6 Adjourned  Meeting and Notice  Thereof . Any  shareholders'
meeting, Annual or Special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned
from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares,  the holders of which
are either present in person or represented by proxy thereat, but in the absence
of a quorum no other  business  may be  transacted  at such  meeting,  except as
provided in Section 2.4 above. When any shareholders' meeting,  either Annual or
Special, is adjourned for forty-five (45) days or more, or if after adjournment,
a new record date is fixed for the  adjourned  meeting,  notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Except as provided
above, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time and place of the
adjourned  meeting or of the business to be  transacted  thereat,  other than by
announcement  of the  time and  place  thereof  at the  meeting  at  which  such
adjournment is taken.

         Section 2.7       Voting .

                 (a)    Record Date. Unless a record date for voting purposes is
                        fixed as  provided  in Section 5.1 of Article V of these
                        bylaws  then,  subject to any  provisions  of the Nevada
                        Revised Statutes (relating to voting of shares held by a
                        fiduciary,  in the  name of a  corporation,  or in joint
                        ownership),  only persons in whose names shares entitled
                        to vote stand on the stock records of the Corporation at
                        the close of business on the business day next preceding
                        the day on which  notice of the  meeting  is given or if
                        such  notice is waived,  at the close of business on the
                        business day next preceding the day on which the meeting
                        of  shareholders  is held,  shall be entitled to vote at
                        such meeting,  and such day shall be the record date for
                        such meeting.

                 (b)    Ballot.  Voting  may  be  oral  or  by  written  ballot;
                        provided,  however,  all elections for directors must be
                        by ballot if demand for  election by ballot is made by a
                        shareholder at the meeting and before the voting begins.
                        If a quorum is present,  except with respect to election
                        of directors,  the  affirmative  vote of the majority of
                        the shares  represented  at the meeting and  entitled to
                        vote on any matter shall be the act of the shareholders,
                        unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes
                        is  required  by  the  Nevada  Revised  Statutes  or the
                        Articles of Incorporation.

         Section 2.8 Validation of Defectively  Called or Noticed Meetings . The
transactions of any meeting of shareholders,  either Annual or special,  however
called and  noticed,  and  wherever  held,  shall be as valid as though had at a
meeting duly held after regular call and notice,  if a quorum be present  either
in person or by proxy,  and if, either before or after the meeting,  each of the
persons  entitled to vote,  who was not  present in person or by proxy,  signs a
written waiver of notice or a consent to a holding of the meeting or an approval
of the  minutes.  The waiver of notice or consent  need not  specify  either the
business to be  transacted  or the  purpose of any Annual or special  meeting of
shareholders except that if action is taken or proposed to be taken for approval
of any of those  matters  specified  in Section  2.2 (d) (iv) or Article II, the
waiver of notice or consent shall state the general nature of the proposal.  All
such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or
made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
<PAGE>
         Attendance by a person at a meeting  shall also  constitute a waiver of
notice of that meeting,  except when the person objects, at the beginning of the
meeting,  to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened,  and except that  attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of
any right to object to the  consideration  of matters not included in the notice
of the meeting if that objection is expressly made at the meeting.

         Section 2.9       Action Without Meeting.

                 (a)    Election  of  Directors.  Except as  provided in Section
                        3.5(d) of Article III of these Bylaws,  Directors may be
                        elected  without a  meeting  by a  consent  in  writing,
                        setting forth the action so taken,  signed by a majority
                        of the  persons  who would be  entitled  to vote for the
                        election of directors,  provided  that,  without  notice
                        except as  hereinafter  set  forth,  a  director  may be
                        elected at any time to fill a vacancy  not filled by the
                        directors  by the written  consent of persons  holding a
                        majority of the outstanding  shares entitled to vote for
                        the election of directors.

                 (b)    Other  Action.  Unless  otherwise  provided  for  in the
                        articles,  any action which,  under any provision of the
                        Nevada Revised Statutes may be taken at a meeting of the
                        shareholders,  may  be  taken  without  a  meeting,  and
                        without  notice except as  hereinafter  set forth,  if a
                        consent in writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,
                        is signed by the holders of  outstanding  shares  having
                        not less than the minimum  number of votes that would be
                        necessary  to authorize or take such action at a meeting
                        at  which  all  shares  entitled  to vote  thereon  were
                        present and voted.

         Unless  the  consent  of all  shareholders  entitled  to vote have been
solicited in writing:  (i) notice of any proposed  shareholder approval of (a) a
contract or other transaction with an interested  director,  (b) indemnification
of an agent of the  Corporation  as authorized by Section 3.17 of Article III of
these Bylaws, (c) a reorganization of the Corporation,  or (d) a distribution in
dissolution  other than in accordance  with the rights of outstanding  preferred
shares, if any, without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent,  shall
be given at least ten (10) days before the consummation of the action authorized
by such  approval;  and,  (ii) prompt notice shall be given of the taking of any
other corporate  action approved by shareholders  without a meeting by less than
unanimous written consent,  to those shareholders  entitled to vote who have not
consented  in writing.  Such  notices  shall be given in the manner and shall be
deemed to have been  given as  provided  in  Section  2.2 of Article II of these
Bylaws.

         Unless,  as provided in Section 5.1 of Article V of these  Bylaws,  the
Board of Directors has fixed a record date for the determination of shareholders
entitled to notice of and to give such written consent, the record date for such
determination  shall be the day on which the first written consent is given. All
such written consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.

         Any  shareholder  giving  a  written  consent,   or  the  shareholder's
proxyholders,  or a transferee of the shares of a personal representative of the
shareholder or his respective proxyholders,  may revoke the consent by a writing
received  by the  Corporation  prior to the time that  written  consents  of the
number of shares  required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with
the Secretary of the Corporation,  but may not do so thereafter. Such revocation
is effective upon its receipt by the Secretary of the Corporation.
<PAGE>
         Section  2.10  Proxies  .  Every  person  entitled  to vote or  execute
consents shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents
authorized  by a written  proxy  executed by such person or his duly  authorized
agent and filed with the Secretary of the  Corporation.  Any proxy duly executed
is not revoked and  continues in full force and effect  until (i) an  instrument
revoking  it or a duly  executed  proxy  bearing a later  date is filed with the
Secretary of the Corporation prior to the vote pursuant thereto, (ii) the person
executing  the proxy  attends the meeting and votes in person,  or (iii) written
notice of the death or  incapacity of the maker of such proxy is received by the
Corporation before said proxy is voted and counted;  provided that no such proxy
shall be valid  after  the  expiration  of six (6)  months  from the date of its
execution,  unless coupled with an interest,  or unless the person  executing it
specifies therein the length of time for which it is to continue in force, which
in no case shall exceed seven (7) years from the date of its execution.

         Section 2.11      Inspectors of Election .

                 (a)    Appointment,  Number.  In  advance  of  any  meeting  of
                        shareholders,  the Board of  Directors  may  appoint any
                        persons,  other than nominees for office,  as inspectors
                        of  election to act at such  meeting or any  adjournment
                        thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed,
                        or if any person so appointed fails to appear or refuses
                        to act, the chairman of any such meeting may, and on the
                        request of any shareholder or his proxy shall, make such
                        appointment  at the  meeting.  The number of  inspectors
                        shall be either one (1) or three (3). If  appointed at a
                        meeting on the  request of one or more  shareholders  or
                        proxies, the majority of shares represented in person or
                        by proxy  shall  determine  whether one (1) or three (3)
                        inspectors are to be appointed.

                 (b)    Duties.  The  duties  of  such  inspectors  shall  be as
                        prescribed  herein and shall  include:  determining  the
                        number of shares  outstanding  and the  voting  power of
                        each;  the  shares  represented  at  the  meeting;   the
                        existence of a quorum;  the  authenticity,  validity and
                        effect of proxies; receiving votes, ballots or consents;
                        hearing and  determining all challenges and questions in
                        any way  arising in  connection  with the right to vote;
                        counting   and   tabulating   all  votes  or   consents;
                        determining when the polls shall close;  determining the
                        result;  and such acts as may be proper to  conduct  the
                        election or vote with fairness to all  shareholders.  In
                        the determination of the validity and effect of proxies,
                        the  dates   contained  on  the  forms  of  proxy  shall
                        presumptively  determine  the order of  execution of the
                        proxies   regardless  of  the  postmark   dates  on  the
                        envelopes in which they are mailed.  The  inspectors  of
                        election shall perform their duties impartially, in good
                        faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously
                        as is  practical.  If there are three (3)  inspectors of
                        election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority
                        is  effective in all  respects as the  decision,  act or
                        certificate  of all. Any report or  certificate  made by
                        the  inspectors  of election is prima facie  evidence of
                        the facts stated therein.
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE III

                                    DIRECTORS

         Section  3.1 Powers . Subject to any  limitations  of the  Articles  of
Incorporation  and of the Nevada Revised  Statutes to action to be authorized or
approved  by  the  shareholders  and  subject  to the  duties  of  directors  as
prescribed by these bylaws,  all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under
the  authority  of, and the  business  and affairs of the  Corporation  shall be
controlled by, the Board of Directors. Without prejudice to such general powers,
but subject to the same  limitations,  it is hereby expressly  declared that the
directors shall have the following powers:

                  First - To select  and  remove  all the  officers,  agents and
         employees of the Corporation, prescribe such powers and duties for them
         as may not be inconsistent with law, with the articles of incorporation
         or these bylaws, fix their compensation, including retirement, employee
         benefits, stock options or other forms deemed appropriate,  and require
         from them security for faithful service.

                  Second - To  conduct,  manage  and  control  the  affairs  and
         business  of the  Corporation,  and to make such rules and  regulations
         therefor   not   inconsistent   with  law,  or  with  the  articles  of
         incorporation or the bylaws, as they may deem best.

                  Third - To change the Head Office of the Corporation  from one
         location  to another as  provided  in Section 1.1 of Article I of these
         bylaws;  to fix and locate from time to time one or more branch offices
         or other places of business of the Corporation,  as provided in Section
         1.2 of Article I of these  bylaws;  to  designate  any place within the
         State  of  Nevada  for the  holding  of any  shareholders'  meeting  or
         meetings; and to adopt, make and use a corporate seal, and to prescribe
         the forms of certificates of stock,  and to alter the form of such seal
         and of such  certificates  from time to time, as in their judgment they
         may deem best,  provided such seal and such  certificates  shall at all
         times comply with the provisions of law.

                  Fourth - To  authorize  the  issue of  shares of stock for the
         Corporation from time to time, upon such terms as may be lawful.

                  Fifth  - To  borrow  money  and  incur  indebtedness  for  the
         purposes of the Corporation,  and to cause to be executed and delivered
         therefor,  in the corporate  name,  promissory  notes,  bonds,  capital
         notes, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages,  pledges,  hypothecations
         or other  evidences  of debt and  securities  therefor,  to the  extent
         permitted by law.

                  Sixth - By resolution  adopted by a majority of the authorized
         number of  directors,  the Board may  designate an executive  and other
         committees,  each consisting of two or more directors,  to serve at the
         pleasure of the Board, and to prescribe the manner in which proceedings
         of such  committee  shall be  conducted.  Unless the Board of Directors
         shall  otherwise  prescribe  the  manner  of  proceedings  of any  such
         committee,  meetings of such  committee  may be regularly  scheduled in
         advance  and may be  called  at any  time by any two  members  thereof;
         otherwise,  the  provisions  of these bylaws with respect to notice and
         conduct of meetings of the Board shall govern.  Any such committee,  to
         the extent provided in a resolution of the Board, shall have all of the
         authority of the Board, except with respect to:
<PAGE>
                        (i)    the  approval  of any action for which the Nevada
                               Revised Statutes or the articles of incorporation
                               also require shareholder approval;

                        (ii)   the filling of  vacancies  on the Board or in any
                               committee;

                        (iii)  the fixing of  compensation  of the directors for
                               serving on the Board or on any committee;

                        (iv)   the adoption, amendment or repeal of bylaws;

                        (v)    the amendment or repeal of any  resolution of the
                               Board;

                        (vi)   any distribution to the shareholders, except at a
                               rate or in a  periodic  amount  or within a price
                               range determined by the board;

                        (vii)  the appointment of other  committees of the Board
                               or the members thereof; or

                        (viii) the  approval  of any action for which the Nevada
                               Revised   Statutes  require  the  approval  of  a
                               greater number of directors.

                  Seventh - The Board may appoint a Stock  Option  Committee  or
         Committees  composed of not less than three (3) directors,  one of whom
         shall  serve as  chairman.  The  duties of this  Committee  shall be to
         manage  this  Corporation's  stock  option  plan(s),  to make  periodic
         reports to the Board as to the status of the Plan,  and, in addition to
         the  power of the  Board  to grant  options,  to  grant  qualified  and
         non-qualified  options  pursuant  to  the  Corporation's  stock  option
         plan(s).

                  Eighth - The Board may establish  one or more advisory  boards
         of directors or advisory  committees to advise the  Corporation  as the
         Board may authorize.  Each member of such a board or committee shall be
         appointed  by the Board of  Directors  on a  year-to-year  basis.  Such
         members may be permitted to attend certain  meetings of the Board,  but
         they shall have no vote on matters acted upon by the Board. 

         Section  3.2 Number and  Classification  of  Directors  . The number of
directors  shall not be less than five (5) nor than nine (9) until  changed by a
bylaw  amending this Section 3.2 duly adopted by the vote or written  consent of
holders of a majority of the  outstanding  shares  entitled  to vote.  The exact
number  of  directors  shall  be fixed  from  time to time,  within  the  limits
specified in the Articles of Incorporation or in this Section 3.2, by a bylaw or
amendment thereof or by a resolution duly adopted by a vote of a majority of the
shares entitled to vote  represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is
present,  or by  the  written  consent  of  the  holders  of a  majority  of the
outstanding  shares entitled to vote, or by the Board of Directors.  (Amended by
Minutes, December 10, 1981.)
<PAGE>
         Subject  to  the  foregoing  provisions  for  changing  the  number  of
directors,  the number of directors of this  Corporation has been fixed at seven
(7).

         Section 3.3 Election and Term of Office . Directors shall be elected at
each Annual Meeting of Shareholders,  but if any such Annual Meeting is not held
or the  directors are not elected  thereat,  the directors may be elected at any
special  meeting of  shareholders  held for that purpose.  The term of office of
directors shall expire at the first Annual Meeting of  shareholders  after their
election.  Thereafter, at each Annual Meeting directors shall be elected to hold
office until the second  succeeding  Annual  Meeting.  All directors  shall hold
office until a successor is elected and qualified, subject to the Nevada Revised
Statutes  and the  provisions  of these by laws with respect to vacancies on the
Board.

         Section 3.4 Director's  Oath . Each director upon taking office,  after
receipt of a certificate  of authority by the  Corporation  to conduct a banking
business  from  the  Nevada  Superintendent  of  Banks,  shall  make  an oath or
affirmation as required by Section  661.155 of the Nevada  Revised  Statutes and
each such oath,  subscribed  by the director and  certified by the notary public
before  whom  it  is  taken,   shall  be  immediately   filed  with  the  Nevada
Superintendent of Banks.

         Section 3.5       Vacancies .

                 (a)    When  a  Vacancy  Exists.  A  vacancy  in the  Board  of
                        Directors  shall be deemed to exist:  (1) in case of the
                        death,  resignation or removal of any director; (2) if a
                        director  has been  declared of unsound mind by order of
                        court;  (3) if a director is convicted of a felony;  (4)
                        if the authorized number of directors be increased;  (5)
                        if the  shareholders  fail,  at any  annual  or  special
                        meeting  of   shareholders  at  which  any  director  or
                        directors  are  elected,  to elect  the full  authorized
                        number of directors to be voted for at that meeting;  or
                        (6) any time that a minimum of five  directors have been
                        elected at the immediately  preceding annual meeting and
                        there  remain  unfilled  positions,  up to  the  maximum
                        number of positions  authorized by Article III,  Section
                        3.2 of  these  Bylaws,  for  which  candidates  were not
                        proposed  and  voted  on at  the  immediately  preceding
                        annual meeting.

                 (b)    Filling of  Vacancies  by  Directors.  Vacancies  in the
                        Board of  Directors  may be filled by a majority  of the
                        directors,  though  less  than  a  quorum,  or by a sole
                        remaining  director,  and each director so elected shall
                        hold office until his  successor is elected at an annual
                        or a special  meeting of  shareholders.  If the Board of
                        Directors accepts the resignation of a director tendered
                        to take effect at a future time,  the Board of Directors
                        (or the  shareholders)  may  elect a  successor  to take
                        office when the resignation becomes effective.

                 (c)    Filling of Vacancies by  Shareholders.  The shareholders
                        may elect a director  or  directors  at any time to fill
                        any vacancy or  vacancies  not filled by the  directors.
                        Any such  election by written  consent shall require the
                        consent  of holders  of a  majority  of the  outstanding
                        shares entitled to vote.
<PAGE>
                 (d)    Vacancy Due to Removal of Director.  Any director may be
                        removed  from  office by the vote or written  consent of
                        stockholders  representing  not less than  two-thirds of
                        the issued and  outstanding  capital  stock  entitled to
                        voting power.

                 (e)    When Reduction in Number Effective.  No reduction of the
                        authorized  number of directors shall have the effect of
                        removing any  director  prior to the  expiration  of his
                        term of office.

         Section  3.6  Place  of  Meeting.  Regular  meetings  of the  Board  of
Directors  shall be held at any place  within the State of Nevada which has been
designated  from time to time by resolution of the Board. In the absence of such
designation,  regular  meetings  shall  be  held  at  the  Head  Office  of  the
Corporation.  Special  meetings  of the Board  may be held  either at a place so
designated or at the Head Office.

         Section 3.7  Organization  Meeting . Immediately  following each Annual
Meeting of  Shareholders  the Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting at
the place of said Annual Meeting or at such other place as shall be fixed by the
Board of Directors,  for the purpose of organization,  election of officers, and
the transaction of other  business.  Call and notice of such meetings are hereby
dispensed with.

         Section  3.8 Other  Regular  Meetings . Other  regular  meetings of the
Board of Directors  shall be held at least once each calendar  month at such day
and hour as  shall  be fixed  from  time to time by the  Board of  Directors  by
resolution or in the bylaws.  If such day falls upon a legal holiday,  then said
meeting shall be held at the same time on the next day thereafter  ensuing which
is a full  business  day.  Notice of all such  regular  meetings of the Board of
Directors is hereby dispensed with.

         Section  3.9  Special  Meetings  .  Special  meetings  of the  Board of
Directors  for any  purpose  or  purposes  shall  be  called  at any time by the
Chairman of the Board,  the President,  any Vice President,  the Secretary or by
any two  directors.  Written  notice of the time and place of  special  meetings
shall be delivered  personally to each director or communicated to each director
by telephone, or by telegraph or mail, charges prepaid,  addressed to him at his
address as it is shown upon the records of the  Corporation  or, if it is not so
shown on such records or if not readily ascertainable, at the place at which the
meetings of the directors  are regularly  held. In case such notice is mailed or
telegraphed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail or delivered to the
telegraph  company in the place in which the Head Office of the  Corporation  is
located at least three (3) days prior to the time of the holding of the meeting.
In case such notice is delivered, personally or by telephone, as above provided,
it shall be so  delivered at least  twenty-four  (24) hours prior to the time of
the holding of the meeting. Such mailing,  telegraphing or delivery,  personally
or by telephone,  as above  provided,  shall  constitute due, legal and personal
notice to such director.  Any notice shall state the date, place and hour of the
meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted.
<PAGE>
         Section  3.10  Action  Without  Meeting  . Any  action  by the Board of
Directors  may be taken  without a meeting  if all  members  of the Board  shall
individually  or  collectively  consent in writing to such action.  Such written
consent or consents  shall be filed with the minutes of the  proceedings  of the
Board  and shall  have the same  force and  effect as a  unanimous  vote of such
directors.

         Section 3.11 Action at a Meeting;  Quorum and Required  Vote . Presence
of a majority of the authorized number of directors at a meeting of the Board of
Directors  constitutes  a quorum  for the  transaction  of  business,  except as
hereinafter provided.  Members of the Board may participate in a meeting through
use of conference telephone or similar communications  equipment, so long as all
members  participating in such meeting can hear one another.  Participation in a
meeting as permitted in the preceding sentence constitutes presence in person at
such  meeting,  and each  person  participating  in the  meeting  shall sign the
minutes  thereof.  Every  act or  decision  done or made  by a  majority  of the
directors  present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present  shall be
regarded as the act of the Board of Directors,  unless a greater number,  or the
same number after  disqualifying  one or more directors from voting, is required
by law, by the articles of incorporation, or by these bylaws. A meeting at which
a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business  notwithstanding
the  withdrawal of a director,  provided that any action taken is approved by at
least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.

         Section 3.12 Validation of Defectively Called or Noticed Meetings . The
transactions  of any  meeting  of the Board of  Directors,  however  called  and
noticed or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held
after  regular call and notice,  if a quorum is present and if, either before or
after the meeting, each of the directors not present or who, though present, has
prior to the meeting or at its commencement, protested the lack of proper notice
to him, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to holding such meeting or
an approval of the minutes  thereof.  All such  waivers,  consents or  approvals
shall be filed with the  corporate  records or made a part of the minutes of the
meeting.

         Section 3.13 Waiver of Notice by  Attendance . Attendance by a director
at any meeting  shall  constitute a waiver of notice of such  meeting,  unless a
director  attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any
business  because the meeting is not  lawfully  called,  noticed,  or  convened;
provided,  however,  if after  stating his  objection,  the  objecting  director
continues to attend and by his attendance participates in any matters other than
those to which he  objected,  he shall be deemed to have  waived  notice of such
meeting and withdrawn his objections.

         Section 3.14  Adjournment  . A quorum of the  directors may adjourn any
directors'  meeting to meet again at a stated day and hour;  provided,  however,
that in the  absence  of a quorum a  majority  of the  directors  present at any
directors'  meeting,  either  regular or special,  may adjourn from time to time
until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board.

         Section 3.15 Notice of  Adjournment  . If the meeting is adjourned  for
more than twenty-four  (24) hours,  notice of any adjournment to another time or
place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the directors
who were not present at the time of  adjournment.  Otherwise  notice of the time
and place of holding an adjourned  meeting need not be given to absent directors
if the time and place be fixed at the meeting adjourned.
<PAGE>
         Section  3.16  Fees  and   Compensation  .  Directors  and  members  of
committees may receive such compensation,  if any, for their services,  and such
reimbursement  for expenses,  as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the
Board.

         Section 3.17  Indemnification of Corporate Agents . The corporation may
indemnify each of its agents against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and
other amounts,  actually and reasonably incurred by such person having been made
or having  been  threatened  to be made a party to a  proceeding  to the fullest
extent  possible  by the  provisions  of the  Nevada  Revised  Statutes  and the
Corporation may advance the expenses  reasonably expected to be incurred by such
agent in defending any such proceeding upon receipt of the undertaking  required
by the Nevada Revised  Statutes.  The terms "agent,"  "proceeding" and "expense"
made in this  Section  3.17  shall  have the same  meaning as such terms in said
Section 78.751 of the Nevada Revised Statutes.

         Section 3.18 Transactions Between the Corporation and its Directors .

                 (a)    Corporation   and   Directors.   No  contract  or  other
                        transaction  between the  Corporation and one or more of
                        its  directors,  or  between  the  Corporation  and  any
                        corporation, firm or association in which one or more of
                        its directors has a material  financial interest (a mere
                        common  directorship  shall not  constitute  a  material
                        financial interest),  is either void or voidable because
                        such  director or directors  or such other  corporation,
                        firm or association are parties or because such director
                        or directors  are present at the meeting of the board or
                        a  committee  thereof  which  authorizes,   approves  or
                        ratifies the contract or transaction, if

                        (1)    the material facts as to the  transaction  and as
                               to such  director's  interest are fully disclosed
                               or known to the  shareholders,  and such contract
                               or  transaction  is approved in good faith by the
                               affirmative  vote  of a  majority  of the  shares
                               entitled  to  vote,  represented  at a duly  held
                               meeting  at  which  a  quorum  is  present  or by
                               written consent of shareholders,  with the shares
                               owned by the interested director or directors not
                               being entitled to vote thereon;

                        (2)    the material facts as to the  transaction  and as
                               to such  director's  interest are fully disclosed
                               or known to the Board or committee, and the Board
                               or committee authorizes, approves or ratifies the
                               contract or  transaction  in good faith by a vote
                               sufficient  without  counting  the  vote  of  the
                               interested   director  or   directors,   and  the
                               contract or transaction is just and reasonable as
                               to the  Corporation at the time it is authorized,
                               approved or ratified; or

                        (3)    as to contracts or  transactions  not approved as
                               provided  in   paragraph   (a)  or  (b)  of  this
                               subdivision, the person asserting the validity of
                               the contract or  transaction  sustains the burden
                               of proving that the contract or  transaction  was
                               just and reasonable as to the  Corporation at the
                               time it was authorized, approved or ratified.
<PAGE>
                 (b)    Corporations Having Interrelated  Directors. No contract
                        or other  transaction  between the  Corporation  and any
                        corporation  or  association of which one or more of its
                        directors  are  directors  is  either  void or  voidable
                        because such  director or  directors  are present at the
                        meeting  of  the  Board  or a  committee  thereof  which
                        authorizes,   approves  or  ratifies   the  contract  or
                        transactions, if

                        (1)    The material facts as to the  transaction  and as
                               to such director's  other  directorship are fully
                               disclosed or known to the Board or committee, and
                               the Board or  committee  authorizes,  approves or
                               ratifies  the  contract  or  transaction  in good
                               faith by a vote sufficient  without  counting the
                               vote of the common director or directors,  or the
                               contract  or   transaction  is  approved  by  the
                               shareholders in good faith, or

                        (2)    As  to  contracts  or  other   transactions   not
                               approved  as provided  in  paragraph  (1) of this
                               subdivision,  the contract or transaction is just
                               and reasonable as to the  Corporation at the time
                               it is authorized, approved or ratified.

         This subsection (b) does not apply to contracts or transactions covered
by subsection (a).

                 (c)    Interested Directors. Interested or common directors may
                        be counted in determining  the presence of a quorum at a
                        meeting  of  the  Board  or a  committee  thereof  which
                        authorizes,   approves   or   ratifies  a  contract   or
                        transaction.

                 (d)    Loans and  Extensions  of Credit.  For  purposes of this
                        Section 3.18,  the term  "transaction"  does not include
                        loans or extensions of credit in the ordinary  course of
                        business.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

         Section  4.1  Officers . The  officers  of the  Corporation  shall be a
President, a Vice President, a Secretary and a Cashier. The Corporation may also
have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, additional Vice Presidents, a
Chairman of the Board, one or more Assistant Secretaries,  one or more Assistant
Cashiers  and such other  officers as may be appointed  in  accordance  with the
provisions of Section 4.3. One person may hold two or more offices,  except that
the offices of President and Secretary shall not be held by the same person.

         Section 4.2  Election . The  officers of the  Corporation,  except such
officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 or
Section 4.5, shall be chosen annually by the Board of Directors,  and each shall
hold his  office  until he  shall  resign  or  shall  be  removed  or  otherwise
disqualified  to serve,  or his successor  shall be elected and  qualified.  The
President shall be elected from among the members of the Board of Directors.
<PAGE>
         Section 4.3  Subordinate  Officers,  Etc.  The Board of  Directors  may
appoint,  and may empower the President to appoint,  such other  officers as the
business of the  Corporation  may require,  each of whom shall hold office,  for
such  period,  have such  authority  and perform  such duties as are provided in
these bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

         Section  4.4  Removal  and  Resignation  . Any  officer may be removed,
either  with or without  cause,  by the Board of  Directors,  at any  regular or
special meeting thereof,  or except in case of an officer chosen by the Board of
Directors,  by any officer  upon whom such power of removal may be  conferred by
the Board of Directors.

         Any  officer  may  resign at any time by giving  written  notice to the
Board of Directors or to the President or to the  Secretary of the  Corporation,
without prejudice,  however, to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any
contract  to which such  officer  is a party.  Any such  resignation  shall take
effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time  specified
therein;  and,  unless  otherwise  specified  therein,  the  acceptance  of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

         Section  4.5  Vacancies  . A vacancy  in any  office  because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the
manner prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointments to such office.

         Section 4.6  President  . The  President  shall be the chief  executive
officer of the  Corporation  and shall,  subject to the  control of the Board of
Directors,  have general supervision,  direction and control of the business and
officers  of  the  Corporation.   He  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the
shareholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors in the absence of the
Chairman of the Board. He shall have the general powers and duties of management
usually vested in the office of president of a corporation,  and shall have such
other  powers and duties as may be  prescribed  by the Board of Directors or the
bylaws.

         Section 4.7 Vice  Presidents . In the case of absence or  disability of
the President,  the Vice Presidents,  if any, in order of their rank as fixed by
the Board of Directors or if not ranked,  the Vice  President  designated by the
Board of Directors,  shall perform all the duties of the President,  and when so
acting  shall have all the  powers  of,  and be subject to all the  restrictions
upon,  the  President.  The Vice  Presidents  shall have such  other  powers and
perform  such  other  duties  as from  time to time may be  prescribed  for them
respectively by the Board of Directors or these bylaws.

         Section 4.8       Secretary .

                 (a)    Book of Minutes.  The Secretary shall record or cause to
                        be recorded,  and shall keep or cause to be kept, at the
                        Head  Office  and at such  other  place as the  Board of
                        Directors may order,  a book or minutes of actions taken
                        at all  meetings  of  Directors  and  shareholders.  The
                        minutes shall include the time and place of the meeting,
                        whether it is regular or special,  and, if special,  how
                        authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those
                        present  at  directors'  meetings,  the number of shares
                        present or represented at  shareholders'  meetings,  and
                        the proceedings thereof.
<PAGE>
                 (b)    Share Register. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be
                        kept,  at  the  Head  Office  or at  the  office  of the
                        Corporation's  transfer  agent, a share  register,  or a
                        duplicate  share  register,  showing  the  names  of the
                        shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes
                        of  shares  held  by  each,   the  number  and  date  of
                        certificates  issued  for the same,  and the  number and
                        date of  cancellation of every  certificate  surrendered
                        for cancellation.

                 (c)    Other Duties.  The Secretary  shall give, or cause to be
                        given,  notice of all the  meetings of the  shareholders
                        and of the Board of Directors  required by law or by the
                        bylaws to be given,  and the  Secretary  shall  keep the
                        seal of the  Corporation,  if any, in safe custody,  and
                        shall have such  other  powers  and  perform  such other
                        duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or
                        by the bylaws.

         Section 4.9       Cashier .

                 (a)    Book of Account.  The office of Cashier  shall be deemed
                        to be that of Treasurer, and any Assistant Cashier shall
                        be deemed the  Assistant  Treasurer of the  Corporation.
                        The Cashier of the Corporation  shall keep and maintain,
                        or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct
                        accounts of the properties and business  transactions of
                        the  Corporation,  and shall send or cause to be sent to
                        the  shareholders  of  the  Corporation  such  financial
                        statements  and  reports as are  required  to be sent to
                        them by law or these bylaws.  The books of account shall
                        be open to inspection by any director at all  reasonable
                        times.

                 (b)    Other  Duties.  The Cashier shall deposit or cause to be
                        deposited,  all moneys and other  valuables  in the name
                        and  to  the  credit  of  the  Corporation,   with  such
                        depositories  as  may be  designated  by  the  Board  of
                        Directors.  The Cashier shall  disburse,  or cause to be
                        disbursed,  such  funds  of  the  Corporation  as may be
                        ordered by the Board of  Directors;  shall render to the
                        President and directors,  upon their request, an account
                        of  all  of  his  transactions  as  Cashier  and  of the
                        financial  condition of the Corporation;  and shall have
                        such other  powers and perform  such other duties as may
                        be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these bylaws.


                                    ARTICLE V

                            GENERAL CORPORATE MATTERS

         Section 5.1 Record Date . The Board of Directors  may fix a time in the
future as a record date for the  determination of the  shareholders  entitled to
notice of and to vote at any meeting of shareholders or entitled to give consent
to  corporate  action in writing  without a meeting,  to receive any report,  to
receive any dividend or distribution, or any allotment of rights, or to exercise
rights in respect to any change,  conversion,  or exchange of shares. The record
date so fixed shall be not more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days
prior to the date of any  meeting,  nor more than  sixty  (60) days prior to any
other  event for the  purposes  of which it is fixed.  When a record  date is so
fixed, only shareholders of record on that date are entitled to notice of and to
vote at any such  meeting,  to give  consent  without a meeting,  to receive any
<PAGE>
report,  to receive a dividend,  distribution,  or  allotment  of rights,  or to
exercise  the rights,  as the case may be,  notwithstanding  any transfer of any
shares  on the  books of the  Corporation  after  the  record  date,  except  as
otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws.

         Section 5.2       Inspection of Corporate Records .

                 (a)    By Shareholders.  The accounting books and all financial
                        records of this  Corporation  and any subsidiary of this
                        Corporation shall be open to inspection upon the written
                        demand on the  Corporation by any  shareholder of record
                        owning at least fifteen  percent (15%) of the issued and
                        outstanding   shares  or   holder  of  a  voting   trust
                        certificate  representing the same percentage of shares,
                        upon at  least  five (5)  days'  written  demand  on the
                        Corporation by any shareholder of record owning at least
                        fifteen  percent  (15%) of the  issued  and  outstanding
                        shares  or  holder   of  a  voting   trust   certificate
                        representing  the same  percentage  of  shares,  upon at
                        least five (5) days' written  demand,  at any reasonable
                        time  during  usual  business   hours,   for  a  purpose
                        reasonably  related  to  such  holder's  interest  as  a
                        shareholder  or as  the  holder  of  such  voting  trust
                        certificate.  Such inspection by a shareholder or holder
                        of a voting trust  certificate  may be made in person or
                        by an agent or attorney.

                  A  shareholder  or  shareholders,  holding  at  least  fifteen
         percent (15%) in the aggregate of the outstanding  voting shares of the
         Corporation,  or in  the  event  the  Corporation  is  subject  to  the
         reporting  requirements  of  the  Security  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  a
         shareholder or shareholders  who hold at least one percent (1%) of such
         voting  shares  and have  filed a Form F-6  with  the  Federal  Deposit
         Insurance  Corporation  relating to the  election of  Directors  of the
         Corporation,  shall  have  (in  person  or by agent  or  attorney)  the
         absolute right:  (1) to inspect the record of  shareholders'  names and
         addresses and  shareholdings  during usual business hours upon five (5)
         business  days' prior written demand upon the  Corporation  and; (2) to
         obtain from the transfer agent for the Corporation  upon written demand
         and upon the tender of its usual charges,  a list of the  shareholders'
         names and  addresses,  who are  entitled  to vote for the  election  of
         directors,  and their shareholdings,  as of the most recent record date
         for  which  it  has  been  compiled  or as of a date  specified  by the
         shareholder  subsequent  to the date of demand.  The list shall be made
         available  on or before the later of five (5)  business  days after the
         demand is  received  or the date  specified  therein  as the date as of
         which the list is to be compiled.

                 (b)    By  Directors.  Every  director  shall have the absolute
                        right at any  reasonable  time to  inspect  and copy all
                        books,  records  and  documents  of  every  kind  and to
                        inspect the physical properties of the Corporation. Such
                        inspection  by a  director  may be made in  person or by
                        agent or attorney and the right of  inspection  includes
                        the right to copy and make extracts.

         Section 5.3  Maintenance  and  Inspection  of Bylaws . The  Corporation
shall keep at its Head Office the original or a copy of the bylaws as amended to
date,  which shall be open to inspection by the  shareholders  at all reasonable
times during office hours.
<PAGE>
         Section 5.4 Annual and Other  Reports . The Board of  Directors  of the
Corporation shall cause an annual report to be sent to the shareholders at least
fifteen (15) days prior to the Annual Meeting of shareholders but not later than
one hundred  twenty (120) days after the close of the fiscal year in  accordance
with the provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes.

         Section 5.5 Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for
payment of money,  notes or other evidences of indebtedness,  issued in the name
of or payable to the Corporation,  shall be signed or endorsed by such person or
persons  and in such  manner  as,  from  time to time,  shall be  determined  by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

         Section 5.6  Contracts,  Etc.,  How Executed . The Board of  Directors,
except as  otherwise  provided in these  bylaws,  may  authorize  any officer or
officers,  agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument
in the name of and on  behalf  of the  Corporation,  and such  authority  may be
general or confined to specific instances; and, unless so authorized or ratified
by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer,  no officer,
agent or employee  shall have any power or authority to bind the  Corporation by
any  contract or  engagement  or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for
any purpose or to any amount.

         Section  5.7  Certificates  for Shares . Every  holder of shares in the
Corporation  shall be entitled to have a  certificate  signed in the name of the
Corporation  by the Chairman of the Board or the  President or a Vice  President
and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or
any Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares and the class or series
of shares owned by the shareholder. Any of the signatures on the certificate may
be a facsimile. In case any officer,  transfer agent or registrar who has signed
or whose  facsimile  signature  has been  placed upon a  certificate  shall have
ceased to be such officer,  transfer agent or registrar  before such certificate
is issued,  it may be issued by the Corporation  with the same effect as if such
person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

         Section 5.8 Statements on Certificate for Shares . Any such certificate
shall also contain such legend or other  statement as may be required by law, by
these bylaws or by any agreement between the Corporation and the issuee thereof.

         Section  5.9  Lost,   Stolen  or  Destroyed   Certificates   .  No  new
certificates for shares shall be issued to replace an old certificate unless the
latter is surrendered and cancelled at the same time;  provided,  however,  that
the Board of Directors or the President and the Vice President may, however,  in
case any  certificate  for  shares  is lost,  stolen,  mutilated  or  destroyed,
authorize the issuance of a new certificate in lieu thereof, upon such terms and
conditions,  including  reasonable  indemnification  of the Corporation,  as the
Board of Directors or the President or the Vice President  shall  determine.  In
the event of the issuance of a new  certificate,  the rights and  liabilities of
the Corporation,  and of the holders of the old and new  certificates,  shall be
governed by the relevant provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes.
<PAGE>
         Section  5.10  Representation  of  Shares of Other  Corporations  . The
Chairman of the Board,  President  or any Vice  President,  or any other  person
authorized  by  resolution  of the Board of Directors or by any of the foregoing
designated officers, are authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of
this  Corporation  all  rights  incident  to any and  all  shares  of any  other
corporation  or  corporations  standing  in the  name of this  Corporation.  The
authority herein granted to said officers to vote or represent on behalf of this
Corporation any and all shares held by this Corporation in any other corporation
or  corporations  may be exercised  either by such  officers in person or by any
other person  authorized so to do by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by
these officers.

         Section  5.11   Construction  and  Definitions  .  Unless  the  context
otherwise  requires,   the  general   provisions,   rules  of  construction  and
definitions   contained  in  the  Nevada  Revised   Statutes  shall  govern  the
construction of these bylaws.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the  masculine  gender  includes the feminine  and neuter,  the singular  number
includes the plural and the plural number  includes the  singular,  and the term
"person" includes a corporation as well as a natural person.

         Section 5.12 Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may adopt, use and
at will alter a corporate seal. Any corporate seal shall be circular in form and
shall  have  inscribed  thereon  the  name of the  Corporation,  the date of its
incorporation and the word "Nevada."


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   AMENDMENTS

         Section 6.1 Power of  Shareholders . New bylaws may be adopted or these
bylaws may be amended or repealed by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the
outstanding  shares  entitled  to  vote,  or  by  the  written  consent  of  the
shareholders  entitled to vote such shares,  except as otherwise provided by law
or by the Articles of Incorporation.

         Section 6.2 Power of  Directors . Subject to the right of  shareholders
(as provided in Section 6.1) to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws,  these bylaws may
be adopted,  amended or repealed by he Board of  Directors;  provided,  however,
that the Board of Directors may adopt a bylaw or amendment  thereof changing the
authorized  number of directors  only for the purpose of fixing the exact number
of directors  within the limits specified in Section 3.2 of Article III of these
bylaws.

         Section 6.3 Effective  Date . These bylaws shall become  effective only
when a copy  thereof,  certified by the Secretary of the  Corporation,  has been
filed with the Nevada  Superintendent  of Banks.  Any  amendment to these bylaws
shall become  effective only when a copy thereof,  certified by the Secretary or
Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, has been filed with the Superintendent.
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 10.1
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         This  Agreement  made and entered  into as of  December  14,  1992,  by
Comstock  Bank,  a Nevada  corporation  ("Comstock"),  and Robert N. Barone (Mr.
Barone).

                                    RECITALS
         i. Comstock desires to void the present contract of employment  between
Comstock and Mr. Barone and to enter into a new contract governing the continued
employment of Mr.  Barone.  This desire on the part of Comstock  arises from the
determination  that it is in the best interests of the  stockholders of Comstock
that Mr. Barone continue in his position as Chief Executive  Officer of Comstock
and that he continue to exercise the duties and responsibilities of such office.
Comstock believes that establishing a longer-term  employment  contract with Mr.
Barone will  benefit  Comstock  through  creating  incentive  for Mr.  Barone to
continue in the employment of Comstock.

         ii. Mr.  Barone is willing to void his existing  contract of employment
and to enter into a new  agreement  with the  express  understanding  that he is
relinquishing the rights under his presently  existing contract of employment on
the  basis of the  additional  benefits  to be  received  under  the  terms  and
conditions set forth below.

                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS
         1.  EMPLOYMENT:  Comstock hereby continues the employment of Mr. Barone
and Mr. Barone hereby accepts the  continuation  of employment  with Comstock on
the  terms  of  this  Agreement,  in  the  position  and  with  the  duties  and
responsibilities set forth in paragraph 3, below and in Exhibit "A" as appended,
and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter stated.

         2. TERM:  Mr. Barone shall be employed  pursuant to this contract for a
period of five (5) years,  beginning on December 15, 1992, or until  termination
for cause, as that term is defined in paragraph 9.3 of this Agreement.  PROVIDED
THAT, the term of this Agreement  shall be extended by an additional  year being
<PAGE>
added to the term on each anniversary date of this Agreement unless the Board of
Directors of Comstock  shall have given written notice to Mr. Barone thirty (30)
days prior to the  anniversary  date that an  additional  year will not be added
effective on the upcoming  anniversary  date.  This provision that an additional
year shall be added to the term of the Agreement on each anniversary date unless
written notice to the contrary has been given to Mr.  Barone,  shall continue in
effect  from  year-to-year  throughout  the entire term of this  Agreement.  The
giving  of  notice  by the  Board of  Directors  in a  particular  year  that an
additional  year will not be added shall effect only that year and an additional
year shall be added in  subsequent  years,  unless  notice is also given in such
subsequent  years  that  there  will  be no  additional  year  added.  Upon  the
expiration  of this  Agreement,  Mr.  Barone may continue in the  employment  of
Comstock, at the sole discretion of Comstock,  upon such terms and conditions as
Comstock and Mr. Barone may then agree to.

         3.       POSITION, DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITIES:

         3.1  Position:  It is  intended  at all  times  during  the term of the
Agreement  that Mr.  Barone shall serve as Chief  Executive  Officer of Comstock
and,  other than as provided for herein,  shall devote his full time and efforts
to the position of Chief Executive Officer. In accordance with such position, he
is hereby granted  appropriate  responsibilities,  duties,  and  authority.  Mr.
Barone may not be removed from the position of Chief Executive Officer,  nor may
the duties, responsibilities, and authority normally attendant to such position,
and those  duties,  responsibilities,  and authority  actually  possessed by Mr.
Barone as of the date of this Agreement be substantially  altered or diminished,
unless cause exists,  as defined in paragraph  9.3, for the  termination of this
Agreement.  A description of duties  presently  being performed by Mr. Barone is
appended as Exhibit  "A". It is expressly  understood  that,  as a minimum,  Mr.
Barone shall be entitled to perform these duties,  with commensurate  authority,
so long as this Agreement  shall continue in force and effect.  Any  substantive
<PAGE>
diminution or alteration of Mr. Barone's duties,  responsibilities or authority,
without Mr. Barone's  express  agreement,  shall constitute a material breach of
this  Agreement  and shall be deemed a  constructive  termination  without cause
which shall entitle Mr. Barone to immediately demand and receive all benefit and
relief  specified  under  paragraph  9.4 of  this  Agreement  as if he had  been
terminated upon a change in control.

         3.2 Effect of Merger or Acquisition: It is further expressly understood
that in the event that  Comstock  should be merged  into or  acquired by another
corporation, and Comstock is not the surviving entity, Mr. Barone shall be given
a position  of  commensurate  duty,  responsibility  and  authority.  Failure to
appoint Mr.  Barone to such a position  in the event of a merger or  acquisition
shall  constitute  a  material  breach of this  Agreement  and shall be deemed a
constructive  termination  without  cause  which  shall  entitle  Mr.  Barone to
immediately  demand and receive all benefit and relief specified under paragraph
9.4 of this Agreement as if he had been terminated upon a change in control.

         3.3 Location of Employment:  Unless Mr. Barone otherwise consents,  the
principal place of his employment shall be in Comstock's primary  administrative
office, as that office may be located from time to time.

         3.4 Other Duties,  Responsibilities and Activities: Mr. Barone shall be
free to engage in activities other than those specifically  described in Exhibit
"A" at the discretion of the Board of Directors. It is expressly understood that
the Board of  Directors  shall not assign Mr.  Barone  duties in addition to the
duties or responsibilities  so described unless changes in Comstock's  structure
or changes  within the banking  industry  would  dictate the  assignment of such
additional  duties as sound and normal banking and business  practice within the
range of normal  duties of employees  holding  positions  similar to that of Mr.
Barone in similarly situated banking  institutions.  Mr. Barone may request such
<PAGE>
additional  duties,  responsibilities,  or authority as he may from time-to-time
determine to be necessary or  appropriate  and the Board of Directors  shall not
unreasonably  withhold  the  assignment  of  such  duties,  responsibilities  or
authority.  Provided that no such grant of additional duties,  responsibilities,
or  authority  to Mr.  Barone may  diminish  the  duties,  responsibilities,  or
authority of Larry A. Platz,  if Mr. Platz then be employed by Comstock and does
not  acquiesce in such  assignment of additional  duties,  responsibilities,  or
authority to Mr.  Barone.  Mr. Barone shall be free to engage in charitable  and
community  activities,  and  to  manage  personal  investments,   provided  such
activities do not materially  interfere  with the  performance of his duties and
responsibilities under the Agreement.

         4. SALARY:  Mr.  Barone  shall be paid a base salary,  payable in equal
semi-monthly  installments,  at a rate of no less than One  Hundred  Thirty  Two
Thousand  Dollars  ($132,000.00)  per year. The base salary amount is subject to
renegotiation  every six months,  though such renegotiation need not result in a
salary change.  Salary changes shall only result in an increase in Mr.  Barone's
base salary, not a decrease.

         5. ANNUAL BONUS: Mr. Barone is currently  eligible to receive an annual
incentive bonus based upon the  profitability of Comstock.  A description of the
incentive bonus program presently  applicable to Mr. Barone, as reflected by the
minutes of the Board of Directors of Comstock in approving and  implementing the
program,  is attached hereto as Exhibit "B". Mr. Barone shall, as a minimum,  be
allowed to  continue  to be  eligible  for an  incentive  bonus on the terms and
conditions  specified in Exhibit "B" unless economic conditions or the financial
condition of Comstock dictate,  as a matter of strict business  necessity,  that
such incentive program be suspended. In the event that strict business necessity
results in the suspension of the bonus  incentive  program,  the bonus incentive
program shall be reinstated as soon as conditions  improve to the point that the
bonus incentive  program can be reinstated  without  jeopardizing  the financial
soundness of Comstock.
<PAGE>
         6. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND PROGRAMS:  Mr. Barone will be entitled to
participate  in all benefit plans and programs of Comstock now or hereafter made
available to executives and other salaried  employees,  in accordance with their
terms,  which may include,  but are not limited to, pension and other retirement
plans,  life  insurance,  health  insurance,  sick leave,  long term  disability
insurance,  vacations,  and  holidays.  Specifically,  during  the course of his
employment,  Comstock  will  provide,  at no cost  to Mr.  Barone,  a  long-term
disability insurance program which shall, as a minimum, provide the features set
forth in Exhibit "C" to this  Agreement.  It is  expressly  understood  that the
authorization  participating in benefits and programs under this paragraph is in
addition  to any  benefits  otherwise  established  through  this  Agreement  or
independently, including, but not limited to, the Life Insurance provided for by
a Split-Dollar  Insurance  Agreement  between Comstock and Mr. Barone,  which is
attached to this Agreement as Exhibit "D".

         7. SPLIT-DOLLAR INSURANCE: Comstock has, independent of this Agreement,
entered into a Split-Dollar  Insurance  Agreement (Exhibit "D") with Mr. Barone.
It is expressly agreed and understood that so long as this Employment  Agreement
continues  in force and  effect,  Comstock  shall  continue  to make the premium
payments required by the Split-Dollar Agreement, as provided for in Exhibit "D".
It is further  expressly  understood  and agreed  that the rights of the parties
under the Split-Dollar  Insurance  Agreement,  are governed by the provisions of
the Split-Dollar  Insurance Agreement,  a copy of which is attached for purposes
of reference,  and not for  incorporation,  as Exhibit "D". Mr. Barone agrees to
make a collateral  assignment to Comstock of his rights in the insurance  policy
to be issued pursuant to the Split-Dollar  Insurance  Agreement.  The collateral
assignment, which shall be to insure repayment of premiums advanced by Comstock,
will be in the form which is evidenced by Exhibit "E" to this Agreement.
<PAGE>
         8. STOCK OPTIONS: The Board of Directors of Comstock has,  concurrently
with the entry of this Agreement, granted stock options to Mr. Barone. The terms
and conditions governing the grant and exercise of such options are specified in
a stock option Award  Agreement,  a copy of which is attached  hereto as Exhibit
"F",  for purposes of reference  and not  incorporation.  The stock option Award
Agreement is expressly  understood by the parties to stand alone and to not be a
term or condition of this Agreement. It is further expressly understood that the
stock options  granted by Exhibit "F" are in addition to and do not constitute a
limitation  upon any stock  options  previously  granted to Mr.  Barone and such
previously  granted stock  options or stock option plans shall  continue in full
force and effect and shall not be limited in any manner by this Agreement.

         9. MANNER AND  CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT:  It is agreed
that Mr.  Barone's  employment  may only  terminate as a result of (1) voluntary
resignation, (2) voluntary retirement at age 65, (3) voluntary retirement before
age 65, (4) disability,  (5) death,  and (6) cause, as defined in paragraph 9.3.
The specific  rights of Mr.  Barone in the event of  termination  as a result of
each of these reasons are individually addressed below.

         9.1 Voluntary Resignation,  Voluntary Retirement or Death: In the event
that Mr. Barone should voluntarily  resign his employment with Comstock,  should
take  voluntary  retirement  prior to or at the age of 65,  or should  die,  any
rights  under  this  Employment  Agreement  shall  immediately  cease  as of the
effective  date of his  termination,  including  the right to receive any salary
from the date of termination forward.
<PAGE>
         9.2  Termination for  Disability:  For purposes of this Agreement,  the
definition of  "disability"  shall be the same as the definition of "disability"
in the  policy of  disability  insurance  issued  by  Northwestern  Mutual  Life
Insurance  Company to insure Mr.  Barone,  a copy of which is  attached  to this
Agreement  as  Exhibit  "C",  or  the  definition  contained  in any  policy  of
disability  insurance  purchased by Comstock for the benefit of Mr. Barone which
replaces  Exhibit "C" and which is in effect at the time that Mr.  Barone should
become  disabled.  In the event that Mr. Barone's  employment is terminated as a
result of disability, this subparagraph shall be controlling. In such event, the
following shall occur:
                  
                 (a)    Mr.   Barone's   salary  under  this   Agreement   shall
                        immediately cease.

                 (b)    Mr. Barone shall be entitled to any and all rights under
                        the disability policy provided for by this Agreement.

         9.3  Termination  for Cause:  Other than as  specifically  provided  in
subparagraphs  9.1 and 9.2, Mr.  Barone's  employment may be terminated only for
cause. This subparagraph shall be controlling with regard to any termination for
cause. For purposes of this Agreement, termination for cause shall be defined as
follows  and no other  or  additional  meaning  or basis  shall be  utilized  in
determining whether "cause" exists. "Cause" shall mean only:
 
                 (a)    Mr.   Barone's   willful   failure  or  refusal,   after
                        reasonable  written  notice  thereof and  opportunity to
                        remedy the same, to perform  specific  directives of the
                        Board of Directors,  when such directives are consistent
                        with the scope and  nature of Mr.  Barone's  duties  and
                        responsibilities  as set forth in this Agreement and are
                        made for legitimate business purposes of Comstock and in
                        a manner consistent with reasonable and prudent business
                        practices and expectations.

                 (b)    Dishonesty   of  Mr.  Barone  which   directly   effects
                        Comstock.

                 (c)    The  abuse of  alcohol  or  controlled  substances  in a
                        manner  which  interferes  with the  performance  of Mr.
                        Barone's  obligations  under this Agreement,  continuing
                        after warning and an appropriate opportunity to cure the
                        problem,   including  the  obligation  on  the  part  of
                        Comstock to pay for any rehabilitation program requested
                        by Mr.  Barone.  In  order  to take  action  under  this
                        subparagraph,  Comstock must have given specific written
                        warning  to Mr.  Barone  which  includes  the  offer  to
                        provide   any   rehabilitation   program  or   procedure
                        requested by Mr. Barone.
<PAGE>
                 (d)    Conviction of a felony or of any crime  involving  moral
                        turpitude,   fraud,  or  misrepresentation  which  would
                        constitute  a basis  for  removal  of Mr.  Barone  as an
                        officer of a banking institution under national or state
                        banking laws and regulations.

                 (e)    Any gross or  willful  misconduct  of Mr.  Barone  which
                        results in  substantial  loss to  Comstock,  substantial
                        damage to Comstock's  reputation,  theft or embezzlement
                        from Comstock, or any intentional act having the purpose
                        or  effect  of  materially   injuring  the   reputation,
                        business or business relationships of Comstock.

                 (f)    Any  material  breach  of this  Agreement  which  is not
                        covered  by  subparagraphs   (a-e)  immediately   above,
                        provided that Mr. Barone must be given written notice of
                        such material breach and allowed  reasonable time, which
                        shall include at a minimum 10 days, after written notice
                        thereof, to remedy the breach.

It is  specifically  understood and agreed that any act or failure to act by Mr.
Barone  which  is done or  omitted  to be  done by him in good  faith  and for a
purpose  which he  reasonably  believed  to be in the best  interest of Comstock
shall not be deemed to be gross or  willful  and shall not be deemed to be cause
for termination  under this paragraph.  In the event that Comstock believes that
cause for termination  under this  subparagraph  exists,  Comstock must give Mr.
Barone an express written  specification  of the cause which is deemed to exist.
Mr.  Barone  shall have ten  business  days  following  receipt  of the  written
specification  of cause in which to give notice to Comstock that he is demanding
that the  determination  of  whether  cause in fact  exists for  termination  be
submitted  to binding  arbitration  as provided  for in this  Agreement.  If Mr.
Barone  does not  demand  that the  determination  of  whether  cause  exists be
submitted to binding arbitration, his employment shall terminate as of the close
of  business  on  the  tenth  (10th)  business  day  following  receipt  of  the
specification  of cause. If Mr. Barone does demand  arbitration,  the arbitrator
shall be limited to the grounds specified in subparagraphs (a) through (f) above
in determining whether cause exists. It is expressly  understood that Mr. Barone
shall  continue  to  receive  all  rights and  benefits  under  this  Agreement,
including  salary,  or any rights or benefits  which he is otherwise  receiving,
unless the  document  under  which he is  receiving  such  additional  rights or
benefits specifically provides to the contrary,  until the effective date of his
<PAGE>
termination,  if no  arbitration  is demanded or until a decision is rendered by
the arbitrator  establishing  the existence of "cause" for  termination.  In the
event that the asserted  cause for  termination is based on  subparagraphs  (b),
(c), (d) or (e), Comstock may place Mr. Barone on administrative leave, with pay
and benefits,  during the arbitration process. If the asserted cause is pursuant
to  subparagraphs  (a) or (f) above, Mr. Barone shall be entitled to continue to
perform his duties and  responsibilities  and to fully  exercise  his  authority
during the arbitration  process.  If Mr. Barone does not contest the termination
or if the arbitrator  decides that "cause" for termination has been  established
and Mr.  Barone's  employment  is terminated  on such basis,  then Mr.  Barone's
salary and any benefits under this employment  contract shall  immediately cease
as of the effective  date of  termination,  in the absence of an  arbitration in
which a decision  is rendered  by an  arbitrator,  or the date of receipt of the
arbitrator's decision.

         9.4  Termination  upon  Change of Control:  Paragraphs  9.1 through 9.3
above  set  forth all of the bases for  termination  of Mr.  Barone  under  this
Agreement. However, it is understood that in the event of a change of control of
Comstock  through either purchase of stock,  merger or a  reconstitution  of the
Board of  Directors,  Comstock may wish to terminate Mr.  Barone's  rights under
this Agreement.  In such event,  Comstock and Mr. Barone hereby  expressly agree
that  Comstock may  terminate  such rights on the  condition  that Mr.  Barone's
salary shall  continue,  at the salary level being paid to Mr.  Barone as of the
date of  termination,  for a period of four years from the date of  termination.
During this period,  Mr. Barone will not be required to perform any services for
Comstock and shall be entitled to accept other employment  without diminution of
the salary  paid by  Comstock  during  such four year  period.  It is  expressly
understood and agreed that unless Mr. Barone, in his sole discretion shall elect
otherwise,  Comstock  must give Mr.  Barone a minimum of sixty (60) days written
notice of Comstock's  intent to elect to exercise  Comstock's  rights under this
subparagraph  and that  Comstock may not  physically  remove Mr. Barone from his
employment  duties,  responsibilities,  or authority  during such sixty (60) day
period.
<PAGE>
         [GOLDEN  PARACHUTE  INSERT:  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary
contained in this  Agreement or in any other  agreement  between Mr.  Barone and
Comstock,  it is the intention of Comstock and Mr. Barone that no portion of the
payments  made under this Section 9.4 of this  Agreement or any other payment or
payments to or for Mr.  Barone under this  Agreement  or any other  agreement or
plan  ("Termination  Payments") be deemed to be an excess  parachute  payment as
defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or its
successor  provisions (the "Code";  and any reference to a specific Code section
shall be deemed to include  any  successor  provision  to such  section).  It is
agreed that the present value of the Termination  Payments,  receipt of which is
contingent  on the types of changes in  control  in  Comstock  Bank set forth in
Section  280G(b)(2)(A)(i) (a "Change in Control"),  and to which Section 280G of
the Code applies (in the aggregate, "Total Payments") shall not exceed an amount
equal to one dollar  ($1.00) less than the maximum amount which Comstock may pay
without loss of deduction  under  Section  280G of the Code.  Present  value for
purposes of this  Agreement  shall be  calculated  in  accordance  with  Section
280G(d)(4) of the Code. Within thirty (30) days following the termination of Mr.
Barone's employment or notice by Comstock to Mr. Barone of its belief that there
is a payment or benefit due Mr. Barone which will result in an excess  parachute
payment as defined by Section  280G of the Code,  Mr.  Barone and  Comstock,  at
Comstock's  expense,  shall  obtain an opinion of legal  counsel  from  mutually
acceptable counsel, which opinions need not be unqualified, which sets forth (i)
the "base amount" of Mr. Barone's compensation as determined pursuant to Section
280G, (ii) the present value of Total Payments, and (iii) the amount and present
value of any excess parachute payments as determined pursuant to Section 280G of
the Code.  In the event such  opinion  determines  that there would be an excess
parachute  payment,  the  Termination  Payment  hereunder  or any other  payment
determined by such counsel to be includible in Total  Payments  shall be reduced
or eliminated as specified by Mr. Barone in writing delivered to Comstock within
30 days of his  receipt of such  opinion  or, if Mr.  Barone  fails to so notify
Comstock,  then as Comstock shall reasonably determine,  so that under the bases
of  calculation  set forth in such  opinion  there  will be no excess  parachute
payment. Legal counsel, in its sole discretion, may request the advice of a firm
of recognized executive compensation consultants as to the reasonableness of any
item of  compensation  to be received by Mr.  Barone from Comstock in connection
with the Section 280G opinion  required by this  Section_____.  If legal counsel
requests  such advice,  Mr.  Barone and Comstock  shall obtain it, at Comstock's
expense,  and the legal  counsel may rely on it in  providing  the Section  280G
opinion  required by this Section  _____.  Notwithstanding  the treatment of any
payments  made to  Barone  hereunder  on the  income  tax  returns  of  Comstock
(including  any  amendments  or  other  changes  of such  returns  by  audit  or
otherwise),  the opinion of legal counsel with respect to these issues should be
final and binding on Comstock and Barone.  In the event that the  provisions  of
Section  280G and  4999 of the  Code or any  successor  provision  are  repealed
without any successor provision, this Section _____ shall be of no further force
or effect.]

         9.5 Termination for any other Reason:  It is not contemplated  that Mr.
Barone's  employment  could be  terminated  in any manner not  addressed  above.
However, to the extent that Mr. Barone's employment should be terminated in some
other unforeseen  manner, any such termination shall be treated as a termination
upon change of control as provided for by subparagraph  9.4 above and Mr. Barone
shall be  entitled to all rights and  entitlements  that he would be entitled to
upon termination as a result of change in control.
<PAGE>
         10.  SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS:  This Agreement shall be fully binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Comstock.  "Successors
and assigns" shall include any successor pursuant to a merger,  consolidation or
sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of Comstock's assets.
         
         11.  SEVERABILITY:  In the event that any  provision  or portion of the
Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the
remaining  provisions or portions of the Agreement  shall be unaffected  thereby
and shall  remain in full force and effect to the fullest  extent  permitted  by
law.

         12. SURVIVORSHIP:  The respective rights and obligations of the parties
hereunder shall survive any termination of the Agreement to the extent necessary
to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

         13. REFERENCES:  The singular shall include the plural. In the event of
the  death  of Mr.  Barone  or a  judicial  determination  of his  incompetence,
reference in this Agreement to Mr. Barone shall be deemed, where appropriate, to
refer to his  legal  representative  or,  where  appropriate,  to his  executor,
beneficiary or beneficiaries.

         14.  ARBITRATION:  The parties  hereby agree that any dispute,  action,
claim or  controversy  between  Comstock  and Mr.  Barone,  whether  sounding in
contract,  tort or otherwise,  shall be resolved by submission to arbitration in
accordance with NRS Chapter 38. The disputes,  actions,  claims or controversies
which shall be submitted to  arbitration  shall include all  disputes,  actions,
claims or controversies  arising out of or in connection with (1) this Agreement
or any  related  agreements  or  instruments;  (2) all past,  present and future
agreements  involving the parties;  (3) the underlying  facts which gave rise to
this Agreement; (4) any transaction contemplated hereby, and all past and future
transactions  involving the parties;  and (5) any aspect of the past, present or
future relationships of the parties.
<PAGE>
         The parties  hereby agree that an  arbitrator  shall be selected from a
list  provided  by the  American  Arbitration  Association,  unless the  parties
specifically  agree in writing  otherwise.  Any  arbitration  will be  conducted
according  to the  Commercial  Arbitration  Rules  of The  American  Arbitration
Association,  provided  that the  discovery  rules of the Nevada  Rules of Civil
Procedure  beginning  with  NRCP 26  through  NRCP 37  shall be  applicable  and
available  to  the  parties.  In the  event  of any  inconsistency  between  the
Commercial  Arbitration Rules of the American  Arbitration  Association and this
Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control. All statutes of limitation
which would otherwise be applicable  shall apply to any  arbitration  proceeding
commenced  under  this  Agreement.  Judgment  upon  any  award  rendered  by  an
Arbitrator may be entered in any Court having  jurisdiction  and may be enforced
as any judgment rendered by a Nevada District Court.

         The parties hereby specifically waive their right to file any action at
law or in equity  arising  from any  implementation  or  interpretation  of this
Agreement  or the  underlying  transactions  which  gave rise to this  Agreement
except as specifically  provided herein.  This provision  requiring  arbitration
does not affect any right of either  party to obtain  provisional  or  ancillary
remedies such as injunctive relief or declaratory  judgment as to contract terms
or  conditions  from a court having  jurisdiction,  before,  during or after the
pendency of any  arbitration.  The  institution and maintenance of an action for
judicial  relief or the pursuit of any  provisional or ancillary  remedies which
are provided for herein,  shall not  constitute a waiver of the  requirement  of
arbitration created by this Agreement. This provision requiring arbitration does
constitute a SPECIFIC  WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY or to proceed in any
Nevada or Federal  District Court or in the Courts of any other State,  with the
exceptions of the right to seek judicial  assistance as provided above,  and the
right to seek  enforcement  of or  compliance  with this  Agreement to submit to
arbitration.
<PAGE>
         15.  ATTORNEY'S  FEES AND COSTS:  Should  either  party be  required to
retain the  services of an attorney  to enforce  any term or  condition  of this
Agreement or to obtain any right created hereby,  such prevailing party shall be
entitled to receive any  attorney's  fees and costs so incurred,  regardless  of
whether litigation or other formal legal proceeding shall be initiated.

         16. NOTICES: Any notice required to be given by this Agreement shall be
given only by personal  delivery or by certified  mail addressed to the party at
the address specified below.

                  Comstock Bank                      Robert N. Barone
                  901 N. Stewart St.                 2625 Spinnaker Drive
                  Carson City, NV  89701             Reno, Nevada  89509

Any notice given by personal  delivery must be receipted by the party to whom it
is  addressed  and  shall  be  considered  received  for  all  purposes  of this
Agreement,  upon such  receipt.  All notices  given by  certified  mail shall be
considered  received  for all  purposes  of this  Agreement,  as of the  date of
receipt.

         17. GOVERNING LAWS: The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.

         18. ENTIRE  AGREEMENT:  This  Agreement  and the attached  Exhibits "A"
through "F" contain the entire  understanding  and agreement between the parties
with respect to the terms and conditions for the  continuation  of Mr.  Barone's
employment and may not be modified or altered  except by a written  modification
signed by both parties.

         19.  SIGNATURES:   The  signatures  of  the  parties  constitute  their
acceptance of and  willingness  to be bound by the terms and  conditions of this
Agreement.  The  signatures of the members of the Board of Directors  constitute
affirmation of the fact that the terms and conditions of and rights  extended by
this  Agreement are approved and accepted by the Board of Directors  and, to the
extent that it should be deemed  necessary,  are hereby ratified and approved by
the Board of  Directors  as a  reflection  of a vote by the  Board of  Directors
approving  and  accepting  such terms,  conditions  and rights and agreeing that
Comstock shall be bound by and to such terms, conditions and rights.
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed the Agreement and
have,  thereby,  consented and agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of
the Agreement.

         DATED this 14th day of December, 1992.
                                                 COMSTOCK BANK


                                                 By: /s/ Larry A. Platz
                                                     -------------------------
                                                     LARRY A. PLATZ, President

DATED this 14th day of December, 1992.


/s/ Robert Whear                                     /s/ John Coombs
- -------------------------                             ------------------------
ROBERT WHEAR, Director                               JOHN COOMBS, Director


/s/ Merv Matorian                                    /s/ Daniel Gustin
- -------------------------                            -------------------------
MERV MATORIAN, Director                              DANIEL GUSTIN, Director


/s/ Michael W. Dyer
- -------------------------
MICHAEL W. DYER, Director





DATED this 14th day of December, 1992.


/s/ Robert N. Barone
- -------------------------
ROBERT N. BARONE
<PAGE>
                     DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CEO

1.       Organizes Board Exhibits and Agenda;

2.       Organizes annual meeting of stockholders;

3.       Main contact for stockholders;

4.       Responsible  for  accounting,  payroll and  higher financial  functions
         of the bank  including the  financial  statements,  accounting  policy,
         proxy   statements,   and   financial   reports   to  the   regulators,
         shareholders, and the public;

5         Directs  the  Bank's planning  effort (short and  long term) including
         budgeting and strategic planning;

6.       Bank's contact with outside auditor and regulators;

7.       Responsible  for  management  of  the  bank's  securities'  portfolios,
         liquidity and any hedging and/or trading  activities;  responsible  for
         setting interest rates paid on deposits;

8.       Responsible for bank merger/acquisition activity;

9.       Responsible for overall data processing systems;

10.      Responsible for bank security;

11.      Responsible for bank's risk management;

12.      As  the  CEO,  serves  on  Management  Committee;  is  a signer on loan
         approvals and expenditures per Board designated authorities;

13.      Shares responsibilities for policy making with the President;

14.      As  the  CEO  attends  appropriate  Board committee  meetings including
         the following:

              Loan Committee; Investment Committee; Audit Committee; Compliance,
         Planning, and CRA 

              Prepares the agenda and organizes the exhibits for the  following:
         Investment Committee, Audit Committee, Planning Committee;

15.      Directs any additional ventures of the Bank as designated by the Board.


                                   EXHIBIT "A"
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 10.2
                      ASSIGNMENT OF AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         ASSIGNMENT OF AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT,  dated as of
May ___, 1997 by and among Comstock Bancorp,  a Nevada bank holding  corporation
("Bancorp"),  Comstock  Bank, a Nevada  banking  corporation  ("Comstock"),  and
Robert N. Barone ("Employee").

         WHEREAS,  Comstock and Employee are parties to an Employment  Agreement
dated as of December 14, 1992 (the "Employment Agreement");

         WHEREAS,  Bancorp owns all of the issued and outstanding  common stock,
par value $.50 per share, of Comstock;

         WHEREAS,  Comstock  desires to assign its rights and obligations  under
the  Employment  Agreement  to Bancorp and  Employee  desires to consent to such
assignment; and

         WHEREAS,  Bancorp  and  Employee  desire  to amend  certain  terms  and
conditions of the Employment Agreement.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises and of the mutual
covenants herein and for other valuable consideration,  the parties hereto agree
as follows:

         1. Assignment. Comstock hereby assigns its rights and obligations under
the terms and  conditions  of the  Employment  Agreement  to Bancorp and Bancorp
hereby  agrees  to be  bound  by the  terms  and  conditions  of the  Employment
Agreement. Employee hereby consents to such assignment.

         2.  Change of  Control.  For  purposes  of  Section  3.2 and 9.4 of the
Employment  Agreement,  a "change of control"  shall be deemed to have  occurred
upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

                 (a).   Bancorp is  involved in merger or other  acquisition  in
                        which Bancorp is not the surviving entity;

                 (b).   Shares  representing  greater  than or  equal  to  forty
                        percent  (40%)  of  the  voting  power  of  Bancorp  are
                        acquired  by a person,  entity or group (as such term is
                        used in Rule  13d-5 of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
                        1934,  as amended)  through a  transaction  or series of
                        transactions; or
<PAGE>
                 (c).   A  majority  of  the  members  of  Bancorp's   Board  of
                        Directors   elected   at  an  annual   meeting   of  the
                        shareholders  of  Bancorp  are  replaced,   are  removed
                        without cause or resign during the period  commencing at
                        the  annual  meeting  of   shareholders   at  which  the
                        directors  were elected and ending after the next annual
                        meeting of  shareholders  at which  directors of Bancorp
                        are elected.

         3. Waiver of Change of Control.  Employee  hereby  waives any rights or
benefits he may have had under the terms of the Employment  Agreement including,
without limitation,  any claim to compensation or notice pursuant to Section 9.4
of the  Employment  Agreement,  based on the  transactions  contemplated  by the
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated February 26, 1997 between Bancorp and
Comstock.

         4. Other Terms and Conditions.  Bancorp and Employee agree that (i) all
references  to  Comstock  in the  Employment  Agreement  shall be  deemed  to be
references  to Bancorp,  and (ii) all other  terms,  conditions,  covenants  and
agreements set forth in the Employment Agreement, except as otherwise amended or
modified herein, shall continue in full force and effect.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Assignment of
and First Amendment to Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.



                                             COMSTOCK BANCORP


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             By:
                                             Its:


                                             COMSTOCK BANK


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             By:
                                             Its:




                                             -----------------------------------
                                             ROBERT N. BARONE
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 10.3
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         This  Agreement  made and entered  into as of  December  14,  1992,  by
Comstock  Bank,  a Nevada  corporation  ("Comstock"),  and Larry A.  Platz  (Mr.
Platz).
                                    RECITALS
         i. Comstock desires to void the present contract of employment  between
Comstock and Mr. Platz and to enter into a new contract  governing the continued
employment  of Mr.  Platz.  This desire on the part of Comstock  arises from the
determination  that it is in the best interests of the  stockholders of Comstock
that Mr.  Platz  continue in his  position as  President of Comstock and that he
continue to exercise the duties and  responsibilities  of such office.  Comstock
believes that establishing a longer-term employment contract with Mr. Platz will
benefit  Comstock  through  creating  incentive for Mr. Platz to continue in the
employment of Comstock.

         ii. Mr.  Platz is willing to void his existing  contract of  employment
and to enter into a new  agreement  with the  express  understanding  that he is
relinquishing the rights under his presently  existing contract of employment on
the  basis of the  additional  benefits  to be  received  under  the  terms  and
conditions set forth below.

                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS

         1.  EMPLOYMENT:  Comstock hereby  continues the employment of Mr. Platz
and Mr. Platz hereby accepts the continuation of employment with Comstock on the
terms  of  this   Agreement,   in  the   position   and  with  the   duties  and
responsibilities set forth in paragraph 3, below and in Exhibit "A" as appended,
and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter stated.

         2. TERM:  Mr. Platz shall be employed  pursuant to this  contract for a
period of five (5) years,  beginning on December 15, 1992, or until  termination
for cause, as that term is defined in paragraph 9.3 of this Agreement.  PROVIDED
THAT, the term of this Agreement  shall be extended by an additional  year being
<PAGE>
added to the term on each anniversary date of this Agreement unless the Board of
Directors of Comstock  shall have given written  notice to Mr. Platz thirty (30)
days prior to the  anniversary  date that an  additional  year will not be added
effective on the upcoming  anniversary  date.  This provision that an additional
year shall be added to the term of the Agreement on each anniversary date unless
written  notice to the contrary has been given to Mr. Platz,  shall  continue in
effect  from  year-to-year  throughout  the entire term of this  Agreement.  The
giving  of  notice  by the  Board of  Directors  in a  particular  year  that an
additional  year will not be added shall effect only that year and an additional
year shall be added in  subsequent  years,  unless  notice is also given in such
subsequent  years  that  there  will  be no  additional  year  added.  Upon  the
expiration  of this  Agreement,  Mr.  Platz may  continue in the  employment  of
Comstock, at the sole discretion of Comstock,  upon such terms and conditions as
Comstock and Mr. Platz may then agree to.

         3.       POSITION, DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITIES:

         3.1  Position:  It is  intended  at all  times  during  the term of the
Agreement that Mr. Platz shall serve as President of Comstock and, other than as
provided  for herein,  shall devote his full time and efforts to the position of
President.  In accordance with such position,  he is hereby granted  appropriate
responsibilities,  duties, and authority.  Mr. Platz may not be removed from the
position of  President,  nor may the  duties,  responsibilities,  and  authority
normally  attendant to such position,  and those duties,  responsibilities,  and
authority  actually  possessed by Mr. Platz as of the date of this  Agreement be
substantially  altered  or  diminished,  unless  cause  exists,  as  defined  in
paragraph 9.3, for the  termination of this  Agreement.  A description of duties
presently  being  performed  by Mr.  Platz is  appended  as Exhibit  "A".  It is
expressly  understood that, as a minimum, Mr. Platz shall be entitled to perform
these duties,  with  commensurate  authority,  so long as this  Agreement  shall
continue in force and effect.  Any  substantive  diminution or alteration of Mr.
Platz's  duties,  responsibilities  or authority,  without Mr.  Platz's  express
agreement,  shall  constitute a material  breach of this  Agreement and shall be
deemed a constructive termination without cause which shall entitle Mr. Platz to
immediately  demand and receive all benefit and relief specified under paragraph
9.4 of this Agreement as if he had been terminated upon a change in control.
<PAGE>
         3.2 Effect of Merger or Acquisition: It is further expressly understood
that in the event that  Comstock  should be merged  into or  acquired by another
corporation,  and Comstock is not the surviving entity, Mr. Platz shall be given
a position  of  commensurate  duty,  responsibility  and  authority.  Failure to
appoint  Mr.  Platz to such a position  in the event of a merger or  acquisition
shall  constitute  a  material  breach of this  Agreement  and shall be deemed a
constructive  termination  without  cause  which  shall  entitle  Mr.  Platz  to
immediately  demand and receive all benefit and relief specified under paragraph
9.4 of this Agreement as if he had been terminated upon a change in control.

         3.3 Location of Employment:  Unless Mr. Platz otherwise  consents,  the
principal place of his employment shall be in Comstock's primary  administrative
office, as that office may be located from time to time.

         3.4 Other Duties,  Responsibilities and Activities:  Mr. Platz shall be
free to engage in activities other than those specifically  described in Exhibit
"A" at the discretion of the Board of Directors. It is expressly understood that
the Board of  Directors  shall not assign Mr.  Platz  duties in  addition to the
duties or responsibilities  so described unless changes in Comstock's  structure
or changes  within the banking  industry  would  dictate the  assignment of such
additional  duties as sound and normal banking and business  practice within the
range of normal  duties of employees  holding  positions  similar to that of Mr.
Platz in similarly  situated  banking  institutions.  Mr. Platz may request such
additional  duties,  responsibilities,  or authority as he may from time-to-time
determine to be necessary or  appropriate  and the Board of Directors  shall not
unreasonably  withhold  the  assignment  of  such  duties,  responsibilities  or
authority.  Provided that no such grant of additional duties,  responsibilities,
or  authority  to Mr.  Platz  may  diminish  the  duties,  responsibilities,  or
authority of Larry A. Platz,  if Mr. Platz then be employed by Comstock and does
not  acquiesce in such  assignment of additional  duties,  responsibilities,  or
authority  to Mr.  Platz.  Mr. Platz shall be free to engage in  charitable  and
community  activities,  and  to  manage  personal  investments,   provided  such
activities do not materially  interfere  with the  performance of his duties and
responsibilities under the Agreement.
<PAGE>
         4.  SALARY:  Mr.  Platz shall be paid a base  salary,  payable in equal
semi-monthly  installments,  at a rate of no less than One  Hundred  Thirty  Two
Thousand  Dollars  ($132,000.00)  per year. The base salary amount is subject to
renegotiation  every six months,  though such renegotiation need not result in a
salary  change.  Salary  changes shall only result in an increase in Mr. Platz's
base salary, not a decrease.

         5. ANNUAL BONUS:  Mr. Platz is currently  eligible to receive an annual
incentive bonus based upon the  profitability of Comstock.  A description of the
incentive bonus program  presently  applicable to Mr. Platz, as reflected by the
minutes of the Board of Directors of Comstock in approving and  implementing the
program,  is attached hereto as Exhibit "B". Mr. Platz shall,  as a minimum,  be
allowed to  continue  to be  eligible  for an  incentive  bonus on the terms and
conditions  specified in Exhibit "B" unless economic conditions or the financial
condition of Comstock dictate,  as a matter of strict business  necessity,  that
such incentive program be suspended. In the event that strict business necessity
results in the suspension of the bonus  incentive  program,  the bonus incentive
program shall be reinstated as soon as conditions  improve to the point that the
bonus incentive  program can be reinstated  without  jeopardizing  the financial
soundness of Comstock.

         6. EMPLOYEE  BENEFIT PLANS AND PROGRAMS:  Mr. Platz will be entitled to
participate  in all benefit plans and programs of Comstock now or hereafter made
available to executives and other salaried  employees,  in accordance with their
terms,  which may include,  but are not limited to, pension and other retirement
plans,  life  insurance,  health  insurance,  sick leave,  long term  disability
insurance,  vacations,  and  holidays.  Specifically,  during  the course of his
employment,  Comstock  will  provide,  at no  cost  to Mr.  Platz,  a  long-term
disability insurance program which shall, as a minimum, provide the features set
forth in Exhibit "C" to this  Agreement.  It is  expressly  understood  that the
authorization  participating in benefits and programs under this paragraph is in
addition  to any  benefits  otherwise  established  through  this  Agreement  or
independently, including, but not limited to, the Life Insurance provided for by
a Split-Dollar  Insurance  Agreement  between  Comstock and Mr. Platz,  which is
attached to this Agreement as Exhibit "D".

         7. SPLIT-DOLLAR INSURANCE: Comstock has, independent of this Agreement,
entered into a Split-Dollar Insurance Agreement (Exhibit "D") with Mr. Platz. It
is expressly  agreed and understood  that so long as this  Employment  Agreement
continues  in force and  effect,  Comstock  shall  continue  to make the premium
payments required by the Split-Dollar Agreement, as provided for in Exhibit "D".
It is further  expressly  understood  and agreed  that the rights of the parties
under the Split-Dollar  Insurance  Agreement,  are governed by the provisions of
the Split-Dollar  Insurance Agreement,  a copy of which is attached for purposes
of  reference,  and not for  incorporation,  as Exhibit "D". Mr. Platz agrees to
make a collateral  assignment to Comstock of his rights in the insurance  policy
to be issued pursuant to the Split-Dollar  Insurance  Agreement.  The collateral
assignment, which shall be to insure repayment of premiums advanced by Comstock,
will be in the form which is evidenced by Exhibit "E" to this Agreement.
<PAGE>
         8. STOCK OPTIONS: The Board of Directors of Comstock has,  concurrently
with the entry of this Agreement,  granted stock options to Mr. Platz. The terms
and conditions governing the grant and exercise of such options are specified in
a stock option Award  Agreement,  a copy of which is attached  hereto as Exhibit
"F",  for purposes of reference  and not  incorporation.  The stock option Award
Agreement is expressly  understood by the parties to stand alone and to not be a
term or condition of this Agreement. It is further expressly understood that the
stock options  granted by Exhibit "F" are in addition to and do not constitute a
limitation  upon any stock  options  previously  granted  to Mr.  Platz and such
previously  granted stock  options or stock option plans shall  continue in full
force and effect and shall not be limited in any manner by this Agreement.

         9. MANNER AND  CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT:  It is agreed
that Mr.  Platz's  employment  may only  terminate as a result of (1)  voluntary
resignation, (2) voluntary retirement at age 65, (3) voluntary retirement before
age 65, (4) disability,  (5) death,  and (6) cause, as defined in paragraph 9.3.
The specific rights of Mr. Platz in the event of termination as a result of each
of these reasons are individually addressed below.

         9.1 Voluntary Resignation,  Voluntary Retirement or Death: In the event
that Mr. Platz should  voluntarily  resign his employment with Comstock,  should
take  voluntary  retirement  prior to or at the age of 65,  or should  die,  any
rights  under  this  Employment  Agreement  shall  immediately  cease  as of the
effective  date of his  termination,  including  the right to receive any salary
from the date of termination forward.

         9.2  Termination for  Disability:  For purposes of this Agreement,  the
definition of  "disability"  shall be the same as the definition of "disability"
in the  policy of  disability  insurance  issued  by  Northwestern  Mutual  Life
Insurance  Company  to insure Mr.  Platz,  a copy of which is  attached  to this
Agreement  as  Exhibit  "C",  or  the  definition  contained  in any  policy  of
disability  insurance  purchased  by Comstock for the benefit of Mr. Platz which
replaces  Exhibit "C" and which is in effect at the time that Mr.  Platz  should
become  disabled.  In the event that Mr.  Platz's  employment is terminated as a
result of disability, this subparagraph shall be controlling. In such event, the
following shall occur:
<PAGE>
                 (a)    Mr.   Platz's   salary   under  this   Agreement   shall
                        immediately cease.

                 (b)    Mr.  Platz shall be entitled to any and all rights under
                        the disability policy provided for by this Agreement.

         9.3  Termination  for Cause:  Other than as  specifically  provided  in
subparagraphs  9.1 and 9.2, Mr. Platz's  employment  may be terminated  only for
cause. This subparagraph shall be controlling with regard to any termination for
cause. For purposes of this Agreement, termination for cause shall be defined as
follows  and no other  or  additional  meaning  or basis  shall be  utilized  in
determining whether "cause" exists. "Cause" shall mean only:

                 (a)    Mr. Platz's willful failure or refusal, after reasonable
                        written  notice  thereof and  opportunity  to remedy the
                        same,  to perform  specific  directives  of the Board of
                        Directors,  when such directives are consistent with the
                        scope   and   nature   of   Mr.   Platz's   duties   and
                        responsibilities  as set forth in this Agreement and are
                        made for legitimate business purposes of Comstock and in
                        a manner consistent with reasonable and prudent business
                        practices and expectations.

                 (b)    Dishonesty of Mr. Platz which directly effects Comstock.

                 (c)    The  abuse of  alcohol  or  controlled  substances  in a
                        manner  which  interferes  with the  performance  of Mr.
                        Platz's  obligations  under this  Agreement,  continuing
                        after warning and an appropriate opportunity to cure the
                        problem,   including  the  obligation  on  the  part  of
                        Comstock to pay for any rehabilitation program requested
                        by Mr.  Platz.  In  order  to  take  action  under  this
                        subparagraph,  Comstock must have given specific written
                        warning to Mr. Platz which includes the offer to provide
                        any rehabilitation program or procedure requested by Mr.
                        Platz.

                 (d)    Conviction of a felony or of any crime  involving  moral
                        turpitude,   fraud,  or  misrepresentation  which  would
                        constitute  a  basis  for  removal  of Mr.  Platz  as an
                        officer of a banking institution under national or state
                        banking laws and regulations.
<PAGE>
                 (e)    Any  gross or  willful  misconduct  of Mr.  Platz  which
                        results in  substantial  loss to  Comstock,  substantial
                        damage to Comstock's  reputation,  theft or embezzlement
                        from Comstock, or any intentional act having the purpose
                        or  effect  of  materially   injuring  the   reputation,
                        business or business relationships of Comstock.

                 (f)    Any  material  breach  of this  Agreement  which  is not
                        covered  by  subparagraphs   (a-e)  immediately   above,
                        provided that Mr. Platz must be given written  notice of
                        such material breach and allowed  reasonable time, which
                        shall include at a minimum 10 days, after written notice
                        thereof, to remedy the breach.

It is  specifically  understood and agreed that any act or failure to act by Mr.
Platz which is done or omitted to be done by him in good faith and for a purpose
which he reasonably believed to be in the best interest of Comstock shall not be
deemed  to be  gross  or  willful  and  shall  not be  deemed  to be  cause  for
termination under this paragraph. In the event that Comstock believes that cause
for termination under this subparagraph exists,  Comstock must give Mr. Platz an
express written  specification  of the cause which is deemed to exist. Mr. Platz
shall have ten business days following  receipt of the written  specification of
cause  in  which  to give  notice  to  Comstock  that he is  demanding  that the
determination  of whether cause in fact exists for  termination  be submitted to
binding  arbitration  as provided for in this  Agreement.  If Mr. Platz does not
demand that the  determination  of whether  cause exists be submitted to binding
arbitration,  his employment  shall terminate as of the close of business on the
tenth (10th) business day following  receipt of the  specification  of cause. If
Mr.  Platz  does  demand  arbitration,  the  arbitrator  shall be limited to the
grounds specified in subparagraphs (a) through (f) above in determining  whether
cause  exists.  It is  expressly  understood  that Mr.  Platz shall  continue to
receive all rights and benefits under this Agreement,  including  salary, or any
rights or benefits  which he is otherwise  receiving,  unless the document under
which he is receiving such additional rights or benefits  specifically  provides
to the contrary, until the effective date of his termination,  if no arbitration
is demanded or until a decision is rendered by the arbitrator  establishing  the
existence of "cause" for  termination.  In the event that the asserted cause for
<PAGE>
termination is based on subparagraphs  (b), (c), (d) or (e),  Comstock may place
Mr. Platz on administrative leave, with pay and benefits, during the arbitration
process.  If the asserted cause is pursuant to  subparagraphs  (a) or (f) above,
Mr.   Platz   shall  be   entitled   to  continue  to  perform  his  duties  and
responsibilities  and to fully  exercise his  authority  during the  arbitration
process.  If Mr.  Platz does not contest the  termination  or if the  arbitrator
decides  that  "cause" for  termination  has been  established  and Mr.  Platz's
employment is terminated on such basis, then Mr. Platz's salary and any benefits
under this employment  contract shall immediately cease as of the effective date
of termination, in the absence of an arbitration in which a decision is rendered
by an arbitrator, or the date of receipt of the arbitrator's decision.

         9.4  Termination  upon  Change of Control:  Paragraphs  9.1 through 9.3
above  set  forth  all of the bases for  termination  of Mr.  Platz  under  this
Agreement. However, it is understood that in the event of a change of control of
Comstock  through either purchase of stock,  merger or a  reconstitution  of the
Board of Directors, Comstock may wish to terminate Mr. Platz's rights under this
Agreement.  In such event,  Comstock and Mr. Platz hereby  expressly  agree that
Comstock may terminate  such rights on the  condition  that Mr.  Platz's  salary
shall  continue,  at the salary  level being paid to Mr. Platz as of the date of
termination,  for a period of four  years from the date of  termination.  During
this period, Mr. Platz will not be required to perform any services for Comstock
and shall be entitled  to accept  other  employment  without  diminution  of the
salary paid by Comstock during such four year period. It is expressly understood
and agreed that unless Mr. Platz, in his sole discretion  shall elect otherwise,
Comstock  must give Mr.  Platz a minimum  of sixty (60) days  written  notice of
Comstock's intent to elect to exercise Comstock's rights under this subparagraph
and that  Comstock  may not  physically  remove Mr.  Platz  from his  employment
duties, responsibilities, or authority during such sixty (60) day period.
<PAGE>
         [GOLDEN  PARACHUTE  INSERT:  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary
contained  in this  Agreement  or in any other  agreement  between Mr. Platz and
Comstock,  it is the  intention of Comstock and Mr. Platz that no portion of the
payments  made under this Section 9.4 of this  Agreement or any other payment or
payments to or for Mr. Platz under this Agreement or any other agreement or plan
("Termination  Payments") be deemed to be an excess parachute payment as defined
in  Section  280G of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended,  or its
successor  provisions (the "Code";  and any reference to a specific Code section
shall be deemed to include  any  successor  provision  to such  section).  It is
agreed that the present value of the Termination  Payments,  receipt of which is
contingent  on the types of changes in  control  in  Comstock  Bank set forth in
Section  280G(b)(2)(A)(i) (a "Change in Control"),  and to which Section 280G of
the Code applies (in the aggregate, "Total Payments") shall not exceed an amount
equal to one dollar  ($1.00) less than the maximum amount which Comstock may pay
without loss of deduction  under  Section  280G of the Code.  Present  value for
purposes of this  Agreement  shall be  calculated  in  accordance  with  Section
280G(d)(4) of the Code. Within thirty (30) days following the termination of Mr.
Platz's  employment  or notice by Comstock to Mr. Platz of its belief that there
is a payment or benefit due Mr.  Platz which will result in an excess  parachute
payment as  defined by Section  280G of the Code,  Mr.  Platz and  Comstock,  at
Comstock's  expense,  shall  obtain an opinion of legal  counsel  from  mutually
acceptable counsel, which opinions need not be unqualified, which sets forth (i)
the "base amount" of Mr. Platz's  compensation as determined pursuant to Section
280G, (ii) the present value of Total Payments, and (iii) the amount and present
value of any excess parachute payments as determined pursuant to Section 280G of
the Code.  In the event such  opinion  determines  that there would be an excess
parachute  payment,  the  Termination  Payment  hereunder  or any other  payment
determined by such counsel to be includible in Total  Payments  shall be reduced
<PAGE>
or eliminated as specified by Mr. Platz in writing  delivered to Comstock within
30 days of his  receipt  of such  opinion  or, if Mr.  Platz  fails to so notify
Comstock,  then as Comstock shall reasonably determine,  so that under the bases
of  calculation  set forth in such  opinion  there  will be no excess  parachute
payment. Legal counsel, in its sole discretion, may request the advice of a firm
of recognized executive compensation consultants as to the reasonableness of any
item of  compensation  to be received by Mr. Platz from  Comstock in  connection
with the Section 280G opinion  required by this  Section_____.  If legal counsel
requests  such advice,  Mr. Platz and  Comstock  shall obtain it, at  Comstock's
expense,  and the legal  counsel may rely on it in  providing  the Section  280G
opinion  required by this Section  _____.  Notwithstanding  the treatment of any
payments  made  to  Platz  hereunder  on the  income  tax  returns  of  Comstock
(including  any  amendments  or  other  changes  of such  returns  by  audit  or
otherwise),  the opinion of legal counsel with respect to these issues should be
final and binding on Comstock  and Platz.  In the event that the  provisions  of
Section  280G and  4999 of the  Code or any  successor  provision  are  repealed
without any successor provision, this Section _____ shall be of no further force
or effect.]

         9.5 Termination for any other Reason:  It is not contemplated  that Mr.
Platz's  employment  could be  terminated  in any  manner not  addressed  above.
However,  to the extent that Mr. Platz's employment should be terminated in some
other unforeseen  manner, any such termination shall be treated as a termination
upon change of control as provided for by  subparagraph  9.4 above and Mr. Platz
shall be  entitled to all rights and  entitlements  that he would be entitled to
upon termination as a result of change in control.

         10.  SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS:  This Agreement shall be fully binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Comstock.  "Successors
<PAGE>
and assigns" shall include any successor pursuant to a merger,  consolidation or
sale or other transfer of all or  substantially  all of Comstock's  assets.  

         11.  SEVERABILITY:  In the event that any  provision  or portion of the
Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the
remaining  provisions or portions of the Agreement  shall be unaffected  thereby
and shall  remain in full force and effect to the fullest  extent  permitted  by
law.

         12. SURVIVORSHIP:  The respective rights and obligations of the parties
hereunder shall survive any termination of the Agreement to the extent necessary
to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations. 

         13. REFERENCES:  The singular shall include the plural. In the event of
the  death  of Mr.  Platz  or a  judicial  determination  of  his  incompetence,
reference in this Agreement to Mr. Platz shall be deemed, where appropriate,  to
refer to his  legal  representative  or,  where  appropriate,  to his  executor,
beneficiary or beneficiaries.

         14.  ARBITRATION:  The parties  hereby agree that any dispute,  action,
claim or  controversy  between  Comstock  and Mr.  Platz,  whether  sounding  in
contract,  tort or otherwise,  shall be resolved by submission to arbitration in
accordance with NRS Chapter 38. The disputes,  actions,  claims or controversies
which shall be submitted to  arbitration  shall include all  disputes,  actions,
claims or controversies  arising out of or in connection with (1) this Agreement
or any  related  agreements  or  instruments;  (2) all past,  present and future
agreements  involving the parties;  (3) the underlying  facts which gave rise to
this Agreement; (4) any transaction contemplated hereby, and all past and future
transactions  involving the parties;  and (5) any aspect of the past, present or
future relationships of the parties.
<PAGE>
    The parties  hereby agree that an  arbitrator  shall be selected from a list
provided  by  the   American   Arbitration   Association,   unless  the  parties
specifically  agree in writing  otherwise.  Any  arbitration  will be  conducted
according  to the  Commercial  Arbitration  Rules  of The  American  Arbitration
Association,  provided  that the  discovery  rules of the Nevada  Rules of Civil
Procedure  beginning  with  NRCP 26  through  NRCP 37  shall be  applicable  and
available  to  the  parties.  In the  event  of any  inconsistency  between  the
Commercial  Arbitration Rules of the American  Arbitration  Association and this
Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control. All statutes of limitation
which would otherwise be applicable  shall apply to any  arbitration  proceeding
commenced  under  this  Agreement.  Judgment  upon  any  award  rendered  by  an
Arbitrator may be entered in any Court having  jurisdiction  and may be enforced
as any  judgment  rendered  by a  Nevada  District  Court.  

    The parties hereby  specifically waive their right to file any action at law
or in equity arising from any implementation or interpretation of this Agreement
or the  underlying  transactions  which  gave rise to this  Agreement  except as
specifically  provided  herein.  This provision  requiring  arbitration does not
affect any right of either party to obtain  provisional  or  ancillary  remedies
such as  injunctive  relief or  declaratory  judgment  as to  contract  terms or
conditions  from a court  having  jurisdiction,  before,  during  or  after  the
pendency of any  arbitration.  The  institution and maintenance of an action for
judicial  relief or the pursuit of any  provisional or ancillary  remedies which
are provided for herein,  shall not  constitute a waiver of the  requirement  of
arbitration created by this Agreement. This provision requiring arbitration does
constitute a SPECIFIC  WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY or to proceed in any
Nevada or Federal  District Court or in the Courts of any other State,  with the
exceptions of the right to seek judicial  assistance as provided above,  and the
right to seek  enforcement  of or  compliance  with this  Agreement to submit to
arbitration.
<PAGE>
         15.  ATTORNEY'S  FEES AND COSTS:  Should  either  party be  required to
retain the  services of an attorney  to enforce  any term or  condition  of this
Agreement or to obtain any right created hereby,  such prevailing party shall be
entitled to receive any  attorney's  fees and costs so incurred,  regardless  of
whether litigation or other formal legal proceeding shall be initiated.

         16. NOTICES: Any notice required to be given by this Agreement shall be
given only by personal  delivery or by certified  mail addressed to the party at
the address specified below.

             Comstock  Bank                 Larry  A.  Platz  
             901 N.  Stewart  St.           12550 Stillwater Way 
             Carson City, NV 89701          Reno, Nevada 89511

Any notice given by personal  delivery must be receipted by the party to whom it
is  addressed  and  shall  be  considered  received  for  all  purposes  of this
Agreement,  upon such  receipt.  All notices  given by  certified  mail shall be
considered  received  for all  purposes  of this  Agreement,  as of the  date of
receipt.

         17. GOVERNING LAWS: The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.

         18. ENTIRE  AGREEMENT:  This  Agreement  and the attached  Exhibits "A"
through "F" contain the entire  understanding  and agreement between the parties
with respect to the terms and  conditions  for the  continuation  of Mr. Platz's
employment and may not be modified or altered  except by a written  modification
signed by both parties.

         19.  SIGNATURES:   The  signatures  of  the  parties  constitute  their
acceptance of and  willingness  to be bound by the terms and  conditions of this
Agreement.  The  signatures of the members of the Board of Directors  constitute
affirmation of the fact that the terms and conditions of and rights  extended by
this  Agreement are approved and accepted by the Board of Directors  and, to the
extent that it should be deemed  necessary,  are hereby ratified and approved by
the Board of  Directors  as a  reflection  of a vote by the  Board of  Directors
approving  and  accepting  such terms,  conditions  and rights and agreeing that
Comstock shall be bound by and to such terms, conditions and rights.
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed the Agreement and
have,  thereby,  consented and agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of
the Agreement.
         DATED this 14th day of December, 1992.
                                                 COMSTOCK BANK


                                                 By: /s/ Robert N. Barone
                                                     --------------------
                                                     ROBERT N. BARONE, C.E.O.

DATED this 14th day of December, 1992.


/s/ Robert Whear                                 /s/ John Coombs
- ----------------------                           ---------------------
ROBERT WHEAR, Director                           JOHN COOMBS, Director


/s/ Merv Matorian                                /s/ Daniel Gustin
- -----------------------                          -----------------------
MERV MATORIAN, Director                          DANIEL GUSTIN, Director


/s/ Michael W. Dyer
- -------------------------
MICHAEL W. DYER, Director





DATED this 14th day of December, 1992.


/s/Larry A. Platz
- -----------------
LARRY A. PLATZ
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 10.4
                      ASSIGNMENT OF AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         ASSIGNMENT OF AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT,  dated as of
May ___, 1997 by and among Comstock Bancorp,  a Nevada bank holding  corporation
("Bancorp"), Comstock Bank, a Nevada banking corporation ("Comstock"), and Larry
A. Platz ("Employee").

         WHEREAS,  Comstock and Employee are parties to an Employment  Agreement
dated as of December 14, 1992 (the "Employment Agreement");

         WHEREAS,  Bancorp owns all of the issued and outstanding  common stock,
par value $.50 per share, of Comstock;

         WHEREAS,  Comstock  desires to assign its rights and obligations  under
the  Employment  Agreement  to Bancorp and  Employee  desires to consent to such
assignment; and

         WHEREAS,  Bancorp  and  Employee  desire  to amend  certain  terms  and
conditions of the Employment Agreement.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises and of the mutual
covenants herein and for other valuable consideration,  the parties hereto agree
as follows:

         1. Assignment. Comstock hereby assigns its rights and obligations under
the terms and  conditions  of the  Employment  Agreement  to Bancorp and Bancorp
hereby  agrees  to be  bound  by the  terms  and  conditions  of the  Employment
Agreement. Employee hereby consents to such assignment.

         2.  Change of  Control.  For  purposes  of  Section  3.2 and 9.4 of the
Employment  Agreement,  a "change of control"  shall be deemed to have  occurred
upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

                 (a).   Bancorp is  involved in merger or other  acquisition  in
                        which Bancorp is not the surviving entity;

                 (b).   Shares  representing  greater  than or  equal  to  forty
                        percent  (40%)  of  the  voting  power  of  Bancorp  are
                        acquired  by a person,  entity or group (as such term is
                        used in Rule  13d-5 of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
                        1934,  as amended)  through a  transaction  or series of
                        transactions; or
<PAGE>
                 (c).   A  majority  of  the  members  of  Bancorp's   Board  of
                        Directors   elected   at  an  annual   meeting   of  the
                        shareholders  of  Bancorp  are  replaced,   are  removed
                        without cause or resign during the period  commencing at
                        the  annual  meeting  of   shareholders   at  which  the
                        directors  were elected and ending after the next annual
                        meeting of  shareholders  at which  directors of Bancorp
                        are elected.

         3. Waiver of Change of Control.  Employee  hereby  waives any rights or
benefits he may have had under the terms of the Employment  Agreement including,
without limitation,  any claim to compensation or notice pursuant to Section 9.4
of the  Employment  Agreement,  based on the  transactions  contemplated  by the
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated February 26, 1997 between Bancorp and
Comstock.

         4. Other Terms and Conditions.  Bancorp and Employee agree that (i) all
references  to  Comstock  in the  Employment  Agreement  shall be  deemed  to be
references  to Bancorp,  and (ii) all other  terms,  conditions,  covenants  and
agreements set forth in the Employment Agreement, except as otherwise amended or
modified herein, shall continue in full force and effect.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Assignment of
and First Amendment to Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.



                                             COMSTOCK BANCORP


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             By:
                                             Its:


                                             COMSTOCK BANK


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             By:
                                             Its:




                                             -----------------------------------
                                             LARRY PLATZ
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 10.5
                               1992 INCENTIVE PLAN
                                       OF
                                  COMSTOCK BANK


         1.  Purpose of the Plan.  This 1992  Incentive  Plan of  Comstock  Bank
adopted on this 5th day of February, 1992, is intended to encourage officers and
key employees of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  to acquire or increase their
ownership of common stock of the Company on reasonable terms. The opportunity so
provided is intended to foster in  participants a strong  incentive to put forth
maximum  effort for the  continued  success  and growth of the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries, to aid in retaining individuals who put forth such efforts, and to
assist in  attracting  the best  available  individuals  to the  Company and its
Subsidiaries in the future.

         2.  Definitions.  When used herein, the  following terms shall have the
 meaning set forth below:

                 2.1    "Award" means an Option,  a Restricted  Stock Award or a
                        Stock Bonus Award.

                 2.2    "Award Agreement" means a written agreement in such form
                        as may be, from time to time,  hereafter approved by the
                        Committee,  or the Board if no Committee  is  appointed,
                        which  shall be duly  executed  by the  Company  and the
                        Employee  and which sets forth the terms and  conditions
                        of an Award under the Plan.

                 2.3    "Board" means the Board of Directors of Comstock Bank.

                 2.4    "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as in
                        effect  at the  time  of  reference,  or  any  successor
                        revenue  code  which may  hereafter  be  adopted in lieu
                        thereof, and reference to any specific provisions of the
                        Code shall refer to the corresponding  provisions of the
                        Code as it may hereafter be amended or replaced.

                 2.5    "Committee"  means the  Stock  Option  Committee  of the
                        Board or any other committee  appointed by the Board who
                        are  invested by the Board with  responsibility  for the
                        administration  of the Plan and whose  members  meet the
                        requirements  for  eligibility  to serve as set forth in
                        Section  335.411 (as defined in Section  2.17 below) and
                        in the Plan.

                 2.6    "Company" means Comstock Bank.

                 2.7    "Employees" means officers  (including  officers who are
                        members  of the Board)  and other key  employees  of the
                        Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
<PAGE>
                 2.8    "Fair  Market  Value"  means with respect to the Shares,
                        the fair market value  determined by the  Committee,  or
                        the  Board  if  no  Committee  is   appointed,   in  its
                        discretion;  provided  however,  that if the  Shares are
                        traded on the over-the-counter market, Fair Market Value
                        means  the  mean  between  the  high and the low bid and
                        asked  prices  for the  Shares  on the  over-the-counter
                        market  on the last  business  day  prior to the date on
                        which  the  value  is  to be  determined  (or  the  next
                        preceding  day on which sales  occurred if there were no
                        sales on such date);  provided further,  however,  if no
                        sales  have  occurred  on  the  over-the-counter  market
                        during the three week period preceding the date on which
                        value is to be  determined  Fair Market  Value means the
                        the average of the mean between the high and the low bid
                        and asked prices for the Shares on the  over-the-counter
                        market for the three (3) month period ending on the last
                        business  day prior to the date on which the value is to
                        be determined;  provided further, however, if the Shares
                        are traded on any other established  securities  market,
                        Fair Market Value means the closing  price of the Shares
                        on the last  business day prior to the date on which the
                        value  is to be  determined,  as  reported  in the  Wall
                        Street Journal or such other source of quotation for, or
                        reports  of  trading  of,  the  Shares  as the Board may
                        reasonably select from time to time.

                 2.9    "Incentive  Stock  Option"  means an Option  meeting the
                        requirements   and   containing  the   limitations   and
                        restrictions set forth in Section 422 of the Code.

                 2.10   "Non-Qualified  Stock Option" means an Option other than
                        an Incentive Stock Option.

                 2.11   "Option"  means  the  right to  purchase  the  number of
                        Shares  specified by the  Committee,  or the Board if no
                        Committee is appointed,  at a price and for a term fixed
                        by  the  Committee,  or the  Board  if no  Committee  is
                        appointed,  in accordance  with the Plan, and subject to
                        such other  limitations and restrictions as the Plan and
                        the Committee or the Board,  as the case may be, impose,
                        as well  as the  right,  if any,  to  receive  the  cash
                        payments specified in Section 10 of the Plan.

                 2.12   "Parent" means any corporation,  other than the employer
                        corporation, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending
                        with the  employer  corporation  if,  at the time of the
                        granting of the Option,  each of the corporations  other
                        than the  employer  corporation  owns  stock  possessing
                        fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting
                        power  of all  classes  of  stock  in  one of the  other
                        corporations in such chain.

                 2.13   "Plan" means the Company's 1992 Incentive Plan.

                 2.14   "Regulation  T" means Part 220,  chapter II, title 12 of
                        the Code of Federal Regulations,  issued by the Board of
                        Governors of the Federal  Reserve System pursuant to the
                        Exchange  Act,  as  amended  from  time to time,  or any
                        successor  regulation  which may hereafter be adopted in
                        lieu thereof.

                 2.15   "Restricted  Stock  Agreement"  means an Award Agreement
                        executed in connection with a Restricted Stock Award.
<PAGE>
                 2.16   "Restricted  Stock  Award"  means the  right to  receive
                        Shares,   but  subject  to   forfeiture   and/or   other
                        restrictions set forth in the related Stock  Restriction
                        Agreement and the Plan, as well as the right, if any, to
                        receive the cash payments specified in Section 10 of the
                        Plan.

                 2.17   "Section  335.411" means Section  335.411 of the General
                        Rules and Regulations of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
                        Corporation  as in effect at the time of  reference,  or
                        any successor  rules or regulations  which may hereafter
                        be adopted in lieu thereof.

                 2.18   "Shares"  means  shares  of the  Company  $.50 par value
                        common  stock  or,  if  by  reason  of  the   adjustment
                        provisions  contained herein,  any rights under an Award
                        under the Plan pertain to any other security, such other
                        security.

                 2.19   "Stock Bonus  Award" means the right to receive  Shares,
                        without payment except as otherwise  provided in Section
                        9 of the Plan, as well as the right,  if any, to receive
                        the cash payments specified in Section 10 of the Plan.

                 2.20   "Subsidiary" or "Subsidiaries"  means any corporation or
                        corporations  other than the employer  corporation in an
                        unbroken  chain  of  corporations   beginning  with  the
                        employer  corporation if each of the corporations  other
                        than the last  corporation  in the  unbroken  chain owns
                        stock  possessing  fifty  percent  (50%)  or more of the
                        total  combined  voting power of all classes of stock in
                        one of the other corporations in such chain.

                 2.21   "Successor" means the legal representative of the estate
                        of a deceased  Employee  or the  person or  persons  who
                        shall  acquire the right to exercise or receive an Award
                        by bequest or  inheritance  or by reason of the death of
                        the Employee.

                 2.22   "Term" means the period during which a particular  Award
                        may be exercised.

         3. Stock Subject to the Plan.  There will be reserved for use, upon the
exercise of Awards to be granted from time to time under the Plan,  an aggregate
of 250,000 Shares,  which Shares may be, in whole or in part, as the Board shall
from time to time determine,  authorized but unissued  Shares,  or issued Shares
which shall have been reacquired by the Company.  Any Shares subject to issuance
upon exercise of Options but which are not issued because of a surrender, lapse,
expiration  or  termination  of any such Option  prior to issuance of the Shares
shall once again be available for issuance in satisfaction of Awards. Similarly,
any Shares issued  pursuant to a Restricted  Stock Award which are  subsequently
forfeited  pursuant to the terms of the related Restricted Stock Agreement shall
once again be available for issuance in satisfaction of Awards.
<PAGE>
         4.  Administration  of the Plan. The Board shall appoint the Committee,
which shall consist of not less than three (3) disinterested  persons as defined
in  Section  335.411;  provided,  however,  if the  Board  fails  to  appoint  a
Committee,  the  Board  shall  be  invested  with  the  responsibility  for  the
administration  of  the  Plan.  Subject  to the  provisions  of  the  Plan,  the
Committee, or the Board if no Committee is appointed, shall have full authority,
in its  discretion,  to determine the Employees to whom Awards shall be granted,
the number of Shares to be covered by each of the  Awards,  and the terms of any
such Award;  to amend or cancel Awards  (subject to Section 21 of the Plan),  to
accelerate the vesting of Awards;  to require the  cancellation  or surrender of
any  previously  granted  options or other  awards  under this Plan or any other
plans of the Company as a condition  to the  granting of an Award,  to interpret
the Plan; and to prescribe,  amend, and, rescind rules and regulations  relating
to the Plan,  and  generally  to  interpret  and  determine  any and all matters
whatsoever relating to the administration of the Plan and the granting of Awards
hereunder.  The Board may, from time to time appoint members to the Committee in
substitution  for or in addition to members  previously  appointed  and may fill
vacancies,  however caused, in the Committee.  The Committee shall select one of
its members as its Chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places
as it shall deem advisable. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum.
Any action of the Committee may be taken by a written  instrument  signed by all
of the members, and any action so taken shall be fully as effective as if it had
been taken by a vote of a majority of the  members at a meeting  duly called and
held. The Committee shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its
business as it shall deem advisable and shall appoint a Secretary who shall keep
minutes of its  meetings  and records of all action  taken in writing  without a
meeting.  No member of the  Committee  shall be  liable,  in the  absence of bad
faith, for any act or omission with respect to his service on the Committee.

         5.  Employees  to Whom Awards May Be Granted.  Awards may be granted in
each calendar year or portion thereof while the Plan is in effect to such of the
Employees as the  Committee,  or the Board if no Committee is appointed,  in its
discretion, shall determine.

         In  determining  the  Employees to whom Awards shall be granted and the
number of Shares to be subject to purchase under such Awards, the Committee,  or
the Board if no  Committee is  appointed,  shall take into account the duties of
the  respective  Employees,  their  present and potential  contributions  to the
success of the  Company  and its  subsidiaries,  and such  other  factors as the
Committee or the Board,  as the case may be, shall deem  relevant in  connection
with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan.

         No Award shall be granted to any member of the Committee so long as his
membership on the  Committee  continues or to any member of the Board who is not
also an officer or key employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.
<PAGE>
         6.       Stock Options.

                  6.1 Types of Options.  Options  granted  under the Plan may be
         (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Non-Qualified Stock Options, or (iii)
         a combination of the foregoing.  The Award  Agreement  shall  designate
         whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock
         Option and separate Award  Agreements  shall be issued for each type of
         Option  when  a  combination  of  an  Incentive   Stock  Option  and  a
         Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  are  granted on the same date to the same
         Employee.  Any Option  which is  designated  as a  Non-Qualified  Stock
         Option  shall not be treated by the Company or the Employee to whom the
         Option is granted as an Incentive  Stock Option for Federal  income tax
         purposes.

                  6.2  Option  Price.   Unless   otherwise   determined  by  the
         Committee,  or the  Board if no  Committee  is  appointed,  in its sole
         discretion,  the  option  price  per share of any  Non-Qualified  Stock
         Option  granted  under the Plan shall not be less than the Fair  Market
         Value of the  Shares  covered  by the  Option on the date the Option is
         granted.  The  option  price per share of any  Incentive  Stock  Option
         granted  under the Plan shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of
         the Shares covered by the Option on the date the Option is granted.

                  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, in the event
         an Incentive  Stock  Option is granted to an Employee  who, at the time
         such Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns, as defined in Section 425
         of the Code,  stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total
         combined voting power of all classes of stock of:

                                    (i)     the Company; or

                                    (ii)     if applicable, a Subsidiary; or

                                    (iii)    if applicable, a Parent,

         then the option price per share of any Incentive  Stock Option  granted
         to such Employee  shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%)
         of the Fair  Market  Value of the  Shares  covered by the Option on the
         date the Option is granted.

                  6.3  Terms of  Options.  Options  granted  hereunder  shall be
         exercisable for a Term of not more than ten (10) years from the date of
         grant  thereof,   but  shall  be  subject  to  earlier  termination  as
         hereinafter  provided.  Each Award  Agreement  issued  hereunder  shall
         specify the term of the Option,  which Term shall be  determined by the
         Committee,  or the Board if no Committee is  appointed,  in  accordance
         with its discretionary authority hereunder.

                  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, in the event
         an Incentive  Stock  Option is granted to an Employee  who, at the time
         such Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns, as defined in Section 425
         of the Code,  stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total
         combined voting power of all classes of stock of:
<PAGE>
                                    (i)      the Company; or

                                    (ii)     if applicable, a Subsidiary; or

                                    (iii)    if applicable, a Parent,

         then such  Incentive  Stock Option shall not be  exercisable  more than
         five (5) years from the date of grant thereof,  but shall be subject to
         earlier termination as hereinafter provided.

         7.  Limit on Fair  Market  Value of  Incentive  Stock  Options.  In any
calendar year, no Employee may be granted an Incentive Stock Option hereunder to
the extent that the  aggregate  fair market  value (such fair market value being
determined  as of the date of grant of the option in question) of the stock with
respect to which incentive  stock options are first  exercisable by any Employee
during  any  calendar  year  (under all such  plans of the  Employee's  employer
corporation,  its Parent, if any, and its Subsidiaries,  if any) exceeds the sum
of One Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($100,000).  For  purposes  of the  preceding
sentence,  options  shall be taken into  account in the order in which they were
granted.  Any Option granted under the Plan which is intended to be an Incentive
Stock  Option,  but which  exceeds the  limitation  set forth in this Section 7,
shall be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

         8. Restricted  Stock Awards.  Restricted Stock Awards granted under the
Plan shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee,or the Board
if no Committee is  appointed,  may, in its  discretion,  determine.  Restricted
Stock  Awards  issued  under the Plan shall be  evidenced  by  Restricted  Stock
Agreements  in such  form as the  Committee,  or the  Board if no  Committee  is
appointed, may from time to time determine.

                  8.1 Receipt of Shares.  Each Restricted  Stock Agreement shall
         set forth the  number of Shares  issuable  under the  Restricted  Stock
         Award evidenced thereby.  Subject to the restrictions in Section 8.3 of
         the Plan and as set forth in the related  Restricted  Stock  Agreement,
         the number of Shares  granted  under a Restricted  Stock Award shall be
         issued to the recipient  Employee  thereof on the date of grant of such
         Restricted Stock Award or as soon as may be practicable thereafter.

                   8.2 Rights of Recipient  Employees.  Shares received pursuant
         to Restricted  Stock Awards shall be duly issued or  transferred to the
         Employee,  and a certificate or  certificates  for such Shares shall be
         issued in the Employee's  name.  Subject to the restrictions in Section
         8.3 of the  Plan  and as set  forth  in the  related  Restricted  Stock
         Agreement,  the Employee shall thereupon be a stockholder  with respect
         to all the Shares  represented by such  certificate or certificates and
         shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares,
         including  the right to vote such Shares and to receive  dividends  and
         other  distributions  paid with respect to such Shares.  In aid of such
         restrictions,  certificates for Shares awarded hereunder, together with
         a suitably  executed  stock power  signed by each  recipient  Employee,
         shall be held by the  Company in its  control  for the  account of such
<PAGE>
         Employee (i) until the restrictions  determined by the Committee or the
         Board if no Committee is appointed, in its discretion, and as set forth
         in the related  Restricted Stock Agreement,  lapse pursuant to the Plan
         or the Restricted Stock Agreement,  at which time a certificate for the
         appropriate  number of Shares (free of all restrictions  imposed by the
         Plan or the  Restricted  Stock  Agreement)  shall be  delivered  to the
         Employee,  or (ii) until such Shares are  forfeited  to the Company and
         cancelled as provided by the Plan or the Restricted Stock Agreement.

                   8.3  Restrictions.  Except  as  otherwise  determined  by the
         Committee,  or the  Board if no  Committee  is  appointed,  in its sole
         discretion,  each Share issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock Agreement
         shall be subject,  in addition to any other  restrictions  set forth in
         the related Restricted Stock Agreement,  to the following  restrictions
         until such  restrictions  have  lapsed  pursuant  to Section 8.4 of the
         Plan:

                           (a)  Disposition.  The Shares  awarded to an Employee
                  and held by the  Company  pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Plan,
                  and the right to vote such Shares or receive dividends on such
                  Shares,  may not be  sold,  exchanged,  transferred,  pledged,
                  hypothecated or otherwise disposed of.

                           (b)  Forfeiture.  The Shares  awarded to an  Employee
                  shall be forfeited to the Company  without  notice and without
                  consideration  therefor  immediately  upon the  termination of
                  Employee's  employment with the Company,  and all Subsidiaries
                  of the Company, for any reason.

                   8.4 Lapse of Restrictions.  Except as otherwise determined by
         the Committee,  or the Board if no Committee is appointed,  in its sole
         discretion,  the  restrictions  set forth in Section 8.3 of the Plan on
         Shares  issued  under  a  Restricted   Stock  Award  shall  lapse,  and
         certificates  for the Shares  held for the  account of the  Employee in
         accordance  with Section 8.2 of the Plan hereof shall be  appropriately
         distributed to Employee as follows:

                           (a) After  one (1) year  from the date of grant,  the
                  restrictions  shall lapse as to not more than one-third  (1/3)
                  of the Shares originally awarded.

                           (b) After two (2) years  from the date of grant,  the
                  restrictions  shall lapse as to an  aggregate of not more than
                  two-thirds (2/3) of the Shares originally awarded.

                           (c) After three (3) years from the date of grant, the
                  restrictions  shall  lapse as to all of the Shares  originally
                  awarded.

         9. Stock Bonus Awards. Stock Bonus Awards may be granted under the Plan
with respect to Shares, and shall be granted,  subject to the provisions of this
Plan,  upon  such  terms and  conditions  as the  Committee,  or the Board if no
Committee  is  appointed,  may  determine.  The  Committee,  or the  Board if no
Committee is  appointed,  in its  discretion,  may require the Employees to whom
<PAGE>
Stock  Bonus  Awards  are  granted  to pay the  Company  an amount  equal to the
aggregate par value of the Shares to be issued to such Employees. Subject to the
Employee delivering in cash or by check the amounts, if any, required to be paid
pursuant to this  Section 9 or pursuant to Section 19 of the Plan  (relating  to
taxes),  a certificate  or  certificates  for such Shares shall be issued in the
Employee's name as soon as reasonably  practicable  following the date of grant,
or if such  payments are  required,  following  the date of such  payments.  The
Company shall deliver such  certificate or  certificates to the Employee and the
Employee shall thereupon be a stockholder with respect to all Shares represented
by  such  certificate  or  certificates  and  shall  have  all the  rights  of a
stockholder with respect to such Shares.

          10.  Receipt  of Cash  Payments.  The  Committee,  or the  Board if no
Committee is appointed,  may, in its sole  discretion,  provide that the Company
will make a cash payment to the Employee  covered thereby equal to the aggregate
of the amount of federal,  state and local taxes  which such  Employee  would be
required to pay to each such taxing authority attributable to the realization of
taxable  income,  if any,  as a result  of  receipt  of Shares  pursuant  to any
Options,  Restricted  Stock Awards or Stock Bonus Awards granted under the Plan.
The  Committee,  or  the  Board  if no  Committee  is  appointed,  may,  in  its
discretion,  require the  Employee  to make an election to be taxed  immediately
under  Section 83(b) of the Code as a condition to receiving  such  payment.  In
computing  the amount of such payment,  it shall be assumed that every  Employee
granted an Award  under the Plan is subject to tax by each taxing  authority  at
the highest  marginal tax rate in the  respective  taxing  jurisdiction  of such
Employee  (provided  that the highest  marginal tax rate for federal  income tax
purposes  shall be  determined  without  reference to Section 1(g) of the Code),
taking  into  account  the city and state in which such  Employee  resides,  but
giving effect to the tax benefit,  if any,  which such Employee may enjoy to the
extent that any such tax is deductible in  determining  the tax liability of any
other taxing jurisdiction.  In addition to the foregoing,  the Committee, or the
Board if no Committee is appointed,  may, in its discretion,  increase each cash
payment due to an Employee hereunder by the aggregate of the federal,  state and
local taxes for which such  Employee may be liable  (computed on the same basis)
on account of the cash payment to be made hereunder, such that each Employee who
receives  Shares  under this Plan  shall  receive  such  Shares net of all taxes
imposed on such Employee on account of the receipt of Shares under this Plan.

         11.  Date of  Grant.  The date of grant of an Award  granted  hereunder
shall  be the date on which  the  Committee,  or the  Board if no  Committee  is
appointed, acts in granting the Award.

         12. Exercise of Rights Under Awards.

                   12.1 Notice of Exercise.  An Employee entitled to exercise an
         Award  may  do so by  delivery  of a  written  notice  to  that  effect
         specifying  the  number of Shares  with  respect  to which the Award is
         being exercised and any other  information the Committee,  or the Board
         if no  Committee  is  appointed,  may  prescribe.  The notice  shall be
         accompanied  by payment in full of the purchase  price of any Shares to
         be  purchased,  which  payment  may  be  made  in  cash  or,  with  the
         Committee's  or the  Board's  approval,  as the case may be,  in Shares
         which have been held at least six (6) months by such Employee and which
<PAGE>
         are  valued  at  Fair  Market  Value  at  the  time  of  exercise  or a
         combination  thereof.  No Shares  shall be issued  upon  exercise of an
         Option  until  full  payment  has been made  therefor.  All  notices or
         requests  provided for herein shall be delivered to the Chief Executive
         Officer of the Company.

                   12.2 Cashless  Exercise  Procedures.  The  Committee,  or the
         Board  if no  Committee  is  appointed,  in its  sole  discretion,  may
         establish  procedures whereby an Employee,  subject to the requirements
         of Section  335.411,  Regulation T, federal  income tax laws, and other
         federal,  state and local tax and  securities  laws,  can  exercise  an
         Option or a portion  thereof  without  making a direct  payment  of the
         option price to the Company. If the Committee or the Board, as the case
         may be,  so  elects to  establish  a  cashless  exercise  program,  the
         Committee  or the Board,  as the case may be, shall  determine,  in its
         sole discretion,  and from time to time, such administrative procedures
         and policies as it deems  appropriate  and such procedures and policies
         shall be  binding on any  Employee  wishing  to  utilize  the  cashless
         exercise program.

         13. Award Terms and  Conditions.  Each Award or each agreement  setting
forth an Award shall contain such other terms and  conditions  not  inconsistent
herewith as shall be approved by the Board or by the Committee.

          14. Rights of Award Holder.  The holder of an Award shall not have any
of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares subject to purchase or
receipt under his Award,  except to the extent that one or more certificates for
such  Shares  shall be  delivered  to him upon the due  exercise or grant of the
Award.

          15.  Nontransferability of Awards. An Award shall not be transferable,
other than:  (a) by will or the laws of descent and  distribution,  and an Award
may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of the Award, only by him or
in the  event of  death,  his  Successor,  or in the  event of  disability,  his
personal representative, or (b) pursuant to a qualified domestic relation order,
as defined in the Code or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) or
the rules thereunder; provided, however, that Incentive Stock Options may not be
transferred pursuant to a qualified domestic relation order unless such transfer
is otherwise  permitted pursuant to the Code and regulations  thereunder without
affecting the Option's  qualification  under  Section 422 as an Incentive  Stock
Option.

          16.  Adjustments  Upon  Changes  in  Capitalization.  In the  event of
changes in all of the  outstanding  Shares by reason of stock  dividends,  stock
splits, recapitalizations,  mergers, consolidations,  combinations, or exchanges
of shares, separations,  reorganizations or liquidations,  or similar events or,
in the event of extraordinary  cash dividends being declared with respect to the
Shares, or similar transactions,  the number and class of Shares available under
the Plan in the  aggregate,  the  number  and class of Shares  subject to Awards
theretofore  granted,  applicable  purchase  prices  and  all  other  applicable
provisions,  shall, subject to the provisions of the Plan, be equitably adjusted
by the Committee,  or the Board if no Committee is appointed  (which  adjustment
may,  but need not,  include  payment to the holder of an Option,  in cash or in
<PAGE>
Shares,  in an amount  equal to the  difference  between the price at which such
Award may be  exercised  and the then  current  fair market  value of the Shares
subject to such Award as equitably  determined by the Committee or the Board, as
the case may be). The foregoing  adjustment and the manner of application of the
foregoing  provisions  shall be determined by the Committee or the Board, as the
case may be, in its sole  discretion.  Any such  adjustment  may provide for the
elimination of any fractional  Share which might otherwise  become subject to an
Award.

          17.  Unusual  Corporate  Events.   Notwithstanding   anything  to  the
contrary, in the case of an unusual corporate event such as liquidation, merger,
reorganization  (other than a reorganization as defined by Section  368(a)(1)(F)
of the  Code),  or other  business  combination,  acquisition  or  change in the
control of the Company  through a tender offer or  otherwise,  the Board may, in
its sole discretion, determine, on a case by case basis, that each Award granted
under the Plan shall  terminate  ninety (90) days after the  occurrence  of such
unusual corporate event, but, in the event of any such termination:

                  (a) An Option holder shall have the right, commencing at least
         five (5) days prior to such unusual  corporate event and subject to any
         other  limitation  on the exercises of such Award in effect on the date
         of exercise to immediately exercise any Options in full, without regard
         to any  vesting  limitations,  to the  extent  they shall not have been
         exercised, and

                  (b)  All   restrictions  on  Restricted   Stock  Awards  shall
         immediately lapse and certificates for the affected Shares and the cash
         payment  required  by Section  8.2 of the Plan (if any  payment is due)
         shall be appropriately distributed.

          18. Forms of Options. Nothing contained in the Plan nor any resolution
adopted  or to be  adopted by the Board or by the  stockholders  of the  Company
shall constitute the granting of any Award. An Award shall be granted  hereunder
only  by  action  taken  by the  Committee,  or the  Board  of no  Committee  is
appointed,  in granting an Award.  Whenever the  Committee or the Board,  as the
case may be,  shall  designate  an  Employee  for the  receipt of an Award,  the
Secretary or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or such other person as
the Committee or the Board,  as the case may be, shall appoint,  shall forthwith
send notice thereof to the Employee, in such form as the Committee or the Board,
as the case may be,  shall  approve,  stating  the  number of Shares  subject to
Award, its Term, and the other terms and conditions thereof. The notice shall be
accompanied  by a written Award  Agreement in such form as may from time to time
hereafter be approved by the  Committee or the Board,  as the case may be, which
shall have been duly  executed by or on behalf of the Company.  If the surrender
of previously  issued Awards is made a condition of the grant,  the notice shall
set forth the pertinent details of such condition.  Execution by the Employee to
whom such  Award is  granted  of said Award  Agreement  in  accordance  with the
provisions set forth in this Plan shall be a condition precedent to the exercise
of any Award.
<PAGE>
         19. Taxes.

                   19.1 Right to Withhold Required Taxes. The Company shall have
         the right to require a person  entitled to receive  Shares  pursuant to
         the  receipt  or an  exercise  of an  Award  under  the Plan to pay the
         Company  the  amount  of any  taxes  which  the  Company  is or will be
         required to withhold with respect to such Shares before the certificate
         for such Shares is delivered  pursuant to the Award.  Furthermore,  the
         Company  may elect to deduct  such  taxes from any other  amounts  then
         payable in cash or in shares or from any other amounts payable any time
         thereafter in cash to the Employee.  If the Employee disposes of Shares
         acquired  pursuant  to an  Incentive  Stock  Option in any  transaction
         considered to be a disqualifying transaction under Sections 421 and 422
         of the Code, the Employee shall notify the Company of such transfer and
         the Company shall have the right to deduct any taxes required by law to
         be withheld from any amounts  otherwise  payable in cash then or at any
         time thereafter to the Employee.

                   19.2  Employee  Election  to  Withhold  Shares.   Subject  to
         Committee approval, or Board approval if no Committee is appointed,  an
         Employee who is subject to Section 16(b) of the Securities and Exchange
         Act of 1934, as amended,  may satisfy his tax liability with respect to
         the  exercise  of an Option,  by having  the  Company  withhold  Shares
         otherwise  issuable upon exercise of the Option if such Employee  makes
         an  election  to do so which  satisfies  the  requirements  of  Section
         335.411.

          20.  Termination of the Plan. The Plan shall  terminate ten (10) years
from the date  hereof,  and an Award  shall not be granted  under the Plan after
that date  although  the terms of any Awards may be amended at any date prior to
the end of its Term in accordance  with the Plan. Any Awards  outstanding at the
time of  termination  of the  Plan  shall  continue  in full  force  and  effect
according to the terms and conditions of the Award and this Plan.

          21.  Amendment  of the Plan.  The Plan may be  amended at any time and
from time to time by the Board,  but no  amendment  without the  approval of the
stockholders of the Company shall be made if stockholder  approval under Section
422 of the  Code  (or any  successor  provision)  or  Section  335.411  would be
required.  Notwithstanding the discretionary  authority granted to the Committee
in Section 4 of the Plan,  no amendment of the Plan or any Award  granted  under
the Plan shall  impair any of the rights of any  holder,  without  his  consent,
under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan.

          22.  Delivery  of Shares on  Exercise.  Delivery of  certificates  for
Shares pursuant to an Award exercise may be postponed by the Company such period
as may  be  required  for it  with  reasonable  diligence  to  comply  with  any
applicable  requirements of any federal, state or local law or regulation or any
administrative  or  quasi-administrative  requirement  applicable  to the  sale,
issuance,  distribution or delivery of such Shares. The Committee,  or the Board
if no Committee is appointed,  may, in its sole discretion,  require an Employee
to furnish the Company with appropriate representations and a written investment
letter prior to the exercise of an Award or the delivery of any Shares  pursuant
to an Award.
<PAGE>
         23. Fees and Costs.  The Company shall pay all original  issue taxes on
the exercise of any Award granted under the Plan and all other fees and expenses
necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

         24.  Effectiveness  of the Plan.  The Plan shall become  effective when
approved by the Board.  The Plan shall  thereafter be submitted to the Company's
stockholders  for  approval  and unless the Plan is approved by the  affirmative
votes of the  holders  of shares  having a majority  of the voting  power of all
shares  represented at a meeting duly held in accordance  with Nevada law within
twelve (12) months  after being  approved by the Board,  the Plan and all Awards
made under it shall be void and of no force and effect.

         25.  Other  Provisions.  As used in the Plan,  and in Awards  and other
documents  prepared in implementation  of the Plan,  references to the masculine
pronoun  shall be deemed to refer to the feminine or neuter,  and  references in
the  singular or the plural  shall refer to the plural or the  singular,  as the
identity  of the person or persons or entity or entities  being  referred to may
require.  The captions  used in the Plan and in such Awards and other  documents
prepared in  implementation  of the Plan are for convenience  only and shall not
affect the meaning of any provision hereof or thereof.
<PAGE>
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                     TO THE
                               1992 INCENTIVE PLAN
                                       OF
                                  COMSTOCK BANK

         1.  Section  2.17 of the  Incentive  Plan  is  hereby  deleted  and the
following  substituted   therefor:   

             "2.17 "Section  240.16b-3"  means Section  240.16b-3 of the General
         Rules and  Regulations  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
         adopted  by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  pursuant  to
         Section  335.410 of the General  Rules and  Regulations  of the Federal
         Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  on January 28, 1992,  or any successor
         rules or regulations which may hereafter be adopted in lieu thereof."

         2. All  references to Section  335.411 in the Incentive Plan are hereby
changed to Section 240.16b-3.

         3. Section 4 of the  Incentive  Plan is hereby  amended to provide that
the Committee  shall consist of not less than two (2)  disinterested  persons as
defined in Section 240.16b-3.



                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                     TO THE
                               1992 INCENTIVE PLAN
                                       OF
                                  COMSTOCK BANK

         1. Section 10 of the Incentive Plan is hereby deleted.

         2. Section 3 of the  Incentive  Plan is hereby  amended to increase the
aggregate number of shares available under the plan to 325,000.
<PAGE>                                                        
                                  EXHIBIT 10.6
                          1992 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS'
                              STOCK OPTION PLAN OF
                                  COMSTOCK BANK


         1. Purpose of the Plan. This 1992 Non-Employee  Directors' Stock Option
Plan of Comstock Bank adopted on this 5th day of February,  1992, is intended to
encourage directors of the Company who are not officers and key employees of the
Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  to acquire or increase  their  ownership of
common stock of the Company on reasonable  terms. The opportunity so provided is
intended  to foster in  participants  a strong  incentive  to put forth  maximum
effort for the continued success and growth of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
to aid in retaining  individuals  who put forth such  efforts,  and to assist in
attracting the best available individuals to the Company in the future.

         2.  Definitions.  When used herein,  the following terms shall have the
meaning set forth below:

                  2.1 "Award"  means the right set forth in Section  5(a) of the
         Plan to purchase Shares and the  corresponding  Option granted pursuant
         thereto,  as well as the automatic  Option set forth in Section 5(b) of
         the Plan.

                  2.2 "Board" means the Board of Directors of Comstock Bank.

                  2.3 "Code"  means the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as in
         effect at the time of reference,  or any  successor  revenue code which
         may hereafter be adopted in lieu thereof, and reference to any specific
         provisions of the Code shall refer to the  corresponding  provisions of
         the Code as it may hereafter be amended or replaced.

                  2.4 "Committee"  means the Stock Option Committee of the Board
         or any other  committee  appointed by the Board who are invested by the
         Board with  responsibility for the administration of the Plan and whose
         members meet the  requirements for eligibility to serve as set forth in
         Section 335.411 (as defined in Section 2.11 below) and in the Plan.

                  2.5 "Company" means Comstock Bank.

                  2.6 "Directors" means directors who serve on the Board and who
         are not  officers  or key  employees  of  the  Company  or  any  of its
         Subsidiaries.

                  2.7 "Fair Market Value" means with respect to the Shares,  the
         fair  market  value  determined  by the  Committee,  or the Board if no
         Committee is appointed, in its discretion;  provided,  however, that if
         the Shares are traded on the over-the-counter market, Fair Market Value
         means the mean  between  the high and the low bid and asked  prices for
         the  Shares on the  over-the-counter  market on the last  business  day
         prior to the date on which the value is to be  determined  (or the next
         preceding  day on which  sales  occur  if  there  were no sales on such
<PAGE>
         date);  provided  further,  however,  if no sales have  occurred in the
         over-the-counter market during the three week period preceding the date
         on which value is to be determined, Fair Market Value means the average
         of the mean  between the high and the low bid and asked  prices for the
         Shares on the  over-the-counter  market for the three (3) month  period
         ending on the last business day prior to the date on which the value is
         to be determined;  provided further,  however, if the Shares are traded
         on any other established securities market, Fair Market Value means the
         closing  price of the Shares on the last business day prior to the date
         on which the value is to be determined,  as reported in the Wall Street
         Journal or such other  source of  quotation  for, or reports of trading
         of, the Shares as the Board may reasonably select from time to time.

                  2.8 "Option"  means the right to purchase the number of Shares
         specified by the Committee,  or the Board if no Committee is appointed,
         at a price and for a term  fixed by the  Committee,  or the Board if no
         Committee is  appointed,  in accordance  with the Plan,  and subject to
         such other  limitations and  restrictions as the Plan and the Committee
         or the Board, as the case may be, impose.

                  2.9 "Option  Agreement" means a written agreement in such form
         as may be, from time to time,  hereafter approved by the Committee,  or
         the Board if no Committee is appointed, which shall be duly executed by
         the  Company  and the  Director  and  which  sets  forth  the terms and
         conditions of an Option under the Plan.

                  2.10 "Plan"  means  the Company's 1992 Non-Employee Directors'
         Stock Option Plan.

                  2.11 "Section  335.411"  means Section  335.411 of the General
         Rules and Regulations of the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation as
         in  effect  at the  time  of  reference,  or  any  successor  rules  or
         regulations which may hereafter be adopted in lieu thereof.

                  2.12  "Shares"  means  shares  of the  Company  $.50 par value
         common stock or, if by reason of the  adjustment  provisions  contained
         herein,  any rights  under an Award under the Plan pertain to any other
         security, such other security.

                  2.13 "Subsidiary" or  "Subsidiaries"  means any corporation or
         corporations   other  than  the  Company  in  an   unbroken   chain  of
         corporations  beginning  with the  Company if each of the  corporations
         other  than the last  corporation  in the  unbroken  chain  owns  stock
         possessing  fifty  percent (50%) or more of the total  combined  voting
         power of all classes of stock in one of the other  corporations in such
         chain.

                  2.14 "Successor" means the legal  representative of the estate
         of a deceased  Director or the person or persons who shall  acquire the
         right to exercise or receive an Award by bequest or  inheritance  or by
         reason of the death of the Director.
<PAGE>
                  2.15 "Term" means  the period  during which a particular Award
         may be exercised.

         3.  Stock Subject to the Plan. There will be reserved for use, upon the
exercise of Awards to be granted from time to time under the Plan,  an aggregate
of 150,000 Shares,  which Shares may be, in whole or in part, as the Board shall
from time to time determine,  authorized but unissued  Shares,  or issued Shares
which shall have been reacquired by the Company.  Any Shares subject to issuance
upon  exercise  of the right set forth in Section  5(a) of the Plan to  purchase
Shares  or upon  exercise  of  Options  but which are not  issued  because  of a
surrender, lapse, expiration or termination of any such right to purchase Shares
or of any such  Option  prior to  issuance  of the  Shares  shall  once again be
available for issuance in satisfaction of Awards.

         4.  Administration  of the Plan. The Board shall appoint the Committee,
which shall consist of not less than three (3) disinterested  persons as defined
in  Section  335.411;  provided,  however,  if the  Board  fails  to  appoint  a
Committee,  the  Board  shall  be  invested  with  the  responsibility  for  the
administration  of  the  Plan.  Subject  to the  provisions  of  the  Plan,  the
Committee, or the Board if no Committee is appointed, shall have full authority,
in its  discretion,  to interpret the Plan, to prescribe,  amend,  and,  rescind
rules and  regulations  relating to the Plan,  and  generally to  interpret  and
determine any and all matters  whatsoever  relating to the administration of the
Plan and the  granting  of Awards  hereunder.  The Board may,  from time to time
appoint members to the Committee in  substitution  for or in addition to members
previously  appointed and may fill vacancies,  however caused, in the Committee.
The Committee shall select one of its members as its Chairman and shall hold its
meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable.  A majority of its
members shall constitute a quorum. Any action of the Committee may be taken by a
written  instrument signed by all of the members,  and any action so taken shall
be fully as  effective  as if it had been taken by a vote of a  majority  of the
members at a meeting duly called and held.  The Committee  shall make such rules
and  regulations  for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable and
shall  appoint a Secretary who shall keep minutes of its meetings and records of
all action taken in writing without a meeting.  No member of the Committee shall
be liable,  in the absence of bad faith, for any act or omission with respect to
his service on the Committee.

         5.  Grant of Right to Purchase Shares and Corresponding Option.  At the
Board  meeting  immediately following  the  Annual Meeting  of  the Shareholders
each year:

         (a)      each Director shall be permitted to purchase,  from the Shares
                  available  under  the  Plan,  up to 2,500  Shares  at the Fair
                  Market Value on that date,and

         (b)      each Director shall be granted on such date,  without  further
                  action  by the  Board  or the Committee, an Option to purchase
                  1,000 Shares,

provided  he was a  Director  for at least  three  (3) full  months  during  the
preceding fiscal year and provided he has not been an employee or officer of the
Company or any of its  affiliates  (as such term is defined in Section  335.411)
<PAGE>
nor has  been  eligible  to  receive  any  award  of  stock,  options,  or stock
appreciation  rights  under  any  other  benefit  plan  of  the  Company  or its
affiliates (as such term is defined in Section  335.411)  during the twelve (12)
months  preceding such date. For each Share that the Director elects to purchase
pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Plan, the Director  shall receive an Option,  on
the same date,  to  purchase an  equivalent  number of Shares at the same price.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the term of the Plan, no Director shall be
granted  rights to purchase  Shares and Options to purchase  Shares which in the
aggregate  equal more than Fifty Thousand  (50,000) Shares under the Plan and if
the number of Shares  available  to grant under the Plan on a scheduled  date of
grant is insufficient to make all automatic  grants required to be made pursuant
to the Plan on such date, then each eligible Director shall receive the right to
purchase  Shares and a  corresponding  Option to  purchase  Shares  pursuant  to
Section  5(a) of the Plan and the Option  pursuant  to Section  5(b) of the Plan
equal, in the aggregate,  to a pro rata number of the remaining Shares available
under the Plan;  provided  further,  however,  that if such proration results in
fractional Shares,  then such right to purchase Shares and such Options shall be
rounded down to the nearest number of whole Shares.

         6.       Stock Option Provisions.

                 6.1     Option Price.  The option price per share of any Option
                         granted  under the Plan shall be the Fair Market  Value
                         of the  Shares  covered  by the  Option on the date the
                         Option is granted.

                 6.2     Terms of  Options.Options  granted  hereunder  shall be
                         exercisable  for a Term of not more than five (5) years
                         from the date of grant thereof.

                 6.3     Termination  of  Directorship.  In the event a Director
                         ceases  to be a  member  of the  Board  (other  than by
                         reason  of  death  or  disability),  an  Option  may be
                         exercised  by the Director at any time within three (3)
                         months after he ceases to be a member of the Board, but
                         not beyond the Term of the Option.

                 6.4     Death or Disability of Director.  If a Director dies or
                         becomes  disabled while he is a member of the Board, an
                         Option may be exercised by his Successor,  in the event
                         of death, or by him or his personal representative,  as
                         the case may be,  in the  event of  disability,  at any
                         time  within one year after he ceases to be a member of
                         the Board on account of such death or  disability,  but
                         not beyond the Term of the Option.

                 6.5     Receipt of Cash Payments.  The Company will make a cash
                         payment to the Director  covered  thereby  equal to the
                         aggregate  of the  amount of  federal,  state and local
                         taxes which such  Director  would be required to pay to
                         each  such  taxing   authority   attributable   to  the
                         realization of taxable  income,  if any, as a result of
                         receipt  of  Shares  pursuant  to the  exercise  of any
                         Options  granted  under  Section 5(b) of the Plan.  The
                         Committee,  or the Board if no Committee is  appointed,
                         may, in its discretion, require the Director to make an
                         election to be taxed immediately under Section 83(b) of
                         the Code as a condition to receiving  such payment.  In
                         computing  the  amount  of such  payment,  it  shall be
                         assumed that every Director  granted an Award under the
                         Plan is subject to tax by each taxing  authority at the
                         highest  marginal  tax  rate in the  respective  taxing
<PAGE>
                         jurisdiction  of  such  Director   (provided  that  the
                         highest  marginal  tax  rate  for  federal  income  tax
                         purposes  shall  be  determined  without  reference  to
                         Section 1(g) of the Code), taking into account the city
                         and state in which such  Director  resides,  but giving
                         effect to the tax benefit,  if any, which such Director
                         may enjoy to the extent that any such tax is deductible
                         in  determining  the tax  liability of any other taxing
                         jurisdiction.  In addition to the foregoing,  each cash
                         payment due to a Director  hereunder shall be increased
                         by the aggregate of the federal,  state and local taxes
                         for which such Director may be liable  (computed on the
                         same  basis) on account of the cash  payment to be made
                         hereunder,  such that each Director who receives Shares
                         pursuant  to the  exercise of an Option  granted  under
                         Section 5(b) of this Plan shall receive such Shares net
                         of all taxes imposed on such Director on account of the
                         receipt of Shares under this Plan.

         7. Exercise of Rights Under Awards. A Director  entitled to exercise an
Award to  purchase  Shares  pursuant  to Section  5(a) of this Plan may do so by
delivery at the Board meeting  immediately  following  the Annual  Shareholders'
Meeting of a written notice to that effect specifying the number of Shares to be
purchased on such date and any other information the Committee,  or the Board if
no Committee is appointed,  may  prescribe.  A Director  entitled to exercise an
Option may do so by delivery of a written  notice to that effect  specifying the
number of Shares  with  respect to which the Option is being  exercised  and any
other information the Committee, or the Board if no Committee is appointed,  may
prescribe.  Any such  notice  shall be  accompanied  by  payment  in full of the
purchase price of any Shares to be purchased,  which payment may be made in cash
or in Shares  which have been held at least six (6) months by such  Director and
which are valued at Fair Market  Value at the time of exercise or a  combination
thereof. No Shares shall be issued upon exercise of an Option until full payment
has been made  therefor.  All notices or requests  provided  for herein shall be
delivered to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

         8. Award Terms and  Conditions.  Each Award or each  agreement  setting
forth  an Award  shall contain such other terms  and conditions not inconsistent
herewith as shall be approved by the Board or by the Committee.

         9. Rights of Award Holder. The holder of an Award shall not have any of
the rights of a  stockholder  with respect to the Shares  subject to purchase or
receipt under his Award,  except to the extent that one or more certificates for
such Shares shall be delivered to him upon the due exercise of the Award.

         10.  Nontransferability  of Awards. An Award shall not be transferable,
other than:  (a) by will or the laws of descent and  distribution,  and an Award
may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of the Award, only by him or
in the  event of  death,  his  Successor,  or in the  event of  disability,  his
personal representative, or (b) pursuant to a qualified domestic relation order,
as defined in the Code or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) or
the rules thereunder.
<PAGE>
         11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event of changes
in all of the  outstanding  Shares by reason of stock  dividends,  stock splits,
recapitalizations,   mergers,  consolidations,  combinations,  or  exchanges  of
shares, separations,  reorganizations or liquidations,  or similar events or, in
the event of  extraordinary  cash  dividends  being declared with respect to the
Shares, or similar transactions,  the number and class of Shares available under
the Plan in the  aggregate,  the  number  and class of Shares  subject to Awards
theretofore  granted,  applicable  purchase  prices  and  all  other  applicable
provisions,  shall, subject to the provisions of the Plan, be equitably adjusted
by the Committee,  or the Board if no Committee is appointed  (which  adjustment
may,  but need not,  include  payment to the holder of an Option,  in cash or in
Shares,  in an amount  equal to the  difference  between the price at which such
Award may be  exercised  and the then  current  fair market  value of the Shares
subject to such Award as equitably  determined by the Committee or the Board, as
the case may be). The foregoing  adjustment and the manner of application of the
foregoing  provisions  shall be determined by the Committee or the Board, as the
case may be, in its sole  discretion.  Any such  adjustment  may provide for the
elimination of any fractional  Share which might otherwise  become subject to an
Award.

         12. Unusual Corporate Events. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary,
in  the  case  of an  unusual  corporate  event  such  as  liquidation,  merger,
reorganization  (other than a reorganization as defined by Section  368(a)(1)(F)
of the  Code),  or other  business  combination,  acquisition  or  change in the
control of the Company  through a tender offer or otherwise,  each Award granted
under the Plan shall  terminate  ninety (90) days after the  occurrence  of such
unusual corporate event.

         13. Forms of Options.  An Award shall be granted  hereunder on the date
or dates specified in the Plan. Whenever the Plan provides for the receipt of an
Award by a Director,  the Chief Executive Officer of the Company,  or such other
person as the Committee or the Board,  as the case may be, shall appoint,  shall
forthwith send notice thereof to the Director,  in such form as the Committee or
the  Board,  as the case may be,  shall  approve,  stating  the number of Shares
subject to Award,  its Term,  and the other terms and  conditions  thereof.  The
notice shall be  accompanied  by a written  Award  Agreement in such form as may
from time to time  hereafter be approved by the  Committee or the Board,  as the
case may be, which shall have been duly executed by or on behalf of the Company.
Execution by the Director to whom such Award is granted of said Award  Agreement
in accordance  with the  provisions  set forth in this Plan shall be a condition
precedent to the exercise of any Award.

         14.      Taxes.

                 14.1    Right to Withhold  Required  Taxes.  The Company  shall
                         have the right to require a person  entitled to receive
                         Shares  pursuant to the  exercise of an Award under the
                         Plan to pay the  Company  the amount of any taxes which
                         the Company is or will be required to withhold, if any,
                         with respect to such Shares before the  certificate for
                         such  Shares  is  delivered   pursuant  to  the  Award.
                         Furthermore, the Company may elect to deduct such taxes
                         from  any  other  amounts  then  payable  in cash or in
                         shares  or from  any  other  amounts  payable  any time
                         thereafter in cash to the Director.
<PAGE>
                 14.2    Director  Election  to  Withhold  Shares.   Subject  to
                         Committee  approval,  or Board approval if no Committee
                         is  appointed,  a Director may satisfy his  withholding
                         tax liability,  if any, with respect to the exercise of
                         an  Option,  by  having  the  Company  withhold  Shares
                         otherwise  issuable upon exercise of the Option if such
                         Director makes an election to do so which satisfies the
                         requirements of Section 335.411.

         15.  Termination of the Plan.  The Plan shall  terminate ten (10) years
from the date  hereof,  and an Award  shall not be granted  under the Plan after
that date  although  the terms of any Awards may be amended at any date prior to
the end of its Term in accordance  with the Plan. Any Awards  outstanding at the
time of  termination  of the  Plan  shall  continue  in full  force  and  effect
according to the terms and conditions of the Award and this Plan.

         16. Amendment of the Plan. The Plan may be amended at any time and from
time to  time  by the  Board,  but no  amendment  without  the  approval  of the
stockholders of the Company shall be made if stockholder  approval under Section
422 of the  Code  (or any  successor  provision)  or  Section  335.411  would be
required.  Notwithstanding the discretionary  authority granted to the Committee
in Section 4 of the Plan,  no amendment of the Plan or any Award  granted  under
the Plan shall  impair any of the rights of any  holder,  without  his  consent,
under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan.

         17. Delivery of Shares on Exercise. Delivery of certificates for Shares
pursuant to an Award exercise may be postponed by the Company for such period as
may be required for it with  reasonable  diligence to comply with any applicable
requirements  of  any  federal,   state  or  local  law  or  regulation  or  any
administrative  or  quasi-administrative  requirement  applicable  to the  sale,
issuance,  distribution or delivery of such Shares. The Committee,  or the Board
if no Committee is appointed, may, in its sole discretion, require a Director to
furnish the Company with appropriate  representations  and a written  investment
letter prior to the exercise of an Award or the delivery of any Shares  pursuant
to an Award.

         18. Fees and Costs.  The Company shall  pay all original issue taxes on
the exercise of any Award granted under the Plan and all other fees and expenses
necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

         19.  Effectiveness  of the Plan.  The Plan shall become  effective when
approved by the Board.  The Plan shall  thereafter be submitted to the Company's
stockholders  for  approval  and unless the Plan is approved by the  affirmative
votes of the  holders  of shares  having a majority  of the voting  power of all
shares  represented at a meeting duly held in accordance  with Nevada law within
twelve (12) months  after being  approved by the Board,  the Plan and all Awards
made under it shall be void and of no force and effect.

         20.  Other  Provisions.  As used in the Plan,  and in Awards  and other
documents  prepared in implementation  of the Plan,  references to the masculine
pronoun  shall be deemed to refer to the feminine or neuter,  and  references in
the  singular or the plural  shall refer to the plural or the  singular,  as the
identity  of the person or persons or entity or entities  being  referred to may
require.  The captions  used in the Plan and in such Awards and other  documents
prepared in  implementation  of the Plan are for convenience  only and shall not
affect the meaning of any provision hereof or thereof.
<PAGE>
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                     TO THE
                 1992 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                OF COMSTOCK BANK

         1.  Section  2.11 of the  Directors'  Plan is  hereby  deleted  and the
         following substituted therefor: "2.11 "Section 240.16b-3" means Section
         240.16b-3 of the General  Rules and  Regulations  under the  Securities
         Exchange  Act of 1934,  as adopted  by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
         Corporation  pursuant  to  Section  335.410  of the  General  Rules and
         Regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on January 28,
         1992,  or any  successor  rules or  regulations  which may hereafter be
         adopted in lieu thereof."

         2. All references to Section  335.411 in the Directors' Plan are hereby
         changed to Section  240.16b-3.  

         3. Section 4 of the  Directors'  Plan is hereby amended to provide that
         the  Committee  shall  consist  of not less than two (2)  disinterested
         persons  as  defined  in  Section  240.16b-3.  

         4.  Section  14.2 of the  Directors'  Plan is  hereby  deleted  and the
         following  substituted  therefor:  "14.2 Director  Election to Withhold
         Shares.  A Director may satisfy his withholding tax liability,  if any,
         with  respect  to the  exercise  of an Option,  by having  the  Company
         withhold shares otherwise  issuable upon exercise of the Option if such
         Director makes an election to do so that satisfies Section 240.16b-3."

         5. Section 16 of the  Directors'  Plan is hereby  amended by adding the
         following sentence to the end thereof:  "Notwithstanding the foregoing,
         the Plan may not be  amended  more than once every six months to change
         the Plan  provisions  listed in Section  240.16b-3(c)(2)(ii)(A),  other
         than to comport with changes in the Code, ERISA or Section 240.16b-3."
<PAGE>
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                     TO THE
                 1992 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                       OF
                                  COMSTOCK BANK


         1.       Section 6.5 of the Incentive Plan is hereby deleted.
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 10.7
                                     FORM OF

                                  COMSTOCK BANK
                      PAYROLL DEDUCTION STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


                                    ARTICLE I

                                     PURPOSE

         The  purpose  of  the  Plan  adopted   hereunder  (the  "Plan")  is  to
facilitate,  through payroll  deductions by Eligible  Employees of Comstock Bank
(the  "Bank"),  the purchase of publicly  traded  shares of the Bank  ("Shares")
thereby  enabling  shareholders  to acquire a  proprietary  interest or increase
their proprietary interest in and to the Bank.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  ADMINISTRATOR

         The Bank shall from time to time  designate  the  Administrator  of the
Plan  ("Administrator")  who shall be  responsible  for the  administration  and
overseeing  of the Plan.  The initial  Administrator  shall be Nevada Agency and
Trust. The Administrator shall receive such reasonable  compensation and fees as
may be agreed to from time to time between the  Administrator and the Bank. Such
compensation and fees shall be paid by the Bank.

         The duties of the Administrator  shall include,  but not be limited to,
the following:

         A. On the first  Tuesday of each month  ("Purchase  Date"),  purchasing
from funds held for the account of each participating  Eligible Employee who has
$100 or more in the  Stock  Purchase  Fund,  as many full  Shares  for each such
Eligible Employee as can be purchased with the funds held for the account of the
participating Eligible Employee in the Stock Purchase Fund. No fractional Shares
shall be purchased for any  participating  Eligible  Employee.  Shares purchased
under the Plan shall be  purchased  at the market price for Shares on the NASDAQ
Exchange on the Purchase Date.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no purchases of
Shares shall be made by the Administrator unless there is an aggregate of $1,000
or more  available  in the  Stock  Purchase  Fund on the  Purchase  Date for the
accounts of  participating  Eligible  Employees having $100 or more in the Stock
Purchase Fund. Broker's fees incurred as a result of a purchase of Shares on any
Purchase Date shall be borne by each  participating  Eligible  Employee for whom
Shares were purchased on such Purchase Date in the proportion that the number of
Shares  purchased on such  Purchase Date for an Eligible  Employee  bears to the
total number of Shares purchased by the Administrator on the Purchase Date.

         B.  Rendering not less than  quarterly to each  participating  Eligible
Employee  a  report   reflecting  the  number  of  Shares   purchased  for  such
participating  Eligible  Employee  and the funds  held for the  account  of such
participating Eligible Employee in the Stock Purchase Fund.
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE III

                               DUTIES OF THE BANK

         The Bank shall assist Eligible  Employees,  as that term is hereinafter
defined,  who wish to participate in the Plan to execute all documents necessary
therefor and to effect a payroll  deduction  to be paid into the Stock  Purchase
Fund, as that term is  hereinafter  defined,  and to  facilitate  the deposit of
funds withheld and deducted from the salary of such Eligible  Employees into the
Stock Purchase Fund.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                      EMPLOYEES ELIGIBLE FOR PARTICIPATION

         All  employees  of the Bank who have  been  employed  by the Bank for a
period of six  months or more  shall be  eligible  to  participate  in the Plan.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  officers of the Bank who are  required to file
reports with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to Section 16 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and the rules thereunder,  are
not eligible to  participate in the Plan.  Employees  eligible to participate in
the Plan are referred to herein as Eligible Employees.

                                    ARTICLE V

                CONTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPATING ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

         Each  Eligible  Employee  who wishes to  participate  in the Plan shall
execute and deliver to the  Administrator  any and all  documents  necessary  to
cause a payroll deduction to be effected authorizing monies otherwise payable to
Employee from the Bank to be paid into an account ("Stock Purchase  Fund"),  the
proceeds  of  which  will  be  used  to  purchase  Shares  for  the  account  of
participating  Eligible  Employees,  subject,  however,  to the restrictions and
limitations set forth in Article II hereof.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                ISSUANCE OF STOCK

         Shares   purchased   by  the   Administrator   for  the  account  of  a
participating  Eligible  Employee  through  the  Plan  shall  not  initially  be
registered or issued in the name of the  participating  Eligible  Employee,  but
will be held by Nevada Agency and Trust, as transfer agent for the Bank,  unless
a  participating  Eligible  Employee  requests  that  Shares  purchased  on  the
participating  Eligible  Employee's  account be issued in his or her name.  If a
participating  Eligible  Employee  requires  Shares  purchased  for his  account
through  the Plan to be issued in his or her name  during his or her  employment
with the Bank or voluntarily  terminates  his or her  employment  with the Bank,
such participating  Eligible Employee shall be responsible for all broker's fees
and transfer  fees, if any,  incurred in  transferring  the Shares in his or her
<PAGE>
name. In the event of the involuntary  termination of a  participating  Eligible
Employee's  employment  with the Bank or the termination of the Plan by the Bank
in  accordance  with Article X hereof,  all Shares  purchased for the account of
such  participating  Eligible  Employee  shall  be  issued  in the  name of such
Eligible Employee and all broker's fees and transfer fees, if any, incurred as a
result thereof shall be paid by the Bank.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                          TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION
                              BY ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

         Any participating Eligible Employee may, at any time, by giving written
notice to the  Administrator,  terminate his or her  participation  in the Plan.
Upon receipt of the  Termination  Notice,  the Bank shall assist the terminating
Eligible Employee in revoking the payroll deduction  effected in connection with
the Plan. The Administrator  shall cause all Shares purchased for the account of
the terminating  Eligible  Employee to be issued in the name of such terminating
Eligible  Employee and shall cause any  additional  funds,  if any, held for the
account of such terminating  Eligible Employee in the Stock Purchase Fund, after
deducting any broker's  fees or transfer  fees  incurred in connection  with the
issuance of such Shares in the name of the terminating Eligible Employee,  to be
distributed  to such  participant.  In the  event  that  such  broker's  fees or
transfer  fees  exceed  the  amount of the  funds  held for the  account  of the
terminating  Eligible  Employee  in the Stock  Purchase  Fund,  the  terminating
Eligible  Employee shall pay to the Administrator the balance of such fees prior
to the delivery by the  Administrator to the terminating  Eligible Employee of a
certificate or certificates  evidencing the Shares  purchased by the terminating
Eligible Employee in accordance with the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

               ACKNOWLEDGMENT BY PARTICIPATING ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

         The  participating  Eligible  Employees  acknowledge  that the  primary
benefit of the Plan is to allow Eligible Employees to combine resources, through
payroll  deductions,  in  order  to  purchase  Shares.  THE  ELIGIBLE  EMPLOYEES
ACKNOWLEDGE  THAT THE PURCHASE OF SHARES IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE PLAN CONFERS NO
TAX BENEFITS AND THAT SHARES  PURCHASED UNDER THE PLAN WILL NOT BE PURCHASED FOR
A DISCOUNTED  PRICE, BUT WILL BE PURCHASED AT THE MARKET PRICE OF SHARES ON EACH
PURCHASE  DATE.  ALL  BROKER'S  FEES,  IF ANY,  AND  TRANSFER  FEES,  IF ANY, IN
CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OF SHARES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLAN SHALL BE PAID
IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR IN ARTICLES VI, VII AND X HEREOF.
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IX

                               RIGHTS AS TO SHARES

         (1) Voting  Rights.  The shares of a  participating  Eligible  Employee
purchased  in  accordance  with the Plan  shall be  considered  to be issued and
outstanding shares of the Bank and shall enjoy all voting rights accorded to all
other issued and outstanding shares.

         The Administrator will deliver to each participating  Eligible Employee
as promptly as practicable all notices of meetings,  proxy  statements and other
material  distributed by the Bank to its stockholders.  Any proxy material shall
be accompanied by a form requesting  instructions to the Administrator on how to
vote the whole shares  credited to such Eligible  Employee's  account.  The full
shares  of  stock  in each  Eligible  Employee's  account  will be  voted by the
Administrator  in accordance with the Eligible  Employee's  signed  instructions
duly delivered to the Administrator.

         (2) Distributions  and Dividends.  Cash dividends paid in respect of an
Eligible  Employee's  shares  held  under  the  Plan  will  be  credited  by the
Administrator   to  such  Eligible   Employee's   account  and  applied  by  the
Administrator  to the  purchase  of Shares in  accordance  with the terms of the
Plan.  Stock  dividends,  stock splits and/or other  distributions in respect of
Shares  held in the  account  of an  Eligible  Employee  will be  issued  to the
Administrator  and held by it for the account of the Eligible  Employee entitled
to such dividend, stock split and/or distribution.

                                    ARTICLE X

                               TERMINATION OF PLAN

         The Plan may be terminated  at any time by a resolution  adopted by the
Board of  Directors  of the Bank.  Upon such  termination,  the Bank  shall give
written notice to each Eligible  Employee that the Plan has been  terminated and
the effective  date of such  termination.  Upon  termination  of the Plan by the
Bank, the Bank shall assist all participating Eligible Employees in revoking the
payroll deduction effected in connection with the Plan. The Administrator  shall
cause all  shares  purchased  for the  account  of each  participating  Eligible
Employee to be issued in the names of the participating  Eligible  Employees and
shall  cause  any  additional  funds,  if any,  held  for the  accounts  of such
participating  Eligible  Employee to be  distributed  to each  participant.  All
broker's   fees  or  transfer  fees  incurred  in  the  issuance  of  Shares  to
participating Eligible Employees upon termination of the Plan in accordance with
this Article X shall be paid by the Bank.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         (1) Employment. Nothing in the Plan or Agreement relating thereto shall
confer upon any employee the right to continue in the employ of the Bank.
<PAGE>
         (2) Other Compensation Plans. The adoption of the Plan shall not affect
any other  compensation  plans now in  effect  for the Bank,  nor shall the Plan
preclude  the Bank from  establishing  any  other  forms of  incentive  or other
compensation for employees of the Bank.

         (3) Plan  Binding on  Successors.  The Plan  shall be binding  upon the
successors and assigns of the Bank.

         (4)  Modification.  The Bank agrees that this Payroll  Deduction  Stock
Purchase Plan may be modified only by a written modification  agreement approved
by the Board of Directors of the Bank.

         Dated this ___ day of _____________, 199___.



                                                 COMSTOCK BANK


                                                 By:  __________________________

                                                 Its: __________________________




                          AGREEMENT AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT

         The undersigned  Eligible  Employee of the Bank desiring to participate
in the Plan,  does hereby  authorize  the Bank to take the actions  necessary to
cause a payroll  deduction to be effected for deposit of $_________ per month in
the  Stock  Purchase  Fund  from  funds  otherwise  payable  by the  Bank to the
undersigned  until changed or terminated by written notice from the  undersigned
to the  Administrator  for the Bank. The  undersigned  agrees to be bound by the
terms and conditions of the Plan.

         Dated this _____ day of _______________, 199___.


                                                      __________________________
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 10.8
                        ASSIGNMENT OF AND FIRST AMENDMENT
                              TO WARRANT AGREEMENT


         ASSIGNMENT AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO WARRANT  AGREEMENT (this  "Assignment
and  Amendment"),  dated  as of  _______________,  1997  by and  among  Comstock
Bancorp,  a Nevada  corporation  ("Bancorp"),  Comstock  Bank, a Nevada  banking
corporation ("Comstock"), and ______________ (the "Investor"). Capitalized terms
shall have the  meanings  given them in the Warrant  Agreement  (as  hereinafter
defined) unless otherwise defined herein.

         WHEREAS,  Comstock and the Investor are parties to a Warrant  Agreement
dated as of _____________, 1994 (the "Warrant Agreement");

         WHEREAS,  Bancorp and Comstock  have entered into an Agreement and Plan
of Reorganization  dated as of February 26, 1997 (the "Plan of  Reorganization")
attached  hereto as Exhibit A pursuant to which  Bancorp will acquire all of the
issued and outstanding Common Stock;

         WHEREAS,  under the terms of the Plan of  Reorganization  each share of
Common Stock will be exchanged  for two shares of common  stock,  par value $.01
per share, of Bancorp ("Bancorp Common Stock");

         WHEREAS,  Comstock  desires to assign its rights and obligations  under
the Warrant  Agreement  to Bancorp and the  Investor  desires to consent to such
assignment; and

         WHEREAS,  Bancorp and the Investor  desire to amend  certain  terms and
conditions of the Warrant Agreement.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises and of the mutual
covenants herein and for other valuable consideration,  the parties hereto agree
as follows:

         1. Assignment.  Comstock, effective upon the effective date of the Plan
of Reorganization, hereby assigns its rights and obligations under the terms and
conditions of the Warrant  Agreement to Bancorp and Bancorp  hereby agrees to be
bound by the terms and conditions of the Warrant Agreement.  The Investor hereby
consents to such assignment.

         2. Amendments to the Warrant Agreement.  Bancorp and the Investor agree
that,  effective upon the Effective Time, the Warrant Agreement shall be amended
as follows:

                 (a).   All  references  to  the  Bank  shall  be  deemed  to be
                        references to Bancorp;

                 (b).   All references to the Common Stock shall be deemed to be
                        references to Bancorp Common Stock; and
<PAGE>
                 (c).   Section  3(b)  shall  be  amended  and  restated  in its
                        entirety as follows:

                                  Each Warrant entitles the Investor to purchase
                                  two (2)  shares of Common  Stock at a purchase
                                  price of  [$____]  per share of Common  Stock,
                                  subject to adjustment (the "Warrant Price").

         3. Other Terms and Conditions.  Bancorp and the Investor agree that all
other  terms,  conditions,  covenants  and  agreements  set forth in the Warrant
Agreement,  except as otherwise  amended or modified  herein,  shall continue in
full force and effect.  This Assignment and Amendment shall be null and void and
have no effect  in the event  that the Plan of  Reorganization  does not  become
effective.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Assignment of
and First Amendment to Warrant Agreement as of the date first written above.


                                             COMSTOCK BANCORP


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             By:
                                             Its:


                                             COMSTOCK BANK


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             By:
                                             Its:



                                             -----------------------------------
                                             [INVESTOR]
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 23.2
                    [Letterhead of Kafoury, Armstrong & Co.]





                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


         We consent to the  reference to our firm under the  captions  "Experts"
and "Financial  Statements" and to the use of our report dated January 10, 1997,
in the Registration Statement (Form S-4) of Comstock Bank.




/s/ Kafoury, Armstrong & Co.

Carson City, Nevada
<PAGE>
                         EXHIBIT 27.1

[ARTICLE] 9
[MULTIPLIER]                                      1000
[PERIOD-START]                             JAN-01-1996
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
[PERIOD-TYPE]                   YEAR
[FISCAL-YEAR-END]                          DEC-31-1996
[PERIOD-END]                               DEC-31-1996
[CASH]                                            6738
[INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS]                            1498
[FED-FUNDS-SOLD]                                 13593
[TRADING-ASSETS]                                    28
[INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE]                          0
[INVESTMENTS-CARRYING]                           17223
[INVESTMENTS-MARKET]                                 0
[LOANS]                                          87861
[ALLOWANCE]                                        857
[TOTAL-ASSETS]                                  144980
[DEPOSITS]                                      131304
[SHORT-TERM]                                         0
[LIABILITIES-OTHER]                                478
[LONG-TERM]                                          0
[PREFERRED-MANDATORY]                                0
[PREFERRED]                                          0
[COMMON]                                          1059
[OTHER-SE]                                       11950
[TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY]                  144980
[INTEREST-LOAN]                                  13176
[INTEREST-INVEST]                                  875
[INTEREST-OTHER]                                   817
[INTEREST-TOTAL]                                 14868
[INTEREST-DEPOSIT]                                4418
[INTEREST-EXPENSE]                                4434
[INTEREST-INCOME-NET]                            10434
[LOAN-LOSSES]                                      250
[SECURITIES-GAINS]                                (15)
[EXPENSE-OTHER]                                   7603
[INCOME-PRETAX]                                   2995
[INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY]                        2995
[EXTRAORDINARY]                                      0
[CHANGES]                                            0
[NET-INCOME]                                      2092
[EPS-PRIMARY]                                      .94
[EPS-DILUTED]                                      .80
[YIELD-ACTUAL]                                    8.60
[LOANS-NON]                                       3184
[LOANS-PAST]                                       420
[LOANS-TROUBLED]                                     0
[LOANS-PROBLEM]                                      0
[ALLOWANCE-OPEN]                                   665
[CHARGE-OFFS]                                       61
[RECOVERIES]                                         3
[ALLOWANCE-CLOSE]                                  857
[ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC]                               857
[ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN]                                  0
[ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED]                              0
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 99.1
                                  COMSTOCK BANK
                                      PROXY

                      THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF
                             THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                  ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS - May 28, 1997

           The  undersigned  appoints  each of Robert  Barone  and  Larry  Platz
(together,  the "Proxies"),  each with the power to appoint his  substitute,  as
proxies of the undersigned, and hereby authorizes them to represent and to vote,
as designated  below,  all the shares of common stock, par value $0.50 per share
("Bank  Common  Stock")  of  Comstock  Bank (the  "Bank")  held of record by the
undersigned on April 7, 1997, at the Annual Meeting of  stockholders of Comstock
Bank to be held on May 28, 1997 and any adjournment thereof.

     1.   Election of Directors

        FOR all nominees listed below (except as marked to the contrary below)

        WITHHOLD AUTHORITY to vote for all nominees

Nominees:
Edward Allison,  Robert Barone, Stephen Benna, John Coombs, Michael Dyer, Mervyn
Matorian, Samuel McMullen, Larry Platz.

(INSTRUCTIONS:  To withhold authority to vote for any individual nominee,  write
that nominee's name on the space provided below)



     2.   Ratification  of the  appointment  of Kafoury,  Armstrong & Co. as the
          independent accountants for the Bank.

                     FOR             AGAINST                   ABSTAIN

     3.   Adoption  and  approval of an  Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization,
          dated as of February 26, 1997,  between the Bank and Comstock Bancorp,
          a Nevada  corporation  ("Bancorp"),  pursuant to which each issued and
          outstanding  share of Bank  Common  Stock  will be  exchanged  for two
          shares of common stock,  par value $.01 per share,  of Bancorp and the
          Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp.

                     FOR              AGAINST                  ABSTAIN

                                    (Continued and to be signed on reverse side)
<PAGE>
(Continued from other side)

     4.   In their discretion,  the proxies are authorized to vote on such other
          business as may properly  come before the meeting and any  adjournment
          thereof

           THIS  PROXY,  WHEN  PROPERLY  EXECUTED,  WILL BE VOTED IN THE  MANNER
DIRECTED  HEREIN BY THE UNDERSIGNED  STOCKHOLDER.  IF NO DIRECTION IS MADE, THIS
PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR ALL NOMINEES AND IN FAVOR OF PROPOSALS 2 AND 3.

           Please sign  exactly as name appears  below.  When shares are held by
joint   tenants,   both  must  sign.   When  signing  as   attorney,   executor,
administrator,  trustee  or  guardian,  please  give  full  title as such.  If a
corporation,  please  sign in full  corporate  name by the  president  or  other
authorized  officer.  If a partnership,  please sign in partnership  name by any
authorized person.

                                                 DATED: __________________, 1997


                                                 
                                                 _______________________________
                                                 Signature



                                                 _______________________________
                                                 Signature, if held jointly

             PLEASE MARK, SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THIS PROXY PROMPTLY
                           USING THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE
<PAGE>



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission